Introduction
DuoHandlesHandleDuos
Bronze
Aluminium, AluGrey, Alu + Color, Stainless steel
Brass
Furniture for special doors
Furniture for entrance doors
Barrier-free system solutions
Accessories
General information
13
37
67143167191229
255
281303309319325
347427453
467
473
517
531543555571
583603
31
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Lever handles and window handles
Lever handles and accessories in bronze
4a Lever handles4b Roses, backplates4c Door knobs, knobs/pulls on backplates4d Window handles4e Flush pulls, door stops, accessories
Lever handles and accessories in brass
6a Furniture for framed doors6b The intelligent lever handle – “EZK” 6c Emergency-exit device6d Gymnasium fittings, XXL-lever handles6e Furniture for glass doors
7a Door pulls7b Security fittings7c Letterplates, Intercom and bell-push plates,
Alphanumeric characters
8a Ergo lever handle, barrier-free fittings, XXL-lever handles
8b Barrier-free ErgoSystem® diagonal-oval for sanitary and residential applications
8c Metric® bathroom accessories
9a Mortice locks, profile zylinders, strike plates9b Spindles and fixing accessories9c Kicking plates9d Fixing templates
10a Explanatory notes10b Numerical index
Foreword, Innovations, EN 179, 1125 + 1906,Technical information
FSB and color?
FSB’s stance on colour in architecture.
May our grey look lovelier!
The colour scale of Le Corbusier.
How Le Corbusier made it to colour.
Interplay between colour and space.
Functional and associative aspects.
Harmony, composition and colour scale.
The Salubra wallpaper collection by Le Corbusier.
New tones at FSB.
12
36
66
254
280
344
466
530
582
3
IntroductionProud tradition
Project sector innovations
DIN EN 179
DIN EN 1125
DIN EN 1906
Technical notes
4
6
8
9
9
10
1
Proud tradition
4
FSB Handbuch
Beschläge fürTüren und Fenster
AluminiumMessingBronzeEdelstahlAlu + Farbe
This Manual is part of a proudtradition stretching back to1881. Since then, FSB hasbeen presenting itself to themarket in new guises every 15years or so. This approach haskept us fresh and has clearlyalso helped keep us going.
We hope you will make useof this new aid at every oppor-tunity. Should you encounterdifficulties in your day-to-daydealings, please do not hesitateto communicate them to us.Only thus can we continue tomatch market requirements.
Franz Schneider Brakel GmbH + Co KG Nieheimer Straße 38 33034 Brakel Germany
Phone +49 5272 608-0 Fax +49 5272 608-300 [email protected]/en
5
1
Dear Reader and Handle Enthusiast,It is with pleasure – and not alittle pride – that we are nowpresenting you with the newFSB Manual for 2009|10. We Eastern Westphalians areknown for our modesty and yetwe would at least like to takethis opportunity (and this oneonly) to urge you with quite abit of self-belief to make theFSB Manual your Number Onechoice for door and windowhardware, project constructionventures, barrier-free grab systems or electronic accesscontrol – i.e. for anything re-motely connected to fitting yourown or other people’s four wallsout with architectural hardware.The principal function of thisManual, after all, is to servearchitects, building planners,fabricators, trade stockists andhouse builders alike as a soundand exhaustive aid to planningthat leaves no wish unfulfilled.But perhaps you also know FSBas an enterprise that addressesitself to things that do not atfirst sight appear to have muchin common with mere products:“lived” corporate culture, re-source-conscious production,well-conceived product design,socially responsible action –for us, far from being just finewords, these have always beenpart and parcel of our day-to-day activities and of how wesee ourselves. They are also allvital for active environmentalprotection. FSB was one of thefirst companies in Germany tohave its endeavours certificated.We are aware of our ecologicalresponsibility in the naturalcourse of things. This relates tothe choice of materials worked,the design of manufacturingprocesses and dealings withinherited liabilities. And if there
is one thing we are clear aboutas an SME at a time whenglobalisation is on everybody’slips, it is this: successful busi-ness activity is indeed compat-ible with being regionally rootedand opting for “high-wageeconomy” Germany.FSB products have friends allover the world. The “Made inGermany” tag is a byword bothat home and abroad for time-less design, function-drivenengineering, durability andsustainability, attributes thatcannot be reconciled with ar-bitrariness, any focus on short-term profit or opportunism.FSB door and window fittingsare an investment in the future– if that's what you're after.FSB products live longer thanwe could theoretically care for.Their visuals are still spot-onafter decades and decades too.We offer you quality to getherwith well-conceived system so-lutions. From an aestheticpoint of view, our products arethe authentic upshot of workwith celebrated internationalarchitects and designers. Weadditionally focus our attentionon the materials used and theenduring quality of our finishes,which are carefully coordinatedthroughout the range. You canbe just as sure, moreover, thatwe are technically on the ball.Besides an innovative electronicaccess control system andsome very engaging flush as-sembly variants of our classicfittings, we also wish at thisjuncture to draw your attentionto our barrier-free ErgoSystem.We have drawn on experiencegained in the sphere of handleculture to offer the elderly – oranyone aspiring to greatercomfort in the bathroom and
home – a well thought-outrange of grabs and accessoriesfor barrier-free living. It goeswithout saying that we likewisekeep up with trends in facadeconstruction that are leadingto the use of windows anddoors with a high degree ofthermal insulation or of large-format glass components. Thehigh level of investment in-volved is reason enough to de-mand hardware that does itsjob lastingly and reliably aswell as being technically on apar with the systems it operateswith. It is only if solutions arearrived at under these provisosthat are also fittingly attractive,however, that our quality aspi-rations are met. Test us!
FSB Franz Schneider Brakel
Project sector innovations
6
Classics for the modern age –the FSB Bronze Collection
With the appearance of its2008|09 Manual, FSB isadding another classic doorhandle design (FSB 1102) toits Bronze Collection as well as a complete range of fittingsand matching accessories formain-entrance doors. The col-lection embraces both classicand modern handle designs ofround and oval cross-section,DIY handle solutions from ourht kits, security roses, letter-plates, intercom and bell-pushplates and the now almostlegendary house numbers afterOtl Aicher. The relevant product overviewis to be found on pages 40and 41.
Flush pulls – and other flat product ideas
The flush furniture with heavy-duty bearings for door thick-nesses of 45 mm upwards thatwe presented in our last GermanManual was extremely well-re-ceived by the market. The FSBDevelopment Dept respondedby going into retreat and dulycoming up with a raft of inno-vations that we would like topresent for the first time in thepresent Manual:
– flush roses with standardbearings for door thicknessesof from 38 - 44 mm (cf. page 146)
– recessed pulls in rectangu-lar/square and oval/rounddesigns with open and dis-creetly closed handle recesses(cf. pages 234ff.)
– armoured roses for main-en-trance doors to DIN 1906 S2in a flush finish (cf. pages448 and 449)
– window handles with shallowroses - suppliable for allmodels in the FSB range (cf. page 195)
Design + Security Generation 2008
The proven anti-bandit creden-tials of the “Design + Security”range FSB introduced in the1990s successfully demon-strated how a modular securityhardware concept can meetvarying design notions and security requirements in equalmeasure. With our new securityhardware models FSB 7360and 7361 we are literallycloaking our proven securitytechnology in a completely new,self-standing design concept:adopting a radically purist approach to design, FSB’s in-house designer Hartmut Weiseintroduces a security hardwaredesign in the present Manualthat departs radically from re-ceived formal concepts: usingstainless steel 5 mm thick hehas created a matter-of-factsculpture of folded surfacesthat does nothing whatsoeverto accommodate its intendeddoor. The design is only avail-able with an S4 security ratingand, besides a classic version,optionally comes with an inte-grated electronics package inthe form of a capacitive door-bell sensor plus nameplateand radio-operated door-bellmodule and a harmonised ra-dio gong on the inside. Pleaseconsult pages 430ff for moreon our security hardwaresculptures.
ErgoSystem – new departuresfor life in old age
Our multi-award-winningErgoSystem has established itself as the Number One choicein recent years where barrier-free products for residentialand sanitary applications areconcerned. The handicappedand elderly appreciate thecomprehensiveness of a sys-tem that provides an optimummeans of self-help without dis-pensing with design of the highest order. Its support rails,grabs and bathroom accessoriesare also distinctive from an ergonomics point of view: thediagonal-oval sectioning of therails and handles echoes thehuman anatomy and reducesthe force required to take holdof them. Rounding off the sys-tem are our barrier-free leverhandles, XXL-format handlesand elegant METRIC bathroomaccessories. In the presentManual we are also launchingnew products that comple-ment the range in a formallyharmonious and functionallyconsistent manner. From walk-ing aid holder through shower-head bracket for single-handedoperation to flexible hangingseat: the new products areshown together with the wholefamiliar range on pages 474onwards.
7
1
Compact glass door furnitureby Christoph Ingenhoven
Glass doors are a contemporarymeans of expression in modernarchitecture. They create morelight, link up spaces and areconducive to a great sense ofroominess. The innate trans-parency of glass doors meansthat great care needs to betaken when designing hard-ware for them, however. It isthe lock, handles and hinges,after all, that can really turn aglass door into a design factor.Together with the architectChristoph Ingenhoven, we havenow developed a slender rec-tangular item of furniture forglass doors whose unfussy elegance sets perceptible ac-cents in a space. The surfaceterminates flush with any DINframe to visually unify the two.The glass door’s transparencyis underscored by the tight dimensions of the lock cover,which is some 10 % smallerthan in standard glass doorfurniture. Transparency-driveninformation is to be found onpages 325ff.
Satisfactory doesn’t satisfy us
Competent product solutionsought to be a matter of coursefor a highly evolved society, asshould equally reliable func-tioning over a product’s full lifecycle. Doors accompany ourlives for a great many years afterall. That’s reason enough toscrutinise the material, design,engineering but also, crucially,the durability of a door in itsentirety. Durability equates withcost-effectiveness, meaningthat dearer can be cheaper inthe long run. That’s because,as well as procurement costs,it is also necessary to bear inmind all outgoings over a pro -duct’s anticipated life cycle –repairs, servicing and any replacement included. Thatholds particularly true for doorssubject to constant heavy-dutyoperation – open/shut, open/shut, open/shut - for manydecades.
DuoHandles/HandleDuosDissimilar couples by FSB
We have been busying ourminds with the door handle –a seemingly mundane com-mon-or-garden product – forwell over a century now. Thishas given rise at pleasantly ir-regular intervals to books andbrochures, workshops and ex-hibitions, all driven by the cre-ative tension existing betweenhand and handle. Honouringthe tradition of the now leg-endary “Door Handle Work -shop in Brakel”, in 2006 weinvited the new design elite towrap their brains round thehandle’s innate bilateralism.Handles on either side of a doordo not, after all, necessarilyhave to be of identical design.Thirty-two designers and archi-tects then set to work – as duos of course. Married cou-ples, unmarried couples, officepartners and other twosomesproceeded to develop “duohandles” and “handle duos” ofa surprising breadth: pairingsmarked by contrast and otherson common ground, “male”and “female” handles, “soft”organic forms and “hard” hi-tech models, sculptural worksof art and straightforwardmeans of leverage. We havenow chosen five handle duosfor you and admitted them toseries production. The inspirational outcome canbe in spected and conceptuallyembraced on pages 13ff.
In its capacity as an interna-tional project brand and inkeeping with the approach ithas to quality in any case, FSBis therefore adding Class 3and 5 mortise locks and Class3 panel locks to its productrange with publication of thepresent Manual, specificallywith a view to providing its in-ternational market partners co-ordinated entire solutionfrom a single source.
You will find the FSB lockrange inclusive of strike platesand europrofile cylinders byWinkhaus on pages 531ff.
DIN EN 179 foremergency exit devices
Making up that range for thepurposes of EN 179, with theappropriate testing and certifi-cation having been carried outfor the lock and striking plateseries permitted in combina-tion with them, are the follo-wing FSB fire-safety hardwaresystems in conjunction withthe lever handle models indi-
cated in the digest below: · lever handle and entrance
door furniture, respectively available as FSB· rose· short backplate· backplate· broad backplate sets
· frame-door handle, and· safety hardware furniture
8
7607 13*
7616 13*
7631 13*
7645 13*
7653 13*
7670 13*
7674 13*
7688 13*
7694 13*
7619 13*
7646 13*
7610 63*
7664 13*
7650 63*
7651 63*
7607 25*
7616 25Page 288
7631 25*
7645 25Page 289
7653 25*
7670 25Page 290
7688 25*
7694 25*
7619 25Page 288
7646 25Page 289
7610 25Page 287
7664 25*
7650 25*
7651 25*
0657 12*
0616 12*
0684 12*
0645 12*
0603 12*
0665 12*
0670 12*
0688 12*
0694 12*
0619 18*
0646 12*
0680 12*
0632 12*
0627 12*
0628 12*
Seldom has the inclusion ofstandards in Germany’sBuilding Rules List B/Part 1triggered such controversy asin the case of these two stan-dards. They have both indi-sputably come through theproof-of-conformance proce-dure and are thus valid. It isalso official, however, that the-re is no reference in buildinglegislation to EN 179 and EN1125 being bindingly applica-ble despite the model andspecial building regulations es-sentially dictating that doorson escape routes be easy toopen from the inside acrosstheir full width, if need be withthe aid of a pull handle. DINEN 179 governs the use ofand requirements for emer-gency exit devices involving le-ver handles and push pads.Hardware combinations withinthe meaning of EN 179 are tobe rated as products with abearing on building supervi-sion functions to be includedin Building Rules List B andhaving the requisite EU or CEconformance kitemark. Theycomprise a lock, handle hard-ware and striking plate and arerequired to have been testedand certified as a unit. To spa-re your having to rack yourmind over such arcane mat-ters, however, and to make su-re you’re always on the rightside of the fence, FSB sup-plies what must be the mostcomprehensive range of hard-ware in the sector in this re-spect.
* Available on request, versions with 9 mm Δ for fire doors
DIN EN 1125DIN EN 1906
9
1DIN EN 1125
Under this standard, panicdoor devices (= lock + strikingplate + push bar) are to be fitted wherever high levels ofpublic traffic are likely and un-familiarity with the environsmay lead to panic arising.Here, too, exact and bindingimplementations of the provi-sions set forth in EN 1125 ha-ve been the subject of heateddebate. We are very much ofthe opinion that the ultimatedecision as to where panic
push-bar furniture is to be fit-ted should lie with the archi-tect/planner – in liaison withthe competent building autho-rity, of course. Panic fitting combinations arelikewise required to be testedand certified as functionalunits under the terms of thestandard. Accordingly, the re-gulatory framework for buildingventures as set out above like-wise applies to hardware sy-stems governed by EN 1125.A panic device is required tobe designed in such a manner
that it immediately releasesthe door if pressure is appliedto any point on the push baron the inside of the door in aline leading to an emergencyexit. The force applied mustbe such that children and mo-bility impaired persons can di-sengage the lockingmechanisms in place too. FSBhas joined forces with lockmakers Winkhaus, Wilka andBMH to test and certify a va-riety of panic push-bar fittings– which can be found on pages 313-322.
We will gladly send you the re-levant test certificates for thehardware combinations gover-ned by EN 179 and EN 1125if so requested.
DIN EN 1906
DIN EN 1906 lays down requi-rements and test proceduresfor lever handles and door-knobs. The utility value or ra-ting of hardware is always tobe arrived at using the classifi-cation key specified.Compliance with DIN EN 1906is only achieved on the basisof the totality of testing criteriaand the findings they give riseto. All FSB products consider-ably exceed the values prescri-bed in this standard.
Incidentally: FSB has subjec-ted the issue of standardisa-tion to some thorough-goingscrutiny of its own: please re-quest our brochure entitled“FSB on the subject of stan-dards: DIN EN – Quality to getto grips with”. The adjacent di-agrams, which graphically illu-strate the standing of FSB’sown quality standards, are alsotaken from this booklet.
Lever handle sets for fire and
smoke control doors
The standard currently in force(December 1997) lays downthe requirements and testingprocedures for “fire safety” fit-tings. These are regulated buil-ding products which arein clu ded in Germany’s Buil dingRules List A under serial No.6.17 and whose fitness forfunction is to be proved bymeans of a certificate of accor-dance (ÜZ) issued by a recog-nised certification body and ofa general building supervisiontest certificate (P). The Ü kite-mark indicates that fitness forfunction has been proved andis enclosed with every set of fi-re safety hardware.
FSB has the largest range ofits kind on the market, oneembracing more than 50 leverhandle models in combinationwith roses as well as short,standard and broad backpla-tes, all certified and constantlymonitored by the MaterialsTesting Laboratory (MPA) inDortmund.
Torsional rigidity of the spindle
Class 1Class 2Class 3Class 4
FSB
FSB-Stabil spindles offer greater torsional rigidity with lower levels of deformation.
Tensile stress exerted on assembled fittings
Class 1Class 2Class 3Class 4
FSB
FSB heavy-duty fittings withstand greater levels of tensile stress due to their compact design and the ruggedness of their connecting elements.
Degree of slack when assembled hardware is at rest
Class 1Class 2Class 3Class 4
FSB
The FSB bearing system guarantees a low amount of slack, thus preventing the furniture from “moving about”.
M = 20 Nm
M = 30 Nm
M = 40 Nm
M = 60 Nm
Tige Stabil FSB 8 mm Δ
Tige Stabil FSB 9 mm Δ
F = 500 N
F = 800 N
F = 1.000 N
Garnitures grand public FSB
F = 300 N
10 mm
10 mm
6 mm
6 mm
DO 20.3
DIN 18273
FS
10
The special requirements fordoors designed to afford pro-tection against fire and smokeare set forth in the followingDIN standards:
DIN 4 102, Parts 5 + 18 DIN 18 082, Part 1 DIN 18 095, Parts 1 + 2 DIN 18 273
Design-engineering details aswell as functional and loadingcriteria are specified in thesestandards. Please note in par-ticular Section 5.1 of DIN 18273. FSB supplies almost allmodels suitable for commerci-al uses in fire-safety variants.These fittings are certified andquality-monitored in accordan-ce with Building Rules List A(6.17). The general buildingsupervision test certificate (P)and the certificate of accor-dance (ÜZ) have been issuedby the Materials Testing Labo -ra tory (MPA) in Dortmund.The monitoring contract bearsthe registration number 12 9902-Do 20.3.
Technical notes
Fire safety fittings
Sliding bearingCarrier unit with circlip,spacer and wave washe
Features
1. Solid square-section construction
2. Fastening for anchor clamp3. Anchor clamp with pre-
stress springing4. Grub screw with piercing
punch
FSB Stabil-spindle
The FSB Stabil-spindle carrieson from where its predeces-sors – the FSB Screw- and theFSB Anker-spindle – left off.New is a spring loaded toler-ance compensator pierced bythe grub screw when fastened.
14
2
3
All FSB lever handles are to be fitted with the FSB Stabil-spindle. The spindle is solid andmeets all the specification setout in DIN 18 255 if correctlymounted. For detailed informa-tion on every aspect of our spin-dle technology, please consultsections 9b and 9d.
11
Technical notesHanding
Doors are either right or lefthand, relative to which way theyopen. When ordering lever fur-niture with dead knob or spindleelement located on the outside,you should specify left or right.Indication with use of diagramnos. 1, 2, 3 or 4 would suffice.
1
Keyhole spacing
The standard keyhole spacingfor internal backplates is 72 mm, for bathroom back -plates 78 mm and for final exitbackplates 92 mm. Thespacings are measured as follows:
1. BB and Chubb: centre offollower to centreof key pin.
2. Profile cylinder: centre offollower to centre of profilecylinder core.
3. Oval cylinder: centre of follower to centre of oval cylinder.
4. Round cylinder: centre offollower to centre of roundcylinder.
5. Emergency release: centreof follower to centre ofspindle.
6. WC: centre of follower to-centre of spindle.
7. Thumbturn: centre offollower to centre of spindle.
Keyholes
In the absence of special in-structions, we supply platesand roses with lever lock key-holes, i.e. BB.
6+75 81 32 4
Door thickness
Standard doors almost invari-ably feature standardised doorthicknesses: internal doors 36 - 43 mm (7 mm Δ), internal doors 36 - 45 mm (8 mm Δ), entrance doors 66 - 75 mm (10 mm Δ).These are the standards FSBspindles are designed to.The thickness of older doorsshould be checked and anydiscrepancy pointed out whenordering.
Lock follower
According to DIN lever handlesemploy different locking mech-anisms depending on their ap-plication. FSB supplies:
– for internal door locks leverhandles with 7 mm squarespindle
– for internal door locks leverhandles with 8 mm squarespindle
– for locks in fire safety, smokeand panic doors lever handleswith 9 mm square spindle
– for entrance door locks leverhandles with 10 mm squarespindle
Bathroom/WC version
FSB bathroom furniture fea-tures a thumbturn (R) on theinside and an emergency release with indicator (WC) onthe outside. The door can beunlocked from the outside using an Allen key or coin.The red/white indicator (S) canbe dispensed with if so desired.A special-purpose emergencyfurniture is available for oldpeople’s homes and nurseryschools by item no. 17320054, cf. page 151.
2. DIN r.h.,inward opening
inside
outside
3. DIN l.h.,outward opening
outside
inside
4. DIN r.h.,outward opening
outside
inside
1. DIN l.h.,inward opening
inside
outside
FSB’s stance on colour
in architecture
Anyone thinking about hand-les and door pulls by FSB andour relationship to colour isbound to be drawn to the co-lour shades in our hardwarefinishes, and with good rea-son too. Be it through the sil-very sheen of stainless steel,the satin shimmer of AluGrey,the patina that comes withbronze or the golden gleam of brass, our door handles set accents in architecture interms of both their form andcolour or else they modestlymerge with their surroun-dings. The colours of our pro-ducts were an inspiration tous in the 1980s as we evol-ved our corporate design – va-rious shades of grey becamethe “colour” of our choice.Compared with our previous
century in business, the newidentity is a truly humble oneand made us something of a loner amongst our rivals.Since then, though, many acopycat in the trade has don-ned our grey mantle for them-selves. Reason enough for usto revive an idea that oncecame to our companion ofmany years, Otl Aicher, buthad since been forgotten.Things are going to become abit more colourful at FSB infuture. Just exactly what wehave in mind can be gleanedfrom the coloured pages bet-ween the various sections inthis Manual.
13
DuoHandles HandleDuos A few words up front
Handles for a flying city
Elemental forms
Art history, Greek-Orthodox
Guided operation
Dot - line - plane
214
15
19
23
27
31
A few words up frontA few words up front FSB hasbeen addressing itself to thishumdrum everyday product,one that justifiably strikes mostpeople as being rather low-profile despite their coming in to contact with it more oftenthan they may be aware, forwell over a century now. Youguessed it – we’re once againreferring to the door handle,that wonderful artefact and extension of the human hand.At delightfully irregular intervals,this state of affairs yieldsbooks, workshops and exhibi-tions, all driven by the creativetension existing between handand handle. It generally onlytakes two excuses to get usfocusing our questioning mindson the object of our desire –those being some mildly plau -sible reason and a good topic.
A welcome opportunity to casta fresh look at the handle pre-sented itself to us in 2006,exactly 20 years after top inter-national architects and de -sign ers, amongst them MarioBotta, Hans Hollein, Peter Eisenman, Dieter Rams, Alessandro Mendini and ShojiHayashi, had convened at ourlocation in the backwoods ofeastern Westphalia for the nowlegendary “Door Handle Work-shop in Brakel”. So why notinitiate another such work-shop, we thought – this timewith a later generation of topperformers and not in anybackwoods but in the old andnew metropolis of Berlin. Afresh topic wasn’t long in pre-senting itself either. By analogywith the doors it adorns, thereare clearly two sides to ourprincipal product. Indeed, it isgenerally bought in pairs, or asa duo. This led us to ask our-selves three questions. Firstly: do the two handles oneither side of a door really needto be of identical design? Secondly: wouldn’t it be a goodidea to arrange for top interna-tional architects and de signersto give the issue of “handleduos” some thought? And,thirdly: wouldn’t there be a case– a compelling one, in fact –for getting said luminaries toaddress the matter as “duos”?
We invited 16 designer duos togive their own very individualanswers to our three questions.With all due immodesty andbias, we have to say that theoutcome was decidedly positive.Of course that was down notto us but solely to the best de-signers from Switzerland, Aus-tria, the Netherlands, France,Spain, Slovenia, Japan and,last but not least, Germany.And they all operated as duos.Amongst them were marriedcouples, unmarried couples,office partners and a few de -signers whom we asked to select a dream counterpart forthe project themselves. This allgave rise to “duo handles” and“handle duos” of a surprisingbreadth (even for us): pairingsmarked by contrast and otherson common ground, “male”and “female” handles, “soft”organic forms and “hard” hi-tech models, sculptural worksof art and straightforward meansof leverage.
No less impressed than our-selves were members of thepublic who were able to viewthe design drafts in an exhibi-tion at the “Stilwerk” premisesin Berlin and to rigorously testthem out. The internationaldesign and architecture presswas likewise visibly struck andpoured acco lades on our logi-cal yet unwonted focus on“both sides of the coin”. Wehave now selected five handleduos for you and admittedthem to series production. Wetrust you will be inspired toheartily take hold of them.
14
15
Handles for a flying city
Mascha Veech-Kosmatschof,
Stuart Veech
Veech Media Architekten, Viennawww.veech-vma.com
2
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1201 | 1743 | 1744 1
1201 | 1731 | 1735 2
1201 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1201 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1201 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1201 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
3753
16
DuoHandlesDesigns 1201 | 1202
Design: Mascha Veech-Kosmatschof, Stuart Veech
www.fsb.de/duos
Vienna-based American-Russian architect duoStuart Veech and Mascha Veech-Kosmatschofare known for the organic curves and movingstructures they have recourse to when fashioningspaces, environments and installations. Boththe form and functional options of these entitiesrecall utopian designs of early Modernism suchas those by Soviet architect Georgi Krutikov,who designed a flying city made up of floating,dynamic bodies in the 1920s in which the housingdoubled up as means of locomotion and wassuitably streamlined.
132
58
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1202 | 1743 | 1744 1
1202 | 1731 | 1735 2
1202 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1202 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1202 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1202 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
3753
17
2
Aluminium
132
58
Like their avant-garde paragons from the earlymodernist period, both designers thrive on working at the cusp between reality and virtuality.It was only logical, then, that their motion-richhandle duo should be developed with the aid ofleading-edge computer software called “Compu-tational Fluid Dynamics” that is generally usedto simulate the flow behaviour of liquids andgases or, indeed, shoals of fish. The software’smaritime connotations may explain why theseastoundingly haptic aluminium handles resembleobjects polished smooth by the ocean - fluid,flexible, dynamic and full of organic verve.
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
32,5
120
70 43
74
14
18
3753Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handle
19
Elemental forms
Ivan Reimann
Müller Reimann, Berlin www.mueller-reimann.de
Gesine Weinmiller
Weinmiller Architekten, Berlin www.weinmiller.de
2
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1203 | 1428
1203 | 1428 | Knob backplate on request
1203 | 1428 0084 1
1203 | 1428 0054 2
3756
20
DuoHandlesDesigns 1203 | 1204
Design: Ivan Reimann, Gesine Weinmiller
www.fsb.de/duos
A modern, clean-lined formal vocabulary is the trademark ofBerlin architects Ivan Reimannand Gesine Weinmiller. Theychampion elemental forms, getexcited about reduction and eschew the will to over-design.The handle duo they have come upwith encapsulates this approach:two angular bodies of stainlesssteel sporting elemental geometri-cal forms give rise to a three- dimensional pattern whose severeelegance derives from the visualinterplay of trapeze and rectangleand of line and plane.
135
54
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1204 | 1428
1204 | 1428 | Knob backplate on request
1204 | 1428 0084 1
1204 | 1428 0054 2
3756
21
2Stainless steel
140
55
The short shank of one handleprotrudes from the door as anupright rectangle, that of the otheras a flat rectangle. There is thesame perceptual interplay whenthe grip sections are viewed front-on. While one model presents itself to the observer flat-on tohigh -light the trapezoidal styling of its shank, its counterpart is a horizontal block that has seeminglyundergone planar elongation.Backplates cut from solid materialreinforce the emblematic effect ofthese elemental forms.
Plate dimension: 35 × 275 mm Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
32,5
125
70 43
69
14
22
3756Stainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handle
23
Art history, Greek-Orthodox
Petra und Paul Kahlfeldt
Kahlfeldt Architekten, Berlinwww.kahlfeldt-architekten.de
2
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1206 | 1426
1206 | 1426 | Knob backplate on request
1206 | 1426 1284 1
1206 | 1426 1254 2
3752
24
DuoHandlesDesigns 1206 | 1207
Design: Petra and Paul Kahlfeldt
www.fsb.de/duos
139
64
In the first of his “Ten Books onArchitecture”, the famous Romanarchitect Vitruvius argues that theDoric column symbolises malegrace and the Ionic column, bycontrast, the slenderness of thefemale body. While the Dorica,unadorned and austere, serves asan image of loads carried and ispredominantly found in the templesof male gods, the slender Ionica,adorned with flowers, foliage andvolutes, is reserved for the shrinesof the goddesses of antiquity. Berlin-based architect duo Petraand Paul Kahlfeldt, who are fondof citing Ancient Greece in theirwork, have clearly read their Vitruvius.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1207 | 1426
1207 | 1426 | Knob backplate on request
1207 | 1426 1284 1
1207 | 1426 1254 2
3751
25
2
Brass
139
64
They have used the two columnsas the thematic basis for theirhandle duo. “Petra” - as the twoauthors have aptly dubbed their“female” handle - echoes in subtlyabstracted form the slender entasis,the capital and the characteristictorus of the Ionic column, whilst“Paul” embodies the conical formof the Doric column with its flutingand echinus. Made of solid poli-shed brass and adorned with ele-gantly styled backplates, bothhandles are emblematic of aconceptual approach intent on re-establishing bonds between mo-dern design and construction onthe one hand and the treasure ofexperience from art history andthe traditions of classical architec-ture on the other.
Plate dimension: 35 × 195 mm Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
32,5
127
70 43
78
14
26
3751Brass
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
32,5
127
70 43
78
14
3752Brass
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
27
Guided operation
Martin und Stefanie Naumann
fnp architekten, Stuttgartwww.fischer-naumann.de
2
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1208 | 1743 | 1744 1
1208 | 1731 | 1735 2
1208 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1208 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1208 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1208 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
3755
28
DuoHandlesDesigns 1208 | 1209
Design: Stefanie and Martin Naumann
www.fsb.de/duos
135
64
Stuttgart architect duo Stefanie and Martin Naumann set about their remit in a soberlypragmatic vein: “Resisting the urge to be showy,we have opted for a very straightforward pathafter a long, hard tussle. We have admittedlyrisked treading where others have trodden be -fore, but there’s not necessarily anything wrongin that.” There’s certainly nothing wrong withtheir handle duo, whose archaic simplicity andpurist linearity (“no curvature, no caressing ofthe hand, no add-ons”) could be said to consti-tute the basis for all handle duos. Forming thepoint of departure are the varying sequences ofmovements involved in operating doors: “Doorshave two sides and each is different.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
29
2
Stainless steel Grip OakStainless steel Grip Makassar
135
64
One side comes at you whilst you have to shovethe other one away, on one side you have to useyour own hand as a brake to avoid being squa-shed against the door reveal whilst on the otheryou have to firmly take hold.” The designer duohave drawn the following formal consequencesfrom these push/pull constraints: both handlessport the same basic form but can be told apartby design details indicative of the different waysin which handles are taken hold of. The handlewith which a door is pushed open features aclearly visible “thumb rest”, whilst the handleused to pull a door open has been given a “forefinger furrow” - all very much in line withour Four-Point Guide to Good Grip(pability).
1209 | 1743 | 1744 1
1209 | 1731 | 1735 2
1209 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1209 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1209 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1209 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
3755
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
32,5
123
70 43
78
14
30
3755Stainless steel Grip OakStainless steel Grip Makassar
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handle
31
Dot - line - plane
Maximià Torruella,
Patricio Martinez
Pm,Mt arquitectura, Barcelonawww.pmmtarq.com
2
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1211 | 1743 | 1744 1
1211 | 1731 | 1735 2
1211 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1211 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1211 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1211 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
3754
32
DuoHandlesDesigns 1211 | 1212
Design: Patricio Martinez, Maximià Torruella
www.fsb.de/duos
The idea informing the design by Spanish archi-tects Maximià Torruella and Patricio Martinez isthat of a tip-up figure: A quick twist through 90degrees transforms one handle design - a flatsteel band bent to form a lever - into two differenthandles, depending on whether the band is fitted horizontally or vertically relative to theshank. Whereas the shank is visible as a steelycylinder with a circular top in the horizontal variant, thus very much focusing attention onthe handle’s point of rotation, in its verticalcounterpart the cylinder is concealed by thesteel band and doubles up as a means of support.
152
49
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
33
2
Stainless steel
152
67
The way the designers play with front and topviews really works, and the socket screws merelyserve to heighten the design’s hi-tech appeal.This very original Spanish handle duo affordsarchitects great stylistic latitude. In the privatesphere they can use them to indicate the out -side and inside of a space; in public buildingswith a large number of adjoining doors, the twomodels can be fitted alternatingly to create arhythmic relief-like pattern that injects vibrancyinto long corridors.
1212 | 1743 | 1744 1
1212 | 1731 | 1735 2
1212 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1212 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1212 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1212 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
3754
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
32,5
130
70 43
14
63
34
3754Stainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handle
Let our grey
look lovelier!
When an enterprise wishes togive itself a fresh “lick ofpaint”, the graphic artist en-charged with the task first le-afs through his or her coloursamples. From Pantone toHKS to RAL, the world of co-lour invariably has a (not so)fitting shade for every occa-sion. Just why it is that thisor that colour happens to suitour (or your) company to agreater or lesser degree is so-mething our powers of reasonare very fond of being unableto grasp. It’s a good job tasteis such a splendid source ofcontroversy. Also of interest isthe way colour psychology isenlisted in an attempt to ana-lyse the issue scientifically.By that token, FSB ought tobe receiving psychotherapy
with its penchant for grey-ness. Hold on! If colour isused, it’s got to be done withcommon sense and reason. So what could be more logicalthan to extrapolate said co-lours from the products theygrace – as is the case in thecolouring of our corporateidentity so familiar to you –and then go one step furtherto where they are used, in architecture. But what colour is architecture? That’s aquestion one of the most ce-lebrated architects of Moder-nism may be able to answerfor us.
37
BronzeBronze – the material
Overview
Lever handles
Roses
Backplates
Roses for framed doors
Protection roses
Knob handles
Doorknobs
Knob backplates
Window handles
Flush pull, Door stops
Lever handles for framed doors
Doorknobs for framed doors
38
40
42
48
49
51
52
54
54
56
58
61
62
64
3
38
BronzeThe materialLike brass, bronze, is not a na-tural product but the upshot ofhuman inventiveness. Bronzeis an alloy of copper and tin(hence the expression ‘tinbronze’, which is still current).The specific properties ofbronze underpin a great manytechnical developments – bothin the distant past and in thehi-tech present. It is with goodreason that an entire period ofhuman history is named afterthis metal – the Bronze Age.Copper was man’s only wor-king metal for a very long timebefore the art of alloying various metals was discoveredand hence application optionswere extended and enhanced.Learning how to combine cop-per and tin to form an alloy,bronze, was an achievementon a par with the feats of industrialisation.Whereas pure copper is com-
paratively soft, the tin in bron-ze lends it great strength andhardness. Bronze is also veryresistant to corrosion and we-ar, moreover. These propertiesrevolutionised the making ofobjects of daily use, though al-so of weapons.
A metal of a special kind
What, in a very literal sense,most visibly distinguishes bronze is revealed by years ofuse. With time, bronze hard-ware acquires added appeal.The patina that develops reallybrings out the material’s aes-thetic charm and that of leverhandles made of it. Polishedbronze fittings darken throughthe effects of the atmosphereand environment. Patinashould not be thought of asbeing a material blemish. Rather, it bears testimony tocredible ageing and the bene-fits of change. It also protectsthe surface in a natural way,somewhat like a coating of sealant.Bronze is a material that isused as opposed to being usedup and has been recoveredand its constituents recycledsince time immemorial. And it is not just in facilitating theeconomical use of resourcesthat bronze has affinities with“wabi-sabi”, the traditional Japanese system of values andaesthetics. Factors such as itsnatural ageing process, the beauty this gives rise to, itsearthy colouring and its warmlysensuous emanations imbuebronze with a quality that lendslever handles made of the material uncommon powers ofadornment.
The tradition of bronze in architecture
By supplying a selection of itslever handle models in bronze,FSB is reviving a tradition thatwas indefensibly consigned tooblivion during the heyday ofpost-modern architecture. Notonly is bronze a material that isintricately tied up with the history of human civilisation,but it also excels by virtue ofmaterial qualities and of hapticand visual properties that froma very early stage led to itsbeing favoured for the makingof objects, fixtures and fittingsin architecture – lever and pullhandles included. Bronze played a major part in architec-ture back in antiquity, in theMiddle Ages and during theRenaissance period. Doors andportals on prestigious buildingsstill impressively bear witnessto the momentous nature ofthis material today. Many architects cherish thenoble character of bronze –and were doing so before itwas rediscovered for presti-gious structures in the newBerlin. The German bronze tra-dition goes back a long way. Inthe mid-19th century, SamuelAbraham Loevy set up a bronze foundry of the samename and established it as amakers of “high-quality fittingsin gunmetal and yellow metal”as bronze and brass were origi-nally referred to. Until it wasexpropriated by the NationalSocialists in 1939, the S. A.Loevy company worked for ar-chitects such as Peter Behrensor Heinrich Straumer andsupplied hardware, fixturesand fittings for a great manyaward-winning public buildingprojects.
The Material
We make use of a copper-tinalloy containing 92 % copperand 8 % tin for our bronze fit-tings that bears the formulaCuSn8 and is registered asmaterial No. 2.1030. Thiscomposition is characterisedby its excellent resistance tocorrosion, great tensile strengthand extreme hardness. The re-sistance to wear of this bronzemakes it a prime candidate for products of daily use thatcome in for a lot of rough treatment.
Areas of application
After the years of the stainlesssteel boom and a soberly func-tional formal vocabulary in ar-chitecture, the desire for a newmaterial with a fresh appearan-ce is making itself heard moreand more. Bronze fittings suggest themselves for settingsin which lambent shades pre-dominate or nuanced designaccents are to be set. Our bronze range is ideal forrenovation and refurbishmentprojects, furthermore. Wherever traditional architectu-re is preserved or re-interpre-ted, lever handles in bronzeare a charming reminder of thepast.
39
FinishesIt is a fact of nature that, oncefitted, bronze hardware is al-ways likely to change colourover the course of time or tobecome darker - depending onhow often it is used or – in thecase of outdoor applications inparticular – on the effects ofthe weather.The “lifeline” above gives someidea of the shades achievable.It depicts polished waxed finis-hes ranging from non-artificial-ly aged about averagely artifi -cially aged up to the dark pati -nated finish.
It is possible, of course, to in-corporate the process of chan-ge illustrated by the lifeline in-to the architectural conceptitself: fittings with a non-artifi-cially aged finish will changeto a greater degree than thosewith an averagely artificiallyaged finish or even the fittingswith patinated finish.
Please address requests ofthis sort to the CommercialConsultants in our Field Service (cf. Page 578).
Polished bronze
Hardware with finish 7305 ispolished and acquires a subtlynatural-looking sheen as a result. Surfaces patinate in anatural manner in the courseof time.
Artificially aged bronze
Hardware with finish 7615 and7625 is pre-treated adopting aspecial procedure developedby FSB. An immersion bath forcupriferous metals imitates thenatural ageing process of thematerial. Artificial ageing yieldsa typical bronze patina that isevery bit as impressive as itscounterpart brought about byenvironmental influences.
A final coating of oil at theworks protects both finishesagainst the aforementioned ex-ternal influences, which woulddiscolour untreated bronze surfaces. The oil used can beeffortlessly removed with aproprietary cleanser and isecologically sound.
Corrosion control
On aesthetic grounds, wewould not recommend holdingback time artificially. FSB will,if expressly requested to do so,supply anyone hell bent all thesame on cocking a snook atthe forces of nature with bronze door levers sporting a lacquer finish. We would, however, emphatically adviseagainst such a choice, sincethe coating involved detractsfrom the natural patina effecttypical of the material.
Lacquered bronze fittings losetheir sheen, moreover, as soonas the lacquer is damaged andintercrystalline corrosion sets in.
Surface hygiene
Items of daily and regular useare undeniably popular habi-tats for bacteria and germs.This is inevitably also the casewith lever handles – especiallyin public buildings, where theyare subject to greater use.Some competitors claim thatcertain materials kill germsmore effectively than others.But in our opinion this only(measurably) holds true underlaboratory conditions. Whethera given host material destroysbacteria in 24 hours or in 72 is academic really, since doorstend to be in fairly regular useanyway. You would have to take remedial action every time a door were negotiated toeliminate germs altogether.
FSB supplies door and windowhardware in bronze, and theattendant accessories, in thefollowing finishes:
FSB 7305 Bronze polished oiled
FSB 7615 Bright patinated oiled Bronze
FSB 7625 Dark patinated oiled Bronze
There may be slight colour variations between batcheswhere artificially aged bronzein particular is concerned. Farfrom being a quality defect,this phenomenon is rooted inthe nature of the material andthe chemical ageing process,which may give rise to slightlyvarying colour shades depen-ding on the climatic or produc-tion conditions involved. Suchdiscrepancies are evened out,however, from the moment thehardware is subjected to regu-lar use and a natural patina isformed.
7305
7615
7625
3
Overview
40
1015 Pages 42,80
1045 Pages 44, 96
1023Pages 43, 86, 256
1102 Pages 45, 116, 263
1106 Pages 46, 118, 264
1163Pages 47, 136
0802,2302Pages 54, 171, 175, 272
0829, 2329 Pages 55, 172, 176
2346, 2309 Pages 54f., 179
0602, 0638 Pages 64, 292
0629, 0609 Pages 65, 293
7215 Pages 62,287
7245 Pages 62, 289
7263 Pages 62, 290
7202 Pages 63, 286
7223 Pages 62, 288
1743, 1744 Pages 48, 148, 150, 268
1758, 1757 Pages 51, 296
3423 Pages 58, 197, 274
3424 Pages 58, 198
3433 Pages 59, 200
3736 Pages 59, 208, 277
4211 Pages 61, 239, 279
3432 Pages 60, 199, 274
1410 03 Pages 49, 157
1418 03 Pages 50, 159, 270
1450 03 Pages 49, 156
1451 03 Pages 50, 158, 270
3453 Pages 60, 213
7206 Pages 63, 287
41
Bronze
Brass
Alu + Couleur
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
1927 03 Pages 61, 196, 281
1970 03 Pages 60, 197
7000 0004 Page 454
7000 0347 Page 455
7000 0348 Page 455
7375 Page 481
7376 Page 480
7395 Pages 56, 493
3808 Page 499
3810, 3811 Page 504
3884, 3880 Pages 65, 253, 255, 289
4005 Page 507
3246 Pages 55, 492
3812 Page 504
3
6534 37 Page 392
6535 37 Page 393
6537 Page 394
6536 Page 393
6533 37 Page 392
6506 ..Page 386
6507 ..Page 386
1964 03 Pages 61, 196, 281
1963 03 Pages 60, 197
7396 Pages 57, 490 f.
6522, 6524 Page 358 f.
666938 666999 Page 386
6681 Page 378
6683 38 Page 391
6602 38 Page 370
6538 Page 365
1015 | 1743 | 1744 1
1015 | 1731 | 1735 2
1015 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1015 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1015 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1015 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
7215 25 8 mm Δ7615 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 62
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
0609 2853 turnable2309 2801 fixed
3424
Details page 58
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Lever handle for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Window handle
122
54
42
It is not known who designed the original ofFSB 1015. We suspect it was hatched by thewehag company. The version by Johannes Potente is a very clean-lined lever handle thatassumes a completely fresh identity, both haptically and visually, in the new bronze variant.
Product family Model 1015
Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
Lever design with return, acc. to. EN179: FSB 1045 cf. page 44
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531f.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
43
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Lever handle for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Window handle
58
135
Product family Model 1023
1023 | 1743 | 1744 1
1023 | 1731 | 1735 2
1023 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1023 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1023 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1023 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
7223 25 8 mm Δ7623 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 62
0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed
0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed
3423
Details page 58
In the 1950s, the Swiss architect, sculptor anddesigner Max Bill got together with Ernst Moeckelto fashion a door handle for the new Ulm DesignCollege building that drew on the handles common on railway carriage doors in Switzerlandand has made design history as the “Ulm handle”.FSB 1023 is yet another of our models that ac-quires strikingly new visual and haptic propertiesin bronze.
BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass*
3
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531f.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
* Furniture for frameddoors not available inbrass
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Lever handle for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Window handle
44
54
132
40
Product family Model 1045
1045 | 1743 | 1744 1
1045 | 1731 | 1735 2
1045 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1045 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1045 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1045 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
7245 25 8 mm Δ7645 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 62
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
3424
Details page 58
FSB 1045 is based on the model on the pre-vious page, FSB 1015. Given the unceasing useof the FSB 1015 model in commercial ventures,we have now supplemented this design with areturn variant conforming to DIN EN 179. Testing and certification to DIN EN 179 are atthe preparatory stage.
BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531f.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Lever handle for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Window handle
1102 | 1743 | 1744 1
1102 | 1731 | 1735 2
1102 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 02**1
1102 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06**2
1102 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1102 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
7202 25 8 mm Δ7602 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 63
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
3432
Details page 60
45
Product family Model 1 102
127
60
22
The FSB 1102 model is rooted in a redesignventure by Italian designer Alessandro Mendini,who refashioned the celebrate Gropius leverhandle by using a different material and addinga groove as one of his submissions to FSB’s Design Workshop held in 1986.
Owing to the popularity of this design, we nowsupply FSB 1102 in the four materials listed aboveand the corresponding finishes. We would re-commend using the rugged stainless steel varianton heavily used doors, indeed that is the versionshown here.
BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass*
3
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531f.
* Furniture for frameddoors not available inbrass
** Brass: door knob 2302
Flush roses cf. page 146f. Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
119
60
46
This design by Frankfurt-based architect Christoph Mäckler draws on a style of lever handlepopular in the 19th century. At the same timeas the familiar model was formally reworked, thetechnical preconditions for its use as an FSBproject fitting were established. The upshot is FSB1106. Given the venerable formal vocab ulary informing the model, we had little choice but toinclude it in FSB’s new Bronze Collection.
Product family Model 1106
Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBrass*
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Lever handle for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Window handle
1106 | 1743 | 1744 1
1106 | 1731 | 1735 2
1106 | 1743 | 1744 | 2316 05**1
1106 | 1731 | 1735 | 2316 06**2
1106 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1106 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
7205 25 8 mm Δ7605 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 63
0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed
0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed
3736
Details page 59
Design: Christoph Mäckler
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531f.
* Furniture for frameddoors not available inbrass
** Stainless steel and brass:door knob 2302
1163 | 1743 | 1744 1
1163 | 1731 | 1735 2
1163 | 1743 | 1744 | 2333 05 1
1163 | 1731 | 1735 | 2333 06 2
1163 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1163 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
7263 25 8 mm Δ7663 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 62
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
3433
Details page 59
Window handle 3453
Details page 60
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Lever handle for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Window handle
47
125
54
Product family Model 1163
The Berlin-based architect Hans Kollhoff deviseda handle design for his building projects thatconsciously incorporates design elements fromthe 1930s. The Kollhoff Collection has now been roundedoff – very pleasingly, we feel – by a version inbronze, once commonly referred to as “gun -metal” or “red brass”.
Design: Hans Kollhoff Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel
3
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531f.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
55
38
7
55
38
7
48
1743subroses with lugs: 1731
BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
1744subroses with lugs: 1735
BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
1744 0084 6 mm Δ
subroses with lugs: 1735 0054, 8 mm Δ
BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Roses
55
38
7
55
38
30
49
3
Backplates
185
50
45 7
112
21,5
Ø 10
7072
245
45 7
707292
88
134,5
21,5
Ø 10
75,5
1450 03BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Distance 70 + 72 mmConcealed fixing
Fixing template 0477cf. page 578
1410 03BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmConcealed fixing
Fixing template 0476cf. page 579
Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes
50
Backplates
185
45 7
112
21,5
Ø 10
50
7072
245
45 7
88
134,5
21,5
Ø 10
75,5
707292
1451 03BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Distance 70 + 72 mmConcealed fixing
1418 03BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmConcealed fixing
Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes
51
3
Roses for framed doorsProtection roses
70
32,5 7
70
32,5 7
102
36
70
26,7
15 19
1758BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
1757BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
3246BronzeAluminium Alu + CouleurStainless steel Brass
To suit cylinder projections (CP) from 8 – 15 mm
Integrated safety engineeringdemands that the external di-mensions of an armoured rosebe 11 or 16 mm greater thanits fixing centres. In parti cular,this needs to be borne in mindwhen ordering a mix of hard-ware.
52
38
12,5
61,5
38
14,5
62,3
38
16,5
63
38
12,5
61,5
38
14,5
62,3
38
16,5
63
7395 1...BronzeAluminium Alu + CouleurAluGreyStainless steel Brass
To suit cylinder projections(CP) as per table below:
7395 0...BronzeAluminium Alu + CouleurAluGreyStainless steel Brass
To suit cylinder projections(CP) as per table below:
Protection roses
Dimensions in mm Ø Height CP* Prod. Code
61,5 12,5 12,5 7395 0010
62,3 14,5 14,5 7395 0110
63,0 16,5 16,5 7395 0210
* recommended cylinder projection ± 1,5 mm
Dimensions in mm Ø Height CP Prod. Code
61,5 12,5 6,5 7395 1010
62,3 14,5 8,5 7395 1110
63,0 16,5 10,5 7395 1210
Protection roses 7395 seriesare tested and certified acc. to German DIN 18257 ES 1.
EN 1906 Security class 2(cf. page 429)Registration No. 3V06
53
3
60,5
4,2
627,5
33,5
7396 1010
7396 2010
60,5
1,527,5
29
Flush protection roses
7396 10107396 2010
Bronze Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBrass
Protection roses 7396 seriesare tested and certified acc.to German DIN 18257 ES 1.
EN 1906 Security class 2(cf. page 429)Registration No. 3V06
60,5
38
12,5
7396 1010
7396 2010
Order details:
– Door thickness – Version 7396 1010 or 2010 – Material/finish – Quantity
It is the distance from the lockcentre to the outside of thedoor as opposed to the door’sthickness that ultimately de -termines whether 7396 Seriesarmoured roses can be flush-fitted: said distance needs tobe at least 33.5 mm in the caseof FSB 7396 1010 and a moremodest 29 mm in the case ofFSB 7396 2010. The lower dimension for 7396 2010 isdue to the securing disc beingomitted, making 7396 2010 afirst-class choice in cases in-volving awkward dimensionalconfigurations as regards doorthickness and lock position:where a door is overly thin orthe position of the lock less thanideal, 7396 2010 facilitatescompensation of cylinder pro-
jections up to 4.5 mm greaterand door thicknesses up to4.5 mm less than with the7396 1010 model. Omitting thesecuring disc does not affectthe Security Class, moreover –both versions accordingly havean S2 classification under DINEN 1906. Since flush fittinghas no bearing on the SecurityClass, armoured roses can ofcourse also be allowed to pro-ject by a few millimetres or, in-deed, they can be “classically”surface-mounted, a solutionevery bit as visually impressivegiven the elemental geometryimbuing 7396. Similarly, theclient can dispense with inwardflush fixing so as to harmonisethe rose with classic hardwareon all other internal doors.
Please request solutions of thiskind individually. These optionsand a wide variety of availablematerials open up the greatestpossible degree of flexibility asregards design and price to ar -chi tects and fabricators seekingto fulfil bespoke customer aspi-rations.
Further technical informationfor installing flush protectionroses cf. page 448f.
54
50
X
50
X
55
93
5055
91
38
0802Bronze (X = 65 mm)Aluminium (X = 70 mm)AluGrey (X = 70 mm)Stainless steel (X = 66 mm)Brass (X = 65 mm)
8 mm Δ-hole
2302 ..Bronze (X = 72 mm)Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)
05 Concealed face fixing06 Concealed through fixing
c:c screw holes 38 mm
2346 06BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Concealed through fixingc:c screw holes 38 mm
Knob handlesDoor knobs
Turnable knob handles aremade and supplied by FSB asfemale sections. Knobsets arecreated by joining two femaleparts together using theFSB Stabil spindle 0102.
50
X
55
55
3
Ø
44
52
55 Ø
93
55 50
55
38
0829Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)
8 mm Δ-hole
2329 ..Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)
05 Concealed face fixing06 Concealed through fixing
c:c screw holes 38 mm
2309 06BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Concealed through fixingc:c screw holes 38 mm
Knob handlesDoor knobs
52
55 Ø
06 05
Keyholes
56
Knob backplates
1970 03Bronze Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmConcealed fixing
1963 03 Bronze Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Distance 70 + 72 mmConcealed fixing
45 51
185
21,5
112
50
7072
45 51
245
88
21,5
134,5
75,5
707292
57
3
1927 03 Bronze (X = 72 mm)Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmConcealed fixing
Fixing template 0476cf. page 579
1964 03Bronze (X = 72 mm)Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)
Distance 70 + 72 mmConcealed fixing
Fixing template 0477cf. page 578
Knob backplates45 X
185
21,5
112
50
7072
45 X
245
21,5
134,5
75,588
707292
Keyholes
58
32,5
110
70 43
70
14
32,5
123
70 43
72
14
3424BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
To match lever designs 1015 and 1045
3423BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1023
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request
Technical information page 194
Window handles
59
3
32,5
111
70 43
69
14
32,5
106
70 43
74
14
3433BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
Design: Hans KollhoffTo match lever design 1163
3736BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
Design: Christoph MäcklerTo match lever design 1106
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request
Technical information page 194
Window handles
60
32,5
114
70 43
74
14
3432BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
Design: Alessandro MendiniTo match lever design 1102
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request
Technical information page 194
Window handles
32,5
70
69
43
106
14
3453BronzeAluminium AluGrey
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
Design: Hans KollhoffTo match lever design 1163
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
61
3
Flush pullDoor stops
As with all architectural hard-ware, door stops will only givesatisfaction if correctly fitted andproperly used. Before orderingor fabricating, it is necessaryto check the weight of thedoor leaf, the angle of contact,the height of the bottom of thedoor from the floor and thequality of the flooring itself.
Depending on requirements, it is then possible to choosebetween simple stops, stopswith anti-skew capability, stopswith baseplates, directionaland non-directional stops and,finally, stops fitted straight intothe floor or those where rawl-plugs are used.
70
75
20
10
Ø 45
6090
120
Ø 40
3884BronzeAluminium Stainless steel Brass
3884 10Black baseplate
3880BronzeAluminium Stainless steel
02 Length 120 mm03 Length 90 mm04 Length 60 mm
40
120
11,5
1,5
4211BronzeAluminium Stainless steel Brass
Mill out size in the door87 x 28 x 10 mm
Boreholes for 3,0 mmcountersunk screws
Flush pull FSB 4211 is available:
– without keyhole– with lever lock/BB keyhole– with profile cylinder/PZ
key hole
62
Lever handles for framed doors
69
14
32,5
126
70
7215 25 8 mm Δ
7615 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
72
14
32,5
139
70
7223 25 8 mm Δ
7623 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Lever handles for frameddoors fixed on oval rose, withconcealed fixing and supportmechanism8 mm Δ-hole9 mm Δ-hole for fire and smoke stop doors*
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
75
14
32,5
123
70
7206 25 8 mm Δ
7606 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Design: Christoph Mäckler
75
14
32,5
131
70
7202 25 8 mm Δ
7602 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Design: Alessandro Mendini
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
63
3
69
14
32,5
136
40
70
7245 25 8 mm Δ
7645 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Lever handles for framed doors
69
14
32,5
127
70
7263 25 8 mm Δ
7663 25 9 mm Δ
Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Design: Hans Kollhoff
Lever handles for frameddoors fixed on oval rose, withconcealed fixing and supportmechanism8 mm Δ-hole9 mm Δ-hole for fire and smoke stop doors*
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
64
Door knobs forframed doors
14
32,5
70
X
50
0602 2853 turnable
2302 2801 fixed
Bronze (X = 80 mm)Aluminium (X = 85 mm)AluGrey (X = 85 mm)Stainless steel (X = 81 mm)
Turnable version with 8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with M12 thread
14
32,5
70
98
81
0638 2853 turnable
2346 2801 fixed
Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Turnable version with 8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with M12 thread
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
Protection roses for frameddoors cf. page 51 or 450
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
65
3
Door knobs forframed doors
0629 2853 turnable
2329 2801 fixed
Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)
Turnable version with 8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with M12 thread
14
32,5
70
59
Ø
0609 2853 turnable
2309 2801 fixed
Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Turnable version with 8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with M12 thread
14
32,5
70
61
81
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
Protection roses for frameddoors cf. page 51 or 450
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
The colour scale of
Le Corbusier.
The architect Le Corbusierwas wholeheartedly opposedto separating architecture andart. It comes as no surprise,therefore, that his holistic approach to built space alsoextended to how it is fleshedout with colour. “Colour in ar-chitecture is just as powerfula medium as the plan andsection. Or rather, polychromyas a very part of the plan andsection”, is how Le Corbusierput it after publishing his“Polychromie architecturale”colour system. In the presentManual we would like to in -vite you to come on a littletrip into the world of the co-lour scale of the great masterand present to you the newcolour accents in our visualcorporate identity. We found
inspiration in Le Corbusier’sdeliberations on colour in ar-chitecture and have dovetai-led our own interpretation ofhis world of colour into thecorporate design of FSB. Setout on the pages between thesections are a total of ninecolours – we kid you not – togo alongside our very owngrey.
67
Lever handlesAluminium
AluGrey
Alu + color
Stainless steel
Overview
Product families
4a68
70
71
72
74
76
Aluminium Aluminium is the most com-mon metal in the Earth’s crust(8 %). It occurs widely in feld-spar, mica, and clay materialsand is mainly extracted frombauxite.
Aluminium is a light metal(relative density 2.699 g/cu.m)with a melting point of 660 de-grees Celsius. Its natural co-lour is silvery white. It can becast or rolled into virtually anyshape, including foil.
Aluminium is extracted frombauxite in two separate stages.Pure aluminium oxide (alumina)is generated, and this is thenbroken down into aluminiumand oxygen by a process ofelectrolysis in fused cryolitesolution.
Despite the high energy costof the initial extraction process, aluminium is environmentallysound. Being a lightweightamongst metals, it saves ener-gy when used. It can also befully recycled at a fraction ofthe cost involved in its manu-facture.
FSB processes only puresmelting alloys, as follows:
AlMg3:Mat.-No. 3.3541.02DIN 1725
AlMg1:Mat.-No. 3.3315DIN 1725
AlMgSi0,5:Mat.-No. 3.3206DIN 1725
After machining, the surface isanodised. This is an electro-chemical process which trans-forms the surface of the metalinto a given thickness of alu-minium oxide.
FSB uses the standard GSprocess to form its anodisedcoatings. GS are the Germaninitials for direct-current sulphuric acid electrolysis,which produces an oxidisedlayer approx. 10 μm thick.Coating hardness is between250 and 350 kp/sq.mm (Vik-kers), equivalent to 2,500 -3,500 N/sq.mm.
The silvery oxidised layercan be stained to extend therange of possible finishes. FSBmakes use of two methods:
1. Surface and penetratingstaining by immersion andabsorption
The silvery white anodised alu-minium is chemically stained in organic and inorganic dyesolutions. The non-fade factoris between 6 and 7.
2. Deep staining of the oxidised coating
Metals and metal compoundsare electrolytically implantedinto the silvery oxidised layerusing an alternating current.This is also known as the two-step method. Non-fade factorsrange between 7 and 8.
Once colouration is complete,the surface is sealed. Thisensures abrasion strength aswell as colour and weatherfastness.
Aluminium essentially needsno looking after. The surface is protected by natural or arti-ficial anodisation. Marks canbe removed with water and asoft cloth.
Harder materials can gougeor abrade an aluminium surface.The scratches l.h. by rings area typical example. Thoughsuch blemishes may be a visu-al nuisance, they in no wayimpair the functional proper-ties of the product. There aremany users who view the im-pact of time on the objects ofeveryday use as an ennoblingprocess.
We would also like to say aclear word on the subject ofsurface hygiene as it affectslevers, handles and knobs.
FSB is not in the game ofplaying one material offagainst another. Whether a gi-ven surface destroys bacteriain 24 hours or 72 is a bit aca-demic really, since people areusing doors all the time inpractice. You’d have to get outa disinfectant every time ahandle were touched if youwished to eliminate germs al-together.
68
The finishesThe natural colour of alumi-nium is natural silver. This isthe obvious choice for anyoneseeking an authentic metal fi-nish.
FSB aluminium products arecolour classified as follows:
FSB 01Aluminium natural colouranodised
FSB 02Aluminium German silver-colour anodised
FSB 03Aluminium brass-colouredanodised
FSB 04Aluminium bronze-colouredanodised
FSB 07Aluminium dark bronze colouranodised
The listed standard colours arereproduced opposite as accu-rately as printing technologywill allow, as featured on theFSB 1023 lever handle. Toensure accurate matching, youare advised to request a sam-ple product. Slight colour devi-ations arising from the manu-facturing process are inevitable.
69
4a
01
02
03
04
07
AluGrey The finishes
A bar of aluminium caused a real stir at the 1855 WorldExhibition in Paris. This 'malleable silver' was admiredlike a priceless rarity. We nowknow that, after oxygen and silicon, aluminium is the thirdmost common element in theEarth’s crust. It comes from ared sedimentary rock first dis -covered at Les Baux in Franceand thenceforth known asbauxite ore.
When aluminium is first ex -trac ted, it has to be said thatrather a lot of energy is con -sumed. But this is more thanmade up for by the way thematerial performs when it isworked, used and, above all,recycled. Almost 95 per centless energy is used at thereprocessing stage than duringthe initial extraction process.And the wonder of aluminiumis that it can be reprocessedover and over again withoutany of it being lost. This lightweight amongstmetals is pleasant to the touch,primarily because it is parti -cularly good at adapting toenvironmental temperatures.
In the mid-1990s, we at FSBlaunched the 'Hard Aluminium'project. We were intent ongiving the material we hadbeen using at our company forover 50 years a boost. Whilstaluminium had becomesteadily more popular in somemanufacturing sectors – e.g.the motor-car, furniture andluminaire industries – in thearchitectural hardware trade it had been increasingly losingout to stainless steel.
We started by asking ourselveswhat might lie at the root ofthis trend. We concluded thatusers were unhappy with theway the material tends to re -veal traces of use. Evidently,there was no wish to allowdoor handles to age gracefully,getting 'wrinkles' and all.We decided to remedy thisalleged drawback in such awonderful material by dabblingin a spot of rejuvenation.
Our research work extendedover several years and took avery exciting course. Ultimately,we found ourselves on the trailof nothing less than the secretof the elements that go to makeup aluminium, this meansmag nesium, iron, copper, zinc,titanium, manganese, nickeland silicon.
In keeping with standardpractice in the industry, in thepast we had used primaryaluminium with a relativelyhigh share of magnesium.And, by substituting magne-sium with another material,this is precisely where wedetermined to take action. Butwhich material was it to be?
After much testing we optedfor the significantly hardersilicon. The outcome vindicatedour decision, since the surfaceof the new alloy had the radiantgrey colouring of quartz. Wewere so taken with it that wechanged the project’s title from'Hard Aluminium' to 'AluGrey'.
Those amongst our friends inbusiness who are of a scientificinclination may be curious toknow how swapping an alloy’sconstituents can lead to itbecoming 50 % harder (givingit a Brinell hardness of approx.75-80). If so, please note thecomparative analysis of siliconand magnesium set out below.
· Silicon (from the Latin silex =pebble) is a chemical elementbelonging to the fourth princi -pal group in the periodic fableunder which metal elementsare grouped, whereas mag-nesium belongs to the secondprincipal group, referred toas the alkaline earth group.
· Silicon is extracted fromquartz and accounts for morethan 20 per cent of the con-stitution of our planet.Magnesium, by contrast, isextracted from anhydrousmagnesium chloride using a
complex technique known asigneous electrolysis andmakes up less than two percent of the Earth’s crust.
· Silicon crystallises into a darkgrey diamond structure thatis hard and brittle. Magne-sium, by contrast, is a light-weight silvery metal that isvery reactive and ductile.
· Silicon only melts at above1,400° Centigrade, unlikemagnesium, which onlyrequires upwards of 500°Centigrade.
· The half-life of silicon – i.e.the time it takes for half itsatoms to mutate – is no lessthan 160 years, in the caseof magnesium just 21 hoursby contrast.
Pictures often speak louderthan words, as they say. Whichis why you will find below amicroscopic sectional image ofthe sturdy structural make-upof AluGrey.
It can be clearly seen that thebright aluminium base and thegrey silicon matter bothoccupy about 50 per cent ofthe overall area.As the two constituents solidify,the silicon claws its way intothe aluminium in an all-pervasive branching action.Those in the know speak ofeutectic mixtures and dendriticformations here.
We at FSB are convinced thatour probings have revived thetraditional material of aluminiumand given it the necessaryhardness for its new lease oflife.
The lively grey, crystallinetexture of the surface is full ofsubtle fluctuations, makingevery piece virtually a one-offdesign. The silvery grey colourachieved through the anodisa-tion process imbues fittingswith a very distinctive characterwhilst the material’s enhancedhardness significantly improvestheir use value. The metal’sdeeper texturing is externalisedin the form of mottling and'pigmentation' effects. Thesilvery grey of the hardwarecreates a charming contrast tothe face of the door.
70
Alu + Color The finishes
Aluminium + colour
Coloured door and window fur-niture has been making wavesfor twenty years now. Against abackground of featureless con-crete, it has often provided thesole relief. The builders hard-ware industry is no longer con-ceivable without it.
Standard range
FSB regards itself primarily as a producer of door and win-dow furniture in metal. Colour-coated fittings constitute but avery small proportion of ourbusiness. Nevertheless given asufficiently sizeable order, wewill be pleased to extend ourrange to individual require-ments.
Coating processes
Forming the basis of FSB’scoated hardware are cast andpolished aluminium modelsfrom the standard range. Thesurface is electrolytically oxi-dised and subsequently elec-tro-statically powder coated.FSB uses a solvent-free lac-quering process to produce acolour coating some 80 μmthick. Non-fade factor, surfacehardness, and resistance toabrasion are roughly as foranodised aluminium coatings.
FSB is occasionally asked tosupply colour coated versionsof tubular handles in varioustypes of steel. The dangerhere, especially with ordinarysteel, is that, once the coatinghas been breached, the metalinside will corrode. FSB speci-fically draws your attention tothis and is compelled to rejectall claims to liability from theoutset.
Assuming FSB colour coatedhandles are correctly fixed andproperly treated, they will with-stand day-to-day use. Surfacescan be damaged if knocked byhard angular items such asrings, keys, or boxes. Suchscratch marks do not impairthe handle’s functioning,however.
71
4a
Colours
White approx. RAL 9016
Crimson approx. RAL 3002
Black approx. RAL 9005
Stainless steel Stainless steel
In 1912, the Krupp companyin Essen patented a new mate-rial that was known in the in-ter-war period as 'Nirosta' or'V2a steel'. It was soon adop-ted for applications rangingfrom the construction of con-tainers for the chemical indu-stry and components for mo-torcar and aviation design tobuilding materials and dome-stic appliances.
Chromium-nickel steel,material No. 1.4301 underDIN 17440
The generic term stainless steelembraces over 100 separaterust and acidresistant steels. We manufacture our buildershardware utilizing a chromium-nickel steel classified as materi-al 1.4301 under DIN 17440. It contains approx. 18 % chro-mium and 8 % nickel. Thisalloy has proved particularlysuccessful in the buildingindustry.
Properties of stainless steel
Stainless steel is an excellentmaterial for door and windowfurniture, since its surface isextremely resistant to corro-sion, knocks, scratches andabrasion and, owing to thechromium and nickel additi-ves, needs little looking after.An invisible passive layerforms on the surface that iseven said to kill bacteria.
Applications
We recommend stainless steelfor all door and window furni-ture subject to heavy use, viz.in public buildings, office blok-ks, hospitals, motorway serviceareas, and public parks, atsporting venues, or on ships -wherever large numbers of people regularly congregateand reliable, low-maintenancefittings are a must.
Care
Stainless steel furniture basi-cally requires no looking after.Smudges can be removed witha damp cloth. Outdoor fittingsand those at chlorinated poolscan develop what is known as'flash rust' after a while. This isnot generated from within themetal itself and can be remo-ved by vigorous rubbing.
Notes on selection
When selecting and orderingdoor and window furniture,please read carefully the gene-ral material and technical datain this Catalogue. This avoidsmisunderstandings, queries,and delays.
A comprehensive 24 pageguide containing informationon Stainless steel and it’smain-tenance is available fromthe Stainless steel informationcentre:
Informationsstelle Edelstahl Rostfrei P. O. Box 10 22 0540013 DüsseldorfGermany
72
The finishesFSB supplies stainless steeldoor and window furniture as standard in the followingfinishes:
FSB 6204Satin Stainless steel(stock version)
FSB 6205Mirror polished Stainless steel
FSB 6206Matt Stainless steel
FSB 6210Stainless steel in brass finish
The stock satin finish is excee-dingly hard-wearing. The op-tional mirror polished model isan ecologically sound alternativeto chrome plating. The mattmodel has a very granular looking grip, though it has tobe said that constant use gra-dually buffs the matt surfaceup. The mirror polished, thematt and the brass/gold huevaritans are made to order.Production time, processing,and outlay are dependent onyour overall order.
Surface Hygiene
There are those amongst ourcompetitors who, citing the findings of research institutes,make much in their brochuresof the enhanced sterilizing pro-perties of certain finishes. FSBlikewise has access to reportsproving that, for instance, cup-riferous metals kill germs moreeffectively than, in particular,synthetic materials. But FSBsets no great store by such findings. Whether a given finishdestroys bacteria in 24 hoursor in 72 is academic really,since in practice, doors tend to be in fairly regular use any -way. You’d have to take re -medial action every time a doorwas opened or closed if youwished to eliminate germs altogether.
73
4a
6204
6205
6206
Overview
74
1001Page 76
1003 Page 77
1005 Page 78
1015 Pages 80, 42
1016 Page 82
1020 Pages 84, 258
1021 Page 85
1023Pages 86, 43, 259
1025 Page 88
1026 Page 89
1027 Page 90
1028 Pages 91, 260
1029 Page 92
1034 Page 93
1035Page 94
1045 Pages 96, 44
1051 Page 98
1057 Pages 99, 261
1058 Page 100
1063 Page 101
1064 Page 102
1069 Page 103
1070 Page 104
1075 Page 106
1076 Pages 108, 262
1077 Page 110
1078 Page 112
1093Page 114
1097Page 115
1102 Pages 116, 45, 263
75
Bronze
Brass
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
1106 Pages 118, 46, 264
1107Page 120
1108Page 122
1111 Page 124
1114 Page 125
1119 Page 126
1126 Page 128
1135 Pages 129, 265
1144 Page 130
1146 Pages 131, 266
1147 Pages 132, 267
1160 Page 134
1163Pages 136, 47
1171 Page 138
1183Page 139
1191 Page 141
4a
1201 | 1202 Pages 16+17
1203 | 1204 Pages 20+21
1206 | 1207 Pages 24+25
1208 | 1209 Pages 28+29
1211 | 1212 Pages 32+33
1186 Page 140
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Lever handle for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Window handle
1001 | 1743 | 1744 1
1001 | 1731 | 1735 2
1001 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1001 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1005 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1005 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
7204 25 8 mm Δ7604 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 287
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
3732
Details page 207
76
135
60
Product family Model 1001
Common to elementally geometrical door handlesis the quest to relate to the door in formal terms.The author of FSB 1001 – architect Peter Bastian– was after more, though: he wanted his handle tobe a worthy accoutrement for large and, mostnotably, high doors whilst also striving for a well-nigh doctrinaire degree of geometrical re duc -tionism and abstraction. FSB’s production spe-cialists went to the limit of what was technicallyand economically defensible to ensure his draftwas adopted for series production to the veryletter. The upshot is a door lever produced tothe highest degree of accuracy and having asquare cross-section that offers the hand itsbulky gripping volume with great gravitas.
Design: Peter Bastian Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm ΔOther spacings available on request.
Aluminium
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
Door pull
1003 | 1743 | 1744 1
1003 | 1731 | 1735 2
1003 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1003 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1003 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1003 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1003 | 1450 03
1003 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
1003 | 1450 0384 5
1003 | 1450 0354 6
3426
Details page 199
6599 0036
Details page 369
77
4a
50
130
Product family Model 1003
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Lever handle FSB 1003, which has echoes of aminiature door on its side, is decidedly some-thing of a collector’s item. Johannes Potenteadopted the underlying visual concept and putit to effect in aluminium and stainless steel.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
78
128
59
Product family Model 1005 Internal door furniture
1005 | 1743 | 1744 1
1005 | 1731 | 1735 2
1005 | 1450 03
1005 | 1410 03
1005 | 1488 03
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1005 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7205 25 8 mm Δ7605 25 9 mm Δ
1757
Lever handles for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
There’s no shortage of wedge- shaped leverhandles around. Virtually every maker features a variation on this theme in their repertoire. This design may originally have been ProfessorBurchartz’s. The version by Johannes Potente is very slender.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
79
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1005 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1005 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1005 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
1005 | 1410 03 | 1970 03
1005 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
1757
1005 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1005 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1005 | 1450 0384 5
1005 | 1450 0354 6
1005 | 1410 0384 5
1005 | 1410 0354 6
1005 | 1488 ..84 5
1005 | 1488 ..54 6
3425
Details page 198
3425 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
Door knobs for framed doors Window handles
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
80
122
54
Product family Model 1015 Internal door furniture
1015 | 1743 | 1744 1
1015 | 1731 | 1735 2
1015 | 1450 03
1015 | 1410 03
1015 | 1488 03*
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1015 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7215 25 8 mm Δ7615 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 287
1757
Lever handles for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
It isn’t known who came up with the basic formfor the FSB 1015 model. We suspect that thedesign was thought up in the 1930s at a com-pany called wehag.
The version by Johannes Potente is a veryclean-lined affair that is particularly sought afterin the Netherlands, and has been for the pastforty years or more.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
* Bronze on request
81
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1015 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1015 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1015 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
1015 | 1410 03 | 1970 03
1015 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..*
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
1757
1015 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1015 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1015 | 1450 0384 5
1015 | 1450 0354 6
1015 | 1410 0384 5
1015 | 1410 0354 6
1015 | 1488 ..84*5
1015 | 1488 ..54*6
3424
Details page 198
3424 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
Door knobs for framed doors Window handles
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
82
142,5
5750
21
Product family Model 1016 Internal door furniture
1016 | 1743 | 1744 1
1016 | 1731 | 1735 2
1016 | 1450 03
1016 | 1410 03
1016 | 1488 03
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1016 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7216 25 8 mm Δ7616 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 288
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
Furnitures for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
In its first grey-series manual published in1990, FSB presented a lever handle datingback to the 1920s: the FSB 1076 model hassince become the most-copied lever handle ofthe past century. The version shown here, FSB1016, is a more closed-off counterpart to it.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
83
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1016 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1016 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1016 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
1016 | 1410 03 | 1970 03
1016 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..
3476
Details page 206
3403
Details page 213
3476 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
1016 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1016 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1016 | 1450 0384 5
1016 | 1450 0354 6
1016 | 1410 0384 5
1016 | 1410 0354 6
1016 | 1488 ..84*5
1016 | 1488 ..54*6
6514
Details page 357
Window handles Door pull
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
1020 | 1743 | 1744 1
1020 | 1731 | 1735 2
1020 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1020 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
1020 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1020 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1020 | 1431
1020 | 1431 | 1931
1020 | 1431 0084 5
1020 | 1431 0054 6
3404
Details page 233
6507
Details page 366
84
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
Door pull
78
122
Product family Model 1020
Design: Johannes Potente Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Aluminium AluGreyBrass*
The FSB 1020 model is the clearest embodimentof the “good form” of the 1950s. This is a leverhandle that flourishes by dint of the organic flowof its moulded-to-the-hand design and becauseit somehow looks symmetrical without actuallybeing so. Johannes Potente’s intention with thisdesign was to provide a dynamic counterpointto the linearity of doors.
FSB 1020 is one of four models designed byJohannes Potente that, in the summer of 1998,were added to the permanent collection at theMoMA in New York.
* Sets with roses or back-plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Door pull
1021 | 1743 | 1744 1
1021 | 1731 | 1735 2
1021 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1021 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1021 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1021 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1021 | 1410
1021 | 1410 | 1970
1021 | 1410 0084 5
1021 | 1410 0054 6
6543
Details page 367
85
4a
137
60
Product family Model 1021
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Catalogue No. 6 published by the S. A. Loevybronzeware factory in the 1930s includes half adozen door fittings by Rachlis, Grenander, Behrens, Wagenfeld and Paul in which a roundshank is combined with a flat grip section. Morerecently, in the 1990s, the Spanish designer Miguel Milà re-interpreted these elements in theFSB 1126 model.
With the model shown here we have modifiedMilà’s signature somewhat so as to revert moreclosely to the original “Thirties” design elements.The third wave of modernism reaches out toembrace the Bauhaus.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
86
58
135
Product family Model 1023 Internal door furniture
1023 | 1743 | 1744 1
1023 | 1731 | 1735 2
1023 | 1451 03
1023 | 1418 03
1023 | 1483 03*
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1023 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7223 25 8 mm Δ7623 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 288
0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
Furnitures for framed doors
n the 1950s, the Swiss architect, sculptor anddesigner Max Bill got together with Ernst Moeckelto fashion a door handle for the new Ulm DesignCollege building that drew on the handles com-mon on railway carriage doors in Switzerland andhas made design history as the “Ulm handle”.
It was a handle that in turn inspired JohannesPotente to produce FSB model 1023, which forover thirty years has served as an alternative tothe usual U-shaped models.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass**Bronze
* Bronze on request** Sets with roses or back-
plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270
87
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1023 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1023 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1023 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1023 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1023 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..*
3423
Details page 197
3423 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
1023 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1023 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1023 | 1451 0384 5
1023 | 1451 0354 6
1023 | 1418 0384 5
1023 | 1418 0354 6
1023 | 1483 ..84*5
1023 | 1483 ..54*6
6605 38
Details page 371
Window handles Door pull
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Glass door furniture
Window handle
Door pull
1025 | 1705 | 1709 1
1025 | 1707 | 1708 2
1025 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1025 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
1025 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1025 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1025 0100
Details page 325ff.
3435
Details page 200
6610
Details page 372
88
133
58
Product family Model 1025
Design: Hartmut Weise Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
FSB 1025 is the key model in the “FSB Feather -light” product series. Its design terminology isplain to see. An in-line grip is joined to the pointof pivot on the shank. The handle sports a cross-section in the form of a droplet. With its no-frillslooks, this is a design that offers its serviceshumbly and yet elegantly.What really brings FSB 1025 to life is the way itappears to capture the light along its edges. Theinteraction between light and shade heightensthe handle’s sense of slenderness.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1707 | 1708 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Glass door furniture
Window handle
Door pull
1026 | 1705 | 1709 1
1026 | 1707 | 1708 2
1026 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0405 1
1026 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0505 1
1026 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0406 2
1026 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0506 2
1026 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1026 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1026 0100
Details page 325ff.
3435
Details page 200
6612
Details page 373
89
4a
66
135
Product family Model 1026
r.h.l.h.r.h.l.h.
Design: Hartmut Weise Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey
Lever handle model FSB 1026 adds a risingquarter circle to the terminology of the “FSB Featherlight” range, thus lending it added spatialmomentum. The globular-section grip arcs up ina quarter circle as if reaching out to be held.This is a door handle that can be grasped withthe l.h. or right hand with equal ease. The curvature creates the impression of increasedgripping substance.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1707 | 1708 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Glass door furniture
1027 | 1743 | 1744 1
1027 | 1731 | 1735 2
1027 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1027 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1027 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1027 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1027 | 1415
1027 | 1415 | 1923
1027 | 1415 0084 5
1027 | 1415 0054 6
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1027 0100
Details page 325ff.
90
123
68
Product family Model 1027
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
The FSB 1027 model is a stock item in the trade. It is rather disparagingly referred to asthe “shoe horn” model. The underlying designis the brainchild of Professor Max Burchartz.The handle lies extremely snugly in the handand unobtrusiveness is its watchword.The FSB version of the “shoe horn” was de -signed by Johannes Potente.
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.Design: Johannes Potente
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
Door pull
1028 | 1705 | 1709 1
1028 | 1707 | 1708 2
1028 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1028 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
1028 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1028 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
1028 | 1417
1028 | 1417 | 1912
1028 | 1417 7584 5
1028 | 1417 7554 6
3435
Details page 200
6611
Details page 372
91
4a
60
135
Product family Model 1028
Design: Hartmut Weise
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass*
The FSB 1028 design is the most ornate of thehandles in the “FSB Featherlight” range. It is avariation on the terminology used in the FSB1025 model, yet one that does not neglect theergonomic factor.This is a design that catches the eye and is justas good to hold. The undular styling of the gripsection is both visually striking and a stimulatingexperience for the hand. It’s as elegant a silverembellishment as you could ever hope to seeon a door and, almost as an afterthought, it alsoserves to operate the door.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
* sets with roses or back-plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270
1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1707 | 1708 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Glass door furniture
Door pull
1029 | 1705 | 1709 1
1029 | 1707 | 1708 2
1029 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0405 1
1029 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0505 1
1029 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0406 2
1029 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0506 2
1029 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1029 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
1029 | 1417
1029 | 1417 | 1912
1029 | 1417 7584 5
1029 | 1417 7554 6
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1029 0100
Details page 325ff.
6533
Details page 362
92
67
133
Product family Model 1029
r.h.l.h.r.h.l.h.
Design: Hartmut Weise Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Aluminium AluGrey
The FSB 1029 design brings a moulded-to-the-hand dimension to the “FSB Featherlight” series.We only apply the term “moulded-to-the-hand”to models that meet our four Good Grip criteriato the letter. By using just a few more grams ofaluminium, Hartmut Weise has managed to mo-dify the teardrop motif in such a way that thumband forefinger are accommodated and the palmof the hand has ample bulk to grasp hold of.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1707 | 1708 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
1034 | 1743 | 1744 1
1034 | 1731 | 1735 2
1034 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1034 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
1034 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1034 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1034 | 1431
1034 | 1431 | 1931
1034 | 1431 0084 5
1034 | 1431 0054 6
1034 | 1436
1034 | 1436 | 1943
1034 | 1436 0084 5
1034 | 1436 0054 6
93
4a
72
128
Product family Model 1034
Design: Johannes Potente Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Aluminium AluGrey
Lever handle model FSB 1034 was the first major item designed by Johannes Potente. Itdates from 1952. Once the copyright lapsed, itwas imitated by the million throughout the world.It even had to suffer being remodelled in greyplastic – that was back in the days before plasticwent technicolor.It is a model that unwittingly anticipates theFour-Point Guide to Good Grip drawn up muchlater by Otl Aicher and FSB in that thumb rest,forefinger furrow, support for the ball of thethumb, and gripping substance are all in place.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
94
137
57
Product family Model 1035 Internal door furniture
1035 | 1743 | 1744 1
1035 | 1731 | 1735 2
1035 | 1450 03
1035 | 1410 03
1035 | 1488 03
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1035 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7235 25 8 mm Δ7635 25 9 mm Δ*
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
Furnitures for framed doors
In the autumn of 1996, Düsseldorf-based interiordesigner Heike Falkenberg asked FSB to recreatean old handle design for a renovation job shewas involved in. Using the sketch she submitted,FSB’s Development unit cut a demonstrationmodel out of the FSB 1076 handle.The prototype looked so good that, together withthe designer, we spontaneously decided to marketour gripping idea. The design was rapturouslyreceived in the marketplace.
Design: Heike Falkenberg 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
* Only in Stainless steel
95
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1035 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1035 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1035 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
1035 | 1410 03 | 1970 03
1035 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..
3459
Details page 203
3784
Details page 214
3459 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
1035 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1035 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1035 | 1450 0384 5
1035 | 1450 0354 6
1035 | 1410 0384 5
1035 | 1410 0354 6
1035 | 1488 ..84 5
1035 | 1488 ..54 6
6540
Details page 366
Window handles Door pull
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
96
54
132
40
Product family Model 1045 Internal door furniture
1045 | 1743 | 1744 1
1045 | 1731 | 1735 2
1045 | 1450 03
1045 | 1410 03
1045 | 1488 03*
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1045 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7245 25 8 mm Δ7645 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 289
1757
Lever handles for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
FSB 1045 is based on FSB model 1015, whichour research suggests was conceived in the 1930sat a company called wehag. Given the unceasinguse of the FSB 1015 model in commercial ven-tures, we have supplemented this design with areturn variant conforming to DIN EN 179.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
* Bronze on request
97
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1045 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1045 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1045 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
1045 | 1410 03 | 1970 03
1045 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..*
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
1757
1045 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1045 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1045 | 1450 0384 5
1045 | 1450 0354 6
1045 | 1410 0384 5
1045 | 1410 0354 6
1045 | 1488 ..84*5
1045 | 1488 ..54*6
3424
Details page 198
3424 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
3407Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
Door knobs for framed doors Window handles
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Door pull
1051 | 1743 | 1744 1
1051 | 1731 | 1735 2
1051 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1051 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
1051 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1051 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1051 | 1436
1051 | 1436 | 1943
1051 | 1436 0084 5
1051 | 1436 0054 6
6506
Details page 356
98
131
56
Product family Model 1051
Design: Johannes Potente
Aluminium AluGrey
Lever handle model FSB 1051 has come to epitomise FSB. It was dubbed the “SchneiderHandle” (the “S” in FSB) virtually from the moment it came into being in the mid-1950s.We can only surmise as to why this model be -came Johannes Potente’s supreme creation anda market leader in the 1960s. Maybe it’s all downto the harmony it exudes and its moulded-to-the-hand credentials.FSB 1051 is one of four models designed by Johannes Potente that, in the summer of 1998,were added to the permanent collection at theMoMA in New York
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Door pull
1057 | 1705 | 1709 1
1057 | 1707 | 1708 2
1057 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1057 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
1057 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1057 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
1057 | 1431
1057 | 1431 | 1931
1057 | 1431 0084 5
1057 | 1431 0054 6
6613
Details page 373
99
4a
127
63
Product family Model 1057
Design: Jan Roth Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Aluminium Stainless steel* Brass*
Lever handle model FSB 1057 is the work ofMunich-based designer Jan Roth. Singularlyunimpressed by the models then on sale, hedecided to design a handle of his own for hisdoors. After the first casting, he took the polishedunfinished parts home with him and duly fittedthem to the doors there (which is where theycan still be found).The FSB 1057 model by Jan Roth nestles snuglyin the hand and is a handle that women in par-ticular often tend to fall for on the spot.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
* Sets with roses or back-plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270
1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1707 | 1708 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Door pull
1058 | 1743 | 1744 1
1058 | 1731 | 1735 2
1058 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1058 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1058 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1058 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1058 | 1402
1058 | 1402 | 1966
1058 | 1402 0084 5
1058 | 1402 0054 6
6650
Details page 382
100
58
129
Product family Model 1058
Design: Johannes Potente 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Aluminium Stainless steel
FSB 1058 was Johannes Potente’s favouritemodel. It is not known why, a mere two yearsafter designing FSB 1051, his supreme creation,he followed up with this redesign. FSB 1058conspicuously does away with the triangular styling over the pivotal axis. The upshot is anelegant design with a beauty to take hold of.FSB 1058 is one of four models designed by Johannes Potente that, in the summer of 1998,were added to the permanent collection at theMoMA in New York.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
Door pull
1063 | 1743 | 1744 1
1063 | 1731 | 1735 2
1063 | 1743 | 1744 | 2377 05 1
1063 | 1731 | 1735 | 2377 06 2
1063 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1063 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1063 | 1410
1063 | 1410 | 1970
1063 | 1410 0084 5
1063 | 1410 0054 6
3763
Details page 209
3688
Details page 336
101
4a
135
60
20
Product family Model 1063
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
A key design feature in FSB 1063 is the circum-ferential groove that divides the “handling” sectionof the fitting from the “works”, i.e. the shankand bearing. We have now joined forces with theIngenhoven office to systematically extend theconcept by adding applications in timber (wengeand oak), plastic (dark grey) and Corian® (white,red and black). The Corian® grips in particularhave very pleasant haptic properties, the materialbeing of a very high quality and long-lasting moreover.
AluGrey
Design: Christoph Ingenhoven Flush roses cf. page 146f.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1064 | 1743 | 1744 1
1064 | 1731 | 1735 2
1064 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1064 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
1064 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1064 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1064 | 1417
1064 | 1417 | 1912
1064 | 1417 7584 5
1064 | 1417 7554 6
3469
Details page 204
102
62
132
Product family Model 1064
Design: Nicholas Grimshaw 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Aluminium
The design of FSB 1064 was verymuch market-driven. A female admirer of the handle collectionby Nicholas Grimshaw (cf. FSB1069) tentatively enquired whetherhis window-handle design couldbe reconceived as lever handlehardware on narrow backplates. It transpired that this was indeedpossible with little technical input.Nicholas Grimshaw had no optionbut to go along with this rejiggingof his design notions.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Glass door furniture
Window handle
1069 | 1743 | 1744 1
1069 | 1731 | 1735 2
1069 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1069 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
1069 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1069 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1069 | 1417
1069 | 1417 | 1912
1069 | 1417 7584 5
1069 | 1417 7554 6
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1069 0100
Details page 325ff.
3469
Details page 204
103
4a
140
75
Product family Model 1069
Design: Nicholas Grimshaw Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Aluminium
FSB 1069 is the first spontaneous draft of adoor handle by English architect NicholasGrimshaw. “Please press to open”, the grip ap-pears to be saying. The gripping surface is asslender front-on as it is broad across the top.The silvery aluminium layer separating the twoblack plastic shells that comprise the grip lendsthe design stability and lightness in one.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
104
6255
20
145
Product family Model 1070 Internal door furniture
1070 | 1743 | 1744 1
1070 | 1731 | 1735 2
1070 | 1451 03
1070 | 1418 03
1070 | 1483 03
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1070 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7270 25 8 mm Δ7670 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 290
0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
Furnitures for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
This is a lever handle design that became “reallyfamous” during the period of garish colours inthe 1970s. For many architects at school in thosedays this model epitomises the architecture ofthe age.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
105
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1070 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1070 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1070 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1070 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1070 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..
3421
Details page 197
3421 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
1070 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1070 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1070 | 1451 0384 5
1070 | 1451 0354 6
1070 | 1418 0384 5
1070 | 1418 0354 6
1070 | 1483 ..84 5
1070 | 1483 ..54 6
6688 00
Details page 392
Window handles Door pull
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
106
132
62
20
Product family Model 1075 Internal door furniture
1075 | 1743 | 1744 1
1075 | 1731 | 1735 2
1075 | 1451 03
1075 | 1418 03
1075 | 1483 03
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1075 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7275 25 8 mm Δ7675 25 9 mm Δ
0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
Furnitures for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
The 1920s gave rise to three classic lever handles:the architect Mallet-Stevens mitred two sectionsof tubing together: FSB 1076 – page 108. Ludwig Wittgenstein bent a brass tube through90 degrees: FSB 1147 – page 132. Messrs Gropius and Meyer married an angledpiece of square-section material to a grip thatAlessandro Mendini subtly refined: FSB 1102 –page 116. But we still don’t know today who it was thatpicked up a saw and “liberated” FSB 1147 fromits semicircular tip: the upshot being FSB 1075.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
107
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1075 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1075 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1075 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1075 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1075 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..
3422
Details page 203
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
1075 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1075 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1075 | 1451 0384 5
1075 | 1451 0354 6
1075 | 1418 0384 5
1075 | 1418 0354 6
1075 | 1483 ..84 5
1075 | 1483 ..54 6
6683 38
Details page 391
Window handles Door pull
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
108
137
57
21
Product family Model 1076 Internal door furniture
1076 | 1743 | 1744 1
1076 | 1731 | 1735 2
1076 | 1450 03
1076 | 1410 03
1076 | 1488 03
4224 42 r.h. | 4224 52 l.h. 1076 0300
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7276 25 8 mm Δ7676 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 290
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
Furnitures for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass*
The architect Robert Mallet-Stevens (1886 -1945) designed several residential buildings inParis in the 1920s. It is likely to have been hewho hit upon the idea of splitting a round tubein two and mitring the ends back together againat right angles.The design is now known as the “Frankfurt model”. There’s a simple reason for this beingso. The handle was rediscovered when the Architecture Museum was built and proceededto take the market by storm.
* Sets with roses or back-plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
109
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1076 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1076 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1076 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
1076 | 1410 03 | 1970 03
1076 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..
3476
Details page 206
3403
Details page 213
3476 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
1076 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1076 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1076 | 1450 0384 5
1076 | 1450 0354 6
1076 | 1410 0384 5
1076 | 1410 0354 6
1076 | 1488 ..84 5
1076 | 1488 ..54 6
6669 38
Details page 386
Window handles Door pull
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
110
61
137
22
Product family Model 1077 Internal door furniture
1077 | 1743 | 1744 1
1077 | 1731 | 1735 2
1077 | 1450 03
1077 | 1410 03
1077 | 1488 03
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1077 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7277 25 8 mm Δ7677 25 9 mm Δ
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
Furnitures for framed doors
The idea behind the FSB 1077 lever handle series was to give architects and end-users anopportunity to have a say in the choice of gripsection for their door handles.
The FSB range provides for the following combi-nations: – angled section and roses silver anodised
aluminium, grip stainless steel – angled section and roses silver anodised
aluminium, grip black plastic
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
Aluminium
111
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1077 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1077 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1077 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
1077 | 1410 03 | 1970 03
1077 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..
3477
Details page 206
3477 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
1077 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1077 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1077 | 1450 0384 5
1077 | 1450 0354 6
1077 | 1410 0384 5
1077 | 1410 0354 6
1077 | 1488 ..84 5
1077 | 1488 ..54 6
6541
Details page 367
Window handles Door pull
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
112
135
60
20
Product family Model 1078 Internal door furniture
1078 | 1743 | 1744 1
1078 | 1731 | 1735 2
1078 | 1450 03
1078 | 1410 03
1078 | 1488 03
4224 42 r.h. | 4224 52 l.h. 1078 0300
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7278 25 8 mm Δ7678 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 291
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
Furnitures for framed doors
FSB 1078 was created at the instigation of Christoph Ingenhoven, who was thrilled by thematerial AluGrey as soon as he set eyes on itand was of the opinion that this innovative ma-terial development ought also to find expressionin a new – “classic” – lever handle design. Acting as role model was that quintessential“classic”, FSB 1076, which was subjected to acomplete re-interpretation as regards both themitring and the grip section.What’s so especially pleasing about this modelis the formal transition from the round shank toa grip section that is very narrow at the top andbottom.
Design: Christoph Ingenhoven 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
113
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1078 | 1743 | 1744 | 2377 05 1
1078 | 1731 | 1735 | 2377 06 2
1078 | 1450 03 | Knob backplateson request
1078 | 1410 03 | Knob backplateson request
1078 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..
3778
Details page 209
3778 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
1078 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1078 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1078 | 1450 0384 5
1078 | 1450 0354 6
1078 | 1410 0384 5
1078 | 1410 0354 6
1078 | 1488 ..84 5
1078 | 1488 ..54 6
3688
Details page 336
Window handles Door pull
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
1093 | 1743 | 1744 1
1093 | 1731 | 1735 2
1093 | 1743 | 1744 | 2368 05 1
1093 | 1731 | 1735 | 2368 06 2
1093 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1093 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1093 0100
Details page 325ff.
3468
Details page 204
7293 25 8 mm Δ7693 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 291
1757
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Glass door furniture
Window handle
Lever handle for framed doors
Rose for framed doors
57
137
Product family Model 1093
Helmut Jahn and Yorgo Lykouria came to leverhandle design without any preconceptions what-soever: they freed their minds of the constraintsof industrial production processes, which werecharacteristic of the tubular designs of Modernismin particular, and looked out for a form that, whilstit can be produced by machines, ergonomicallycorresponds to human gripping needs in a special way. The upshot is a formally distinctivelever handle re-interpretation that is a genuineinnovation of the moulded-to-the-hand concept.
Design: Jahn/Lykouria
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
114
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
115
4a
Internal door furniture
Internal door furniture
Internal door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Bathroom furniture
Bathroom furniture
Lever handle for framed doors
Window handle
Window handle
1097 | 1743 | 1744 1
1097 | 1731 | 1735 2
1097 | 1415
1097 | 1418
1097 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1097 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1097 | 1415 0084 5
1097 | 1415 0054 6
1097 | 1418 0084 5
1097 | 1418 0054 6
7297 25 8 mm Δ7697 25 9 mm Δ
3797
Details page 211
3798
Details page 211
120
57
Product family Model 1097
The lever handle designed by architect duo Behles/Jochimsen was essentially already di -scernible at the conceptualisation phase, when itwas decided to divide lever handles into two types,“bent ones” in which the grip section “goesround the bend” and “organically transformedones” in which the grip “grows out” of theshank. Drawing on a formal combination of andrestriction to the elements “line” and “circle”, aform was arrived at that is perceived as being atonce new and yet somehow familiar – and is something of a tactile delight.
Design: Behles&Jochimsen
Aluminium AluGrey
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
116
127
60
22
Product family Model 1102 Internal door furniture
1102 | 1743 | 1744 1
1102 | 1731 | 1735 2
1102 | 1450 03
1102 | 1410 03
4224 42 r.h. | 4224 52 l.h. 1102 0300
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7202 25 8 mm Δ7602 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 286
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
Lever handles for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass*Bronze
The FSB 1102 model is rooted in a redesignventure by Italian designer Alessandro Mendini,who refashioned the celebrate Gropius leverhandle by using a different material and addinga groove as one of his submissions to FSB’s Design Workshop held in 1986.
Owing to the popularity of this design, we nowsupply FSB 1102 in the four materials listed above and the corresponding finishes. We wouldrecommend using the rugged stainless steel va-riant on heavily used doors, indeed that is theversion shown here.
Design: Alessandro Mendini 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
* Sets with roses or back-plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
117
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1102 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1102 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1102 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
1102 | 1410 03 | 1970 03
3432
Details page 199
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
1102 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1102 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1102 | 1450 0384 5
1102 | 1450 0354 6
1102 | 1410 0384 5
1102 | 1410 0354 6
6546
Details page 369
Window handles Door pull
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
118
119
60
Product family Model 1106 Internal door furniture
1106 | 1743 | 1744 1
1106 | 1731 | 1735 2
1106 | 1451 03
1106 | 1418 03
1106 | 1483 03*
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1106 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7206 25 8 mm Δ7606 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 287
1757
Lever handles for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass**Bronze
Materials always figure centrally for Frankfurt-based architect Prof. Christoph Mäckler. It cameas no surprise, therefore, that he earmarked FSB’snew “AluGrey” material for his lever handle collec-tion. Reworking the form and size of the leverhandle simultaneously gave it the technicalwherewithal for application as heavy-duty hard-ware fitted with FSB’s AGL compensating bearingor in a fire safety variant. Lever handle 1106was the result.
Design: Christoph Mäckler 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
* Bronze on request** Sets with roses or back-
plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
119
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1106 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1106 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1106 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1106 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1106 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..*
0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
1757
1106 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1106 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1106 | 1451 0384 5
1106 | 1451 0354 6
1106 | 1418 0384 5
1106 | 1418 0354 6
1106 | 1483 ..84*5
1106 | 1483 ..54*6
3736
Details page 208
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
Door knobs for framed doors Window handles
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
120
136
58
Product family Model 1107 Internal door furniture
1107 | 1705 | 1709 1
1107 | 1707 | 1708 2
1107 | 1451 03
1107 | 1418 03
1107 | 1483 03
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1107 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7240 25 8 mm Δ7640 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 288
0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
Furnitures for framed doors
FSB 1107 is related to FSB 1108. FSB’s in- house designer Hartmut Weise has imbued his“Brakel Lightweight” with the curve of a door inmotion.
Design: Hartmut Weise 1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1707 | 1708 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
121
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1107 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1107 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
1107 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1107 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1107 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..
3440
Details page 201
3440 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
1107 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1107 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
1107 | 1451 0384 5
1107 | 1451 0354 6
1107 | 1418 0384 5
1107 | 1418 0354 6
1107 | 1483 ..84 5
1107 | 1483 ..54 6
6536 | 6537
Details pages 363 and 364
Window handles Door pulls
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
122
135
56
Product family Model 1108 Internal door furniture
1108 | 1705 | 1709 1
1108 | 1707 | 1708 2
1108 | 1451 03
1108 | 1418 03
1108 | 1483 03
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1108 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7242 25 8 mm Δ7642 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 289
0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
Furnitures for framed doors
FSB’s in-house designer Hartmut Weise waswondering what it is that gives the “FrankfurtModel” (FSB 1076) and “Wittgenstein’s Handle”models their particular appeal. At some point hejotted down the words “unpretentious presence”.He then determined to offer the market a soberdesign that was at the very least on a par withthem. The upshot was FSB 1108 – a round tube coupled with a mitred grip of oval section.The “Brakel Model”?
Design: Hartmut Weise 1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1707 | 1708 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
123
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1108 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1108 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
1108 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1108 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1108 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..
3409
Details page 196
3409 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
1108 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1108 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
1108 | 1451 0384 5
1108 | 1451 0354 6
1108 | 1418 0384 5
1108 | 1418 0354 6
1108 | 1483 ..84 5
1108 | 1483 ..54 6
6535 | 6538
Details page 363 and 365
Window handles Door pulls
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
4a
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
Door pull
1111 | 1705 | 1709 1
1111 | 1707 | 1708 2
1111 | 1707 | 1708 | 2339 04061111 | 1707 | 1708 | 2339 0506
1111 | 1705 | 1709 4384 1, 3
1111 | 1705 | 1709 5384 1, 3
1111 | 1707 | 1708 4354 2, 4
1111 | 1707 | 1708 5354 2, 4
3439
Details page 201
3684
Details page 336
124
135
56
Product family Model 1111
r.h.l.h
r.h.l.h.r.h.l.h.
Design: Philippe Starck Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
Aluminium
Whereas the PS1 series (FSB 1191) is now a“classic”, when it came to the PS2 series welost heart after making the first prototypes. Whatwent wrong? PS2 consisted of an aluminium core onto whicha transparent coating of coloured plastic wassprayed. At some point, we began thinking about how we were to recycle this compositeproduct – this led to our deciding in favour ofthe environment and developing FSB 1111 in a“new” guise.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1707 | 1708 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
1114 | 1743 | 1744 1
1114 | 1731 | 1735 2
1114 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1114 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1114 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1114 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1114 | 1402
1114 | 1402 | 1966
1114 | 1402 0084 5
1114 | 1402 0054 6
4224 41 r.h. | 4224 51 l.h. 1114 0300
Details page 325ff.
6501 38
Details page 354
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Glass door furniture
Door pull
125
4a
50
16
145
Product family Model 1114
Design: Richard Rogers
Stainless steel
Richard Rogers tasked his colleague LaurenceAbbott and a team spearheaded by FlorianFischötter with developing a lever handle designas part of an unfussy, elegant hardware collectionin stainless steel whose individual constituentsare immediately discernible to the human eye.This objective was achieved in the form of doorhandle model FSB 1114. A stainless steel bar hovers airily above a shankto which it is connected by means of a ruggedshackle.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
126
149
6254
Product family Model 1119 Internal door furniture
1119 | 1743 | 1744 1
1119 | 1731 | 1735 2
1119 | 1451 03
1119 | 1418 03
1119 | 1483 03
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1119 01..
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7219 25.. 8 mm Δ7619 25.. 9 mm Δ
Details page 288
0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
Furnitures for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
FSB 1119 incorporates insights gained by FSBin co-operation with the Fraunhofer Institute during scientific analyses on the design of a lever handle for large-leaf doors in hospitals(FSB 7655, cf. Page 326). Whereas the utmostimportance was given to the rigorous implemen-tation of ergonomic parameters when puttingFSB 7655 to effect, in the case of FSB 1119considerations of style predominated. Responsiblefor fashioning this elegant alternative to the usualtubular products is FSB’s in-house designerHartmut Weise.
Design: Hartmut Weise 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
127
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1119 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1119 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1119 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1119 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1119 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..
3440
Details page 201
3440 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
1119 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1119 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1119 | 1451 0384 5
1119 | 1451 0354 6
1119 | 1418 0384 5
1119 | 1418 0354 6
1119 | 1483 ..84 5
1119 | 1483 ..54 6
6682
Details page 390
Window handles Door pull
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Door pull
1126 | 1743 | 1744 1
1126 | 1731 | 1735 2
1126 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1126 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1126 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1126 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1126 | 1415
1126 | 1415 | 1923
1126 | 1415 0084 5
1126 | 1415 0054 6
6543 40
Details page 367
128
60
20
130
Product family Model 1126
Design: Miguel Milá 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Stainless steel
When the Spanish designer Miguel Milá suggestthat we turn flat steel hoop into a gently archinglever handle, we initially though he was resur-recting an old form familiar from the work of thelikes of Wilhelm Wagenfeld and his followers.But our research was to reveal that, by grace ofits organic curvature, Miguel Milá’s stainlesssteel handle boasted hitherto unknown formalproperties.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
129
4a
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1135 | 1425
1135 | 1425 | 1925
1135 | 1425 7584 1
1135 | 1425 7554 2
3735
Details page 207
58
107
Product family Model 1135
Design: Christoph Mäckler Spindles for privacy sets:1 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm2 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mm
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
What makes this lever handle so appealing is itstraditional formal vocabulary. Add the emphaticallytechnical visuals of its backplate and you have ano-frills design solution for any door.Also available is FSB 1106, a slightly larger versionwith AluGrey roses.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Glass door furniture
Lever handle for framed doors
Window handle
Door pull
1144 | 1743 | 1744 1
1144 | 1731 | 1735 2
1144 | 1743 | 1744 | 2374 05 1
1144 | 1731 | 1735 | 2374 06 2
1144 | 1743 | 1744 6084 1, 3
1144 | 1731 | 1735 6054 2, 4
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 11440100
Details page 325ff.
7244 25 8 mm Δ7644 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 289
3444
Details page 202
6534
Details page 362
131
63
Product family Model 1144
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
The form of lever handle FSB 1144 is graced bybeing just as pleasing to the eye as to the hand.Designer Jasper Morrison lets our eyes know thatthis door handle is a hand tool for operatingdoors. Said eyes promptly relax and a hand takesover: the thumb falls into place, the forefingerfinds its furrow; the hand makes to grip and findsplenty to grip hold of.This is precisely what the Four-Point Guide toGood Grip drawn up by Otl Aicher and ourselvesdemands.
130
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Design: Jasper Morrison Flush roses cf. page 146f.
131
4a
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
Door pull
1146 | 1743 | 1744 1
1146 | 1731 | 1735 2
1146 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1146 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1146 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1146 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1146 | 1451 03
1146 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1146 | 1451 0384 5
1146 | 1451 0354 6
3446
Details page 202
6662 38
Details page 385
62
142
52
20
Product family Model 1146
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
In the early 1990s, FSB felt the time had cometo give the plain round styling of the stable-doorhandle a going over. The shank was conicallyextended and a semicircular tip was added tothe bent end; two subtle little changes that havegiven the revamped FSB 1146 model a characterall of its own. Inevitably, the inevitable happenedand this model, too, has suffered no end of imi-tations.
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
132
132
62
20
Product family Model 1147 Internal door furniture
1147 | 1743 | 1744 1
1147 | 1731 | 1735 2
1147 | 1451 03
1147 | 1418 03
1147 | 1483 03
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1147 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7247 25 8 mm Δ7647 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 290
0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
Furnitures for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass*
The FSB logo echoes a lever handle designedby the Austrian philosopher Ludwig Wittgensteinin the mid-1920s in Vienna. This is the originalupon which all similar lever handle forms arebased. By adding a conical shank and sphericaltip we aimed to set ourselves apart from themany other variants of this lever handle on themarket – and, of course, to render our corporatelogo “grippable” in the truest sense of the word.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
* Sets with roses or back-plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
133
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1147 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1147 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1147 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1147 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1147 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..
3447
Details page 203
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
1147 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1147 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1147 | 1451 0384 5
1147 | 1451 0354 6
1147 | 1418 0384 5
1147 | 1418 0354 6
1147 | 1483 ..84 5
1147 | 1483 ..54 6
6602 38
Details page 370
Window handles Door pull
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
134
150
65 60
Product family Model 1160 Internal door furniture
1160 | 1705 | 1709 1
1160 | 1707 | 1708 2
1160 | 1451 03
1160 | 1418 03
1160 | 1483 0310
4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1160 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7210 25 8 mm Δ7610 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 287
1757
Lever handles for framed doors
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Works design FSB 1160 recreates the “dynamicgolden growth spiral” in the form of a roundcross-section, with the lever handle likewisetapering from the shank to the end of the handlein conformance with the rules of the goldensection. This narrowing heightens the momentumof the natural curve. The design is restrained,good to hold and features direction-of-motionstyling.
1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1707 | 1708 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
1160 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1160 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
1160 | 1451 0384 5
1160 | 1451 0354 6
1160 | 1418 0384 5
1160 | 1418 0354 6
1160 | 1483 ..84 5
1160 | 1483 ..54 6
3410
Details page 196
3410 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
3407 Window handle lock adaptor
Details page 222
135
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1160 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1160 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
1160 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1160 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1160 | 1483 ..10 | 1996 ..10
0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed
Details page 292
0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed
Details page 292
1757
Door knobs for framed doors Window handles
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
136
125
54
Product family Model 1163 Internal door furniture
1163 | 1743 | 1744 1
1163 | 1731 | 1735 2
1163 | 1450 03
1163 | 1410 03
1163 | 1488 03*
4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1163 0100
Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.
7263 25 8 mm Δ7663 25 9 mm Δ
Details page 290
0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed
Details page 293
0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed
Details page 293
Furnitures for framed doors
Berlin-based architect Hans Kollhoff devised ahandle design for his projects that consciouslyabsorbs design elements from the 1930s. Hisuncluttered door handles, window handles andwindow fasteners have been adopted as authenticinterpretations by the market. This particular lever handle derives special quality and authen-ticity from the material bronze, most notably inthe artificially aged variant shown on page 51.
Design: Hans Kollhoff * Bronze on request
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
137
Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1163 | 1731 | 1735 | 2333 06
1163 | 1450 03 | Bouton sur pla-que on request
1163 | 1410 03 | Bouton sur pla-que on request
1163 | 1488 .. | Bouton sur plaqueon request*
3433
Details page 200
3453
Details page 213
3433 70 Window handle with lock adaptor
Details page 221
1163 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1163 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1163 | 1450 0384 5
1163 | 1450 0354 6
1163 | 1410 0384 5
1163 | 1410 0354 6
1163 | 1488 ..84*5
1163 | 1488 ..54*6
6540
Details page 366
Window handles Door pull
4a
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
Door pull
1171 | 1743 | 1744 1
1171 | 1731 | 1735 2
1171 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1171 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1171 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1171 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1171 | 1402
1171 | 1402 | 1966
1171 | 1402 0084 5
1171 | 1402 0054 6
3471
Details page 205
6681
Details page 378
138
21
60
133
Product family Model 1171
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
FSB lever handle 1171 owes its existence to a“crazy notion” hatched in FSB’s tool-makingshop. Back in the 1930s and 1940s, FSB hadmade a lever handle that entered design historyas the “nickel-horn handle”. It combined nickelplating with a black horn grip. It was in 1992 that FSB’s toolmakers set aboutrecreating this classic design in tubular stainlesssteel using leading-edge technology. Their effortsled to a highly marketable design in modernmaterials.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f. Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
4a
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Lever handle for framed doors
Door knob for framed doors
Window handle
Door pull
1183 | 1743 | 1744*1
1183 | 1731 | 1735*2
1183 | 1731 | 1735 | 2383 06
1183 | 1743 | 1744 0084*1, 3
1183 | 1731 | 1735 0054*2, 4
0683 11 8 mm Δ*0683 12 9 mm Δ*
Details page 286
2383 2801* fixed
3783
Details page 210
6599 0036
Details page 369
139
161
48
Product family Model 1183
Hadi Teherani breaks with traditional thinking inFSB 1183. We are all familiar with the “Wittgen-stein solution” in which a standard lever handleis paired with a contrasting – cranked – designon the slamming face. Hadi Teherani has radicallyreduced the diversity of such handle models: hedelivers the function of the cranked lever handlemodel - averting the danger of fingers gettingcaught in the slamming area of frame doors –by shifting the handle’s point of rotation leftwards.Hadi Teherani’s emergency exit model sports asimilarly radical return to the door: he simplytakes a third of the grip section and attaches itto same at right angles.
Design: Hadi Teherani
Aluminium Stainless steel
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
* Suitable for backsetsbigger than 40 mm
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
1186 | 1743 | 1744*1
1186 | 1731 | 1735*2
1186 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1
1186 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2
1186 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1186 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1186 | 1450 03
1186 | 1450 03 | 1963 03
1186 | 1450 0384 5
1186 | 1450 0354*6
1186 | 1410 03
1186 | 1410 03 | 1970 03
1186 | 1410 0384 5
1186 | 1410 0354*6145
63
23
Product family Model 1186
Design: Gaëlle Lauriot-PrévostDominique Perrault
Stainless steel
“The famous phrase ‘form follows function’ is allwell and good”, says Perrault. “Form that followsfunction is of course clear, effective and eco -nomical. But that isn’t enough.” With regard toFSB 1186, there’s nothing more one can add tothat. Dominique Perrault and Gaëlle Lauriot-Prévost have superimposed lever-handle iconFSB 1147, an archetypal design going back toLudwig Wittgenstein, with austere fluting thatclearly identifies the grip section for what it is.
Flush roses cf. page 146f.
140
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1191 | 1491
1191 | 1491 | 1991 43 r.h. 1191 | 1491 | 1991 53 l.h.
1191 | 1491 4354 droite 2
1191 | 1491 5354 gauche 2
1191 | 1491 4384 droite 1
1191 | 1491 5384 gauche 1
3439
Details page 201
141
4a
48
68
146
Product family Model 1191
Design: Philippe Starck Spindles for privacy sets:1 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm2 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mm
Aluminium
Looking at this lever handle design, it could beargued tongue-in-cheek that Philippe Starckwas seeking to consign our entire sector to thebullring. Strangely enough, however, when thehorns are fastened to their backplates they mu-tate into door handles as fit for function as anyyou could wish for: Matt silver colour backplate,mirror-finish handle. Both in premium-qualityaluminium.
18572
39,5
47
70
106
112
21,5
143
RosesBackplates 4bTechnical information
Overview
Flush roses
Roses
Roses with spring mechanism
Indicating furniture
WC furnitures forspecial requirements
Cut backplates + roses
Backplates
Square backplates
144
145
146
148
149
150
151
152
156
164
1. BB and Chubb: centre offollower to centreof key pin.
2. Profile cylinder: centre offollower to centre of profilecylinder core.
3. Oval cylinder: centre of follower to centre of oval cylinder.
4. Round cylinder: centre offollower to centre of roundcylinder.
5. Emergency release: centreof follower to centre ofspindle.
6. WC: centre of follower to-centre of spindle.
7. Thumbturn: centre offollower to centre of spindle.
Bathroom/WC version
FSB bathroom furniture features a thumbturn (R) onthe inside and an emergencyrelease with indicator (WC) onthe outside. The door can beunlocked from the outsideusing an Allen key or coin.The red/white indicator can bedispensed with if so desired(S). A special-purpose emer-gency furniture is available forold people’s homes and nurs-ery schools.
Opening a door involves twokey forces, pushing and thenpulling. Both forces have a cu-mulative effect and need to becarefully counteracted if adoor handle set is to remain ingood working order over theyears. Backplates and rosesfulfil this function, which iswhy it is so important that theyare properly fitted.
All plates and roses suppliedby FSB feature a 7 mm plainbearing made of indestructibleblack GFR plastics. Backplatesand roses are additionally fit-ted with rugged support lugsin the same material.
Lever handle sets and their ac-cessories need to match theappropriate locks. Thus it istherefore important to heedthe specifications listed belowwhen ordering. It goes withoutsaying that we are acquaintedwith the common internationalvariations in spacings, key pat-terns and lock break-throughs.We nevertheless advise you toquote the lock type in use if inany doubt.
Keyholes
In the absence of special in-structions, we supply platesand roses with lever lock key-holes, i.e. BB.
Keyhole spacing
The standard keyhole spacingfor internal backplates is 72 mm, for bathroom back -plates 78 mm and for final exitbackplates 92 mm. Thespacings are measured as fol-lows:
RosesBackplates
Standard short backplateswith visible screws
Standard short backplates withvisible screws feature two support lugs in the area beneath the handle bearing.Screw holes are designed for3.9 mm countersunk screws.
Roses with concealed fixing
The metal covering plates reston a GFR-plastics backplate fitted with 2 support lugs inthe fixing area. Fixing centres 38 mm.
Fixing Aids
In the Fixing Aids section “9c”of this Catalogue we have setout all the steps needed to en-sure roses and plates are cor-rectly fitted.
Standard backplates with vi-sible screws
Standard backplates with visible screws incorporate aGFR plastics bearing.Screw holes are designed for3.9 mm countersunk screws.
Backplates and squareplateswith concealed fixing
Backplates and squareplateswith concealed fixing have asupport plate similar to that forroses.
To ensure FSB door furnitureis only supplemented by theappropriate FSB accessories,we manufacture all plasticscomponents in the same blackGFR plastics. The colour sche-me is sustained in the blackgrub screw featured in FSBhandle sets.
144
75+64
1 2 3
*
145
OverviewBronze
Brass
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
1705| 1709, 1709 54 Pages 148, 150, 269
1743| 1744, 1744 54 Pages 148, 150, 48, 268
1707/31 2211 Page 149
1732 0084 Page 151
1758| 1757, 1718| 1719, 1726, 1776, 1729, 1768, 1752| 1755 Pages 296 – 298
1454 – 1459 Page 154
1483, 1485 Page 164
1486, 1488 Page 165
1795| 1796 Page 153
4b
1550 Page 299
1402 145003Pages 156, 49
1410 141003Pages 157, 49
1416 Page 161
1418 141803Pages 159, 50, 270
1417 Page 161
1431 Page 160
1432 Page 162
1433 Page 163
1415 145103Page 158, 50, 270
1736 | 1737 Page 146f.
146
Flush roses
min. 7
min.12
Ø 56
Ø 56
min.38
3
3
Area to be routed out on threaded side/trailing face
Area to be routed out on clip-on side/leading face
Less is more: an architectureespousing reduction and theformal integration of technical/functional items manifests it-self in, for instance, non- rebateddoors. FSB has been settingstandards for some time nowwith a range of flush furniturethat has been embraced inequal measure by architectsand design-conscious housebuilders.
Complementary technical in-formation: www.fsb.de/flush
Flush roses for door thick-nesses from 38 – 44 mm
Keyways and bathroom/indicating variants
BB CH PZ WC R
Other types and cylindercentres on request.
147
4b
55
38
3 3
8
Ø 11,5
Ø 6
11
19
55
38
3
Ø 11,5
Ø 6
17361737
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBronze
threaded side = trailing face
clip-on side = leading face
Specification:
Handle/key rose pairs for flushfitting, only in combination withspecially prepared FSB doorhandle pairs, door handle pairand rose pairs can be dis -assembled
For door thicknesses from 38 – 44 mm
EPC 72 mm
Routing jig: FSB 0462, cf. page 577
Technical prerequisites:
The door must be 38-44 mmthick. Please bear the positionof the lock mortise in mind.Drill fixing holes on both sideswith the aid of the FSB 0455standard drilling template.
Then expand the holes for thehandle and key roses drilled onthe clip-on side (= leading fa-ce) to a diameter and depth of12 mm. Use should be madeof the FSB 0462 routing jigwhen preparing the door for re-ceipt of the roses.
Please note that - unlike therouting performed for flush fur-niture in heavy-duty bearings(door thickness 45 mm and
upwards), the area routed outmust not be more than 3 mmin depth. The recess for the ro-se needs to be 56 mm in dia-meter and centred on the lockfollower.
The remaining material bet-ween the bottom of the recessand the lock case is required tobe stable and firm enough toensure secure fastening withoutany pressure being exertedupon the lock.
Order details required:
– Lever design– Material/finish – Quantity– Door handing in the case of
rebated doors combined with asymmetrical doorhandles, acc. to GermanDIN cf. page 586
55
38
7
55
38
7
55
38
7
55
38
7
148
1743Subroses withlugs: 1731
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass
1744Subroses withlugs: 1735
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass
1705Subroses withlugs: 1707
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
1709Subroses withlugs: 1708
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Keyholes
Roses
55
38
7
55
38
7
1731 2211 7 mm Δ
For levers with spindle8 mm Δ: 1731 2111
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass
Angle of rotation is 25°
1707 2211 7 mm Δ
For levers with spindle8 mm Δ: 1707 2111
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Angle of rotation is 25°
By dint of the coil springs builtinto their bases to return thehandle to the horizontal, FSBroses with positive mecha-nisms are ideal for the job ofmodernising doors if, for in-stance, replacing the old lockswould be too laborious or in asituation in which the lock stillfunctions well but the lock fol-
lower no longer holds thehandle in position properly,causing it to develop unsightly“sag”. The restoring force inthe spring is sufficient to keepeven solid lever handles ofconsiderable weight – e.g. tho-se made of brass or bronze –lastingly in position.
The rose’s metal caps are sup-ported on a glass-fibre-reinfor-ced base that features twolugs in the fixing area. A positi-ve mechanism is built into thebase. The roses are used inpairs, with a righthand (greencover) and a lefthand (red co-ver) version being combinedby means of through fixing.
Restoration of the carrier plateis ensured by means of coilsprings and is infallible as aresult. The angle of rotation is25°. Fitted in conjunction witha set of lever handles, this fur-niture is indistinguishable fromits standard counterpart.
149
Roses withspring mechanism
4b
150
Indicating furniture55
38
7
55
38
7
1744 0084 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:1735 0054, 8 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass
1744 6084 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:1735 6054, 8 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey
1709 7584 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:1708 7554, 8 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
1709 ..84 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:1708 ..54, 8 mm Δ
43 r.h. | 53 l.h.
Aluminium
55
38
30
55
38
29
55
38
7
55
38
7
55
38
41
55
38
36
Privacy sets also availablewithout indicator. Item Nos. 17.. ..85 (6 mm Δ)or 17.. ..55 (8 mm Δ).
55
38 38
55
8
Ø 14,5
55
55 55
38 38
6/8
55 55
38 38
6/8
1732 0054 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Spindle 8 mm Δ
Through fixing
3464 .... Aluminium
3464 0000: 8 mm Δ
3464 0007: For budget lockroses FSB 3461, 3462 and3470 with spindle 7 mm Δ
1735 7684 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:1735 7654, 8 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
1708 7684 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs:1708 7654, 8 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Enquiries are often receivedfrom old people's homes, nur-sing wards, and indeed child-care centres and schoolsconcerning heavy-duty bath-room furniture with an emer-gency release on the outside.An FSB set devised for suchspecial circumstances featuresa chunky, extra-large thumb-
turn on the inside that can besafely operated by all handssmall, tremulous, or frail. Thisfitting is con nected to a ruggedemergency release on the out-side that can be opened, byauthorised persons only, evenif resistance is put up on theinside.
WC furniture can also be com-bined with backplates. Pleasesend your requests.
151
WC furniture forspecial requirements
4b
152
Cut backplates + roses
When ordering custom de-signs, please first send us adimensioned drawing. We willthen furnish you with a coun-terdrawing for verification pur-poses together with a pricequote.
FSB supplies cut backplatesand roses either with
· visible fixing on both sides or else
· visible or concealed fixing onone side (concealed fixing bymeans of weld-on threaded bushings that double up as reinforcement lugs)
The means of support for thehandle can be “loose” or“non-detachable” and involvesan injection-moulded slidingbearing made of glass-fibrereinforced plastic. Backplatesand roses 3 mm thick are fur-nished with a spacer ring insolid stainless steel in the pro-cess. Where common doorthicknesses are concerned,corresponding use can be ma-de of the FSB Stabil-spindle(cf. p. 545) for these variants.
Custom Stabil-spindle variantsare available to order for non-standard door thicknesses.Our inhouse sales service willreadily answer any questionsyou may have on this subject.
Architectural trends such asthose advocating that technicalor design elements be kept asflush as possible have reallyenlivened demand for cut bak-kplates.
FSB disposes over leading-ed-ge laser production technologyallowing it to manufacture al-most any shape that can berepresented as a vectorised fi-le and is not larger than 1200 x 2500 mm in size as acut backplate. You will find aselection of minimalist bak-kplates and roses as a startingpoint here which – so we be-lieve – adhere very closely tothe trend alluded to above onaccount of their being just 3 or5 mm thick respectively and35 mm wide but which are ne-vertheless merely intended asinitial suggestions. FSB addi-tionally offers to supply cutbackplates in custom designs.Please note the technical in-formation on Page 155 whenordering.
153
4b
Cut roses
1795 ..Stainless steel
With lugs in Stainless steel
Fig.: 3 mm thick, visible fixing onboth sides, with stainless steelspacer ring
Furniture may incorporatenon-detachable lever handles;please indicate FSB model required when ordering.
1796 ..Stainless steel
With lugs in Stainless steel
Fig.: 3 mm thick, concealed fixingon one side, perforation forEuroprofile cylinder
01 = 3 mm | 11 = 5 mmvisible fixing on both sides
02 = 3 mm | 12 = 5 mmconcealed fixing on one side
Mounting holes 38 mm
Chamfered corners
50
50
38
3/5
50
50
38
3/5
3 mm: sliding bearing with stain-less steel spacer ring
5 mm: sliding bearing in plastic
Fixing methods:
concealed fixing on one sideby means of weld-on stainlesssteel threaded bushings on thereverse face that also act asreinforcements, stainless steelrecessed head screws.
visible fixing on both sides bymeans of stainless steel reces-sed head screws
Keyholes and Bathroom/WC version
BB CH PZ WC R
154
1454 ..Rectangular, 35 x 185 mm
1456 ..Rectangular, 35 x 210 mm
1458 ..Rectangular, 35 x 245 mm
1455 ..Round, 35 x 185 mm
1457 ..Round, 35 x 210 mm
1459 ..Round, 35 x 245 mm
Stainless steel
With lugs in Stainless steel
01.. = 3 mm | 11.. = 5 mmvisible fixing on both sides
02.. = 3 mm | 12.. = 5 mmconcealed fixing on one side
35
185210245
3/5
7292
35
185210245
3/5
7292
Cut backplates
Fig. above: 5 mm thick, visible fixing onboth sides, lever bearing inglass-fibre reinforced plastic
Fixing methods:
Concealed fixing on one sideby means of weld-on stainlesssteel threaded bushings on thereverse face that also act asreinforcements, stainless steelrecessed head screws.
Visible fixing on both sides bymeans of stainless steel reces-sed head screws.
Fig. left: 3 mm thick, concealed fixingon one side, with stainlesssteel spacer ring
5 mm: sliding bearing in plastic
Keyholes and Bathroom/WC version
BB CH PZ WC R
3 mm: sliding bearing with stain-less steel spacer ring
155
4b
Fax sheet for customised cut backplates to special order
14541456 1458
Stainless steel
With lugs in Stainless steel
1454 1456 1458 1455 1457 1459
Plate thickness 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm
Length X
Width Y
Dimension A
Dimension B
Dimension C
Dimension D
Centres Z
Keyway
Fixing face face face face face face(visibility) both sides both sides both sides both sides both sides both sides
Bearings loose loose loose loose loose looseinseparable* inseparable* inseparable* inseparable* inseparable* inseparable*
* only for visible face fixing
XC
A
Z
Y
B
X
C
D
Z
Y
A
X
C
D
Z
Y
A
B
XC
A
Z
Y
B
X
C
D
Z
Y
A
X
C
D
Z
Y
A
B
1454 1456 1458
1455 1457 1459 1455 1457 1459
Stainless steel
With lugs in Stainless steel
156
1402Aluminium Stainless steel
Distance 70 + 72 mmvisible fixing
Fixing template: FSB 0453,cf. page 572
1450 03 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
Distance 70 + 72 mmconcealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0477,cf. page 578
170
40
45 7
22
Ø 5,5
24
7072
185
50
45 7
112
21,5
Ø 10
7072
Backplates
Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes
*
1452 03 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
Distance 92 mmvisible fixing
Fixing template: FSB 0469, cf. page 578
185
40
92
45 7
128,5
21,5
Ø 10
157
* except FSB 14.. 03
Backplates
1410 Aluminium Stainless steel
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmvisible fixing
1410 03 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmconcealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0476, cf. page 579
1407 Aluminium
Distance 70 + 72 mmvisible fixing
1445 Aluminium
Distance 92 mmvisible fixing
245
45 7
88
707292
245
45 7
707292
88
134,5
21,5
Ø 10
75,5
245
93
92
50 7
230
87
40 7
7072
Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes
*
4b
1415Aluminium Stainless steel
Distance 70 + 72 mmvisible fixing
Fixing template: FSB 0453, cf. page 572
1451 03 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass
Distance 70 + 72 mmvisible fixingFixing template: FSB 0477, cf. page 578
1453 03Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze
Distance 92 mmconcealed fixing
Fixing template: FSB 0469, cf. page 578
170
40
45 7
22
Ø 5,5
24
7072
185
45 7
112
21,5
Ø 10
50
7072
185
40
92
45 7
128,5
21,5
Ø 10
158
Backplates
Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes
*
159
* except FSB 14.. 03
Backplates
1418Aluminium Stainless steel
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmvisible fixing
1418 03Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmconcealed fixing
Fixing template: FSB 0476, cf. page 579
245
45 7
88
707292
245
45 7
88
134,5
21,5
Ø 10
75,5
707292
Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes
*
4b
160
Backplates
Bathroom/WC version
1431Aluminium
Distance 70 + 72 mm
Design: Johannes Potente
Fixing template: FSB 0453, cf. page 572
1436Aluminium
Distance 70 + 72 mm
Design: Johannes Potente
170
40
47
38
7
22
24
7072
230
87
47
38
7
7072
Keyholes
1416Aluminium Stainless steel
Distance 70 + 72 mm
With backplates series 1416and 1417 FSB wants to sug-gest, whether lever handlesshouldn’t be sometimes com-bined with narrow backplates.Less, often is more.
220
36 7
85
7072
161
1417Aluminium Stainless steel
Distance 70 + 72 mm220
36 7
85
7072
Backplates
Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes
4b
162
Backplates
1432 Stainless steel
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mm
It’s a few years back now thatHartmut Weise presented themarket with arching roses asan alternative to the angulardesign of flat roses. He hasnow followed up with a slightlyarching backplate in stainlesssteel that rests on a plastic base so as to seemingly hoveron the door.
265
40 9,5
93
134,5
75,5
21,5
10
707292
Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes
163
1433Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mm
1433 is the larger equivalentof the familiar 1432 backplateby Hartmut Weise. Especially developed for renovation work, it measures 55 mm across and is henceideal for covering over tracesof the previous fitting.
Set off by a black base, thisslightly curving backplate forinvisible fixing to doors some -how appears to “hover” inspace.
265
55 9,5
93
134,5
75,5
21,5
10
707292
Renovation backplate
Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes
4b
Square backplatesRadius corners 12 mm
164
1483 03 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Radius corners 12 mmDistance 70 + 72 mm
Fixing template: FSB 0478, cf. page 579
1485 01 Aluminium (X = 3 mm)Stainless steel (X = 2 mm)
Radius corners 12 mmDistance 70 + 72 mm
Square backplates
The FSB backplate program-me embraces items for bothconcealed and visible fixing,radiused corners or squarecorners. In the lever handlesection of this Manual thesebackplates have been allottedto specific lever handle de-signs.
In addition FSB offers 'nibbled'or laser cut customized back -plates for visible fixing. Pleasesend dimensioned drawings.We will submit our own draw -ings and a quote by return.
185
32,5
185
50
7
112
21,5
Ø 10
7072
185
32,5 X
185
50
7072
Square backplatesRadius corners 4 mm
165
1488 03 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Radius corners 4 mm Distance 70 + 72 mm
Fixing template: FSB 0478, cf. page 579
1486 01 Aluminium (X = 3 mm)Stainless steel (X = 2 mm)
Radius corners 4 mm Distance 70 + 72 mm
185
32,5 7
185
50
112
21,5
Ø 10
7072
185
32,5 X
185
50
7072
* except FSB 14.. 03 Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes
*
4b
167
Door knobsKnob backplatesOverview
Technical information
Knob handles
Door knobs
Knob backplates
Pull handles on backplates
168
170
171
175
184
189
4c
Overview
168
0802 Pages 171, 54, 272
0804 Page 171
0806 Page 172
0816 Pages 172, 46
0826 Page 174
0828 Page 174
0829 Pages 173,55
0844 Page 171
2383 Page 183
2302 Pages 175, 54, 273
2304 Page 180
2306 Page 176
2303 Page 175
2322 Page 182
2326 Page 180
2329 Pages 176, 55
2333 Pages 181, 47
2339 Page 181
2368 Page 183
2374 Page 177
2377 Page 178
2380 Pages 177, 272
2346 Pages 179, 54
2354 Page 179
2378 Page 178
2309 Pages 179, 55
0877 Page 173
2316 Pages 182, 46
0880 Page 272
169
Bronze
Brass
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
2121 Page 189
2144 Page 189
4c
1904 Page 187
1920 Page 187
1925 Pages 188, 265
1923 1964 Pages 184, 57, 271
1931 Page 186
1943 Page 186
1927 192703Pages 184, 57, 271
1966196303Pages 185, 56
1970 197003 Pages 185, 56
Door knobs
170
Fixed knobs on roses
Door knobs can be riveted toroses to form dead knobs andcan be fixed in one of twoways:Concealed through fixing andconcealed face fixing
Concealed through fixing
Where concealed through fixing is required, we supplydoor knobs prepared for 5 mmbolts and reinforced with twolugs with standard 38 mmcentres.
On the reverse, a lever handlerose of comparable technicaldesign is used (FSB 1731 50..and 1707 50..).
The M5 screws are 45 mm inlength, making them suitablefor doors 37-46 mm thick. Forother door thicknesses, screwsof the appropriate size shouldbe used (FSB 0308 05..).
In this configuration, the doorknob can be fastened to anFSB lever handle on the rever-se by means of an FSB half-spindle screwed into the12 mm threaded neck of theknob.
Concealed face fixing
Concealed face fixing first in-volves screwing a steel baserose to the door. The deadknob is then positioned so asto precisely cover this and issecured with a grub screw.
Knob handles
We supply knob handle sets asfemale pairs complete with aseparate special-purpose FSBStabil-spindle.
To assemble, first construct amale handle from the spindleand one of the female parts,carefully inserting the grubscrew supplied through the ap-propriate borehole. The grubscrew passes through the neckof the knob and locates intothe spindle. For the male knobto be correctly as sem bled it isgenerally neces sary for thehead of the grub screw to lieflush with the outer surface ofthe neck of the knob.
Thereafter, fixing is as forthe FSB Stabil-spindle.
Female knob handles can ofcourse be fitted to rotate in aplate or rose on one side onlyusing the customised FSBhalf-spindle.
Backplate with dead knob
FSB also supplies door knobsrigidly mounted on backplates.These feature a 12 mm inter-nal thread to accommodate theFSB Stabil-half-spindle pro -vided. Before fitting the plate,the spindle is firmly screwedinto the shank of the knob.Backplate and spindle are thenfitted to the door and the pro -cedure is repeated on the re-verse.
171
50
X
60
76
65
70
48
0802Aluminium (X = 70 mm)AluGrey (X = 70 mm)Stainless steel (X = 66 mm)Bronze (X = 65 mm)Brass (X = 65 mm)
0803Stainless Steel
8 mm Δ-hole
0804 Aluminium Stainless steel
8 mm Δ-hole
Knob handles
Turnable knob handles aremade and supplied by FSB asfemale sections. Knobsets arecreated by joining two femaleparts together using theFSB Stabil spindle 0102.
Adaptor sleeve 8 on 7 mm cf. page 550.
4c
52
75
0844 Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
8 mm Δ-hole
Design: Jasper Morrison
172
Knob handles
Turnable knob handles aremade and supplied by FSB asfemale sections. Knobsets arecreated by joining two femaleparts together using theFSB Stabil spindle 0102.
Adaptor sleeve 8 on 7 mm cf. page 550.
0806Aluminium
8 + 10 mm Δ-hole
0816AluminiumAluGreyBronze
8 mm Δ-hole
Design: Christoph Mäckler
53
44
48
65
173
Knob handles
Turnable knob handles aremade and supplied by FSB asfemale sections. Knobsets arecreated by joining two femaleparts together using theFSB Stabil spindle 0102.
Adaptor sleeve 8 on 7 mm cf. page 550.
4c
0829Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
8 +10 mm Δ-hole
0877 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
8 mm Δ-hole
Design: Christoph Ingenhoven
Ø
44
55
52
174
Knob handles
Turnable knob handles aremade and supplied by FSB asfemale sections. Knobsets arecreated by joining two femaleparts together using theFSB Stabil spindle 0102.
Adaptor sleeve 8 on 7 mm cf. page 550.
0826 00..44 r.h. | 45 l.h.
Aluminium AluGrey
8 mm Δ-hole
Design: Hartmut Weise
0828Aluminium Stainless steel
8 mm Δ-hole
67
60
49
45
45
Door knobs
175
2302 06Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Bronze (X = 72 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2302 05Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Bronze (X = 72 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)
Concealed face fixing
2303 06Stainless steel
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2303 05Stainless steel
Concealed face fixing
55 50
X
55 50
X
55 60
84
55 60
84
06 05
4c
2306 05Aluminium
Concealed face fixing
2306 06Aluminium
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
51
55 53
51
55 53
Door knobs
176
2329 06Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2329 05Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
Concealed face fixing
52
55 Ø
52
55 Ø
06 05
06 05
2380 06Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2380 05Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Concealed face fixing
Door knobs
177
55 46
48
55 46
48
2374 06Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2374 05Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Concealed face fixing
Design: Jasper Morrison
82
5255
82
5255
4c
Door knobs
178
2377 06Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2377 05Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Concealed face fixing
Design: Christoph Ingenhoven
2378 06Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
Design: Christoph Ingenhoven
59
55 55
59
55 55
94
5555
64
38
06 05
06
Door knobs
179
4c
93
5055
91
38
110
55 55
61
38
93
55 50
55
38
2346 06Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2354 06Stainless steel
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2309 06Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
06 05
2304 05Aluminium Stainless steel
Concealed face fixing
2304 06Aluminium Stainless steel
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
Door knobs
180
81
55 48
77
38
81
55 48
77
2326 ..0604 r.h. | 05 l.h.
Aluminium AluGrey
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2326 ..0504 r.h. | 05 l.h.
Aluminium AluGrey
Concealed face fixing
Design: Hartmut Weise
82
55
68
38
82
55
68
Door knobs
181
2339 ..0604 r.h. | 05 l.h.
Aluminium
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
Design: Philippe Starck
2333 06Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
Design: Hans Kollhoff
82
55 66
58
38
55 50
38
67,5 62
06 05
4c
2322 06Aluminium Stainless steel
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2322 05Aluminium Stainless steel
Concealed face fixing
52
55 45
52
55 45
Door knobs
182
2316 06Aluminium AluGreyBronze
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2316 05Aluminium AluGreyBronze
Concealed face fixing
Design: Christoph Mäckler
72
55 48
72
55 48
06 05
Door knobs
183
2383 06Aluminium Stainless steel
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
Suitable for backset biggerthan 40 mm
Design: Hadi Teherani
87
5573
47
38
06 05
2368 06Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm
2368 05Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Concealed face fixing
Design: Jahn/Lykouria
55
82
57
36
55
82
38
57
36
4c
1927 03 Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Bronze (X = 72 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmwith concealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0476, cf. page 579
1927 Aluminium (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)
Distance 72 + 92 mmwith visible fixing
1923Aluminium (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)
Distance 72 mmwith visible fixing
Fixing template: 0453 cf. page 572
Knob backplates
184
45 X
170 72
40
22
45 X
245 7292
88
45 X
245
21,5
134,5
75,588
707292
1964 03Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Bronze (X = 72 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)
Distance 70 + 72 mmwith concealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0477, cf. page 578
45 X
185
21,5
112
50
7072
* except FSB 19.. 03 Keyholes
Knob backplates
185
* except FSB 19.. 03 Keyholes
1970 03Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmwith concealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0476, cf. page 579
1970Aluminium Stainless steel
Distance 72 + 92 mmwith visible fixing
1966 Aluminium Stainless steel
Distance 72 mmwith visible fixing
Fixing template: FSB 0453, cf. page 572
1963 03 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
Distance 70 + 72 mmwith concealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0477, cf. page 578
45 51
185
21,5
112
50
7072
45 51
245
88
21,5
134,5
75,5
707292
45
170 72
40
51
22
45 51
245 7292
88
4c
Knob backplates
186
1943Aluminium
Distance 72 mm
1931Aluminium
Distance 72 mm
Fixing template: FSB 0453, cf. page 572
Keyholes
47
38
170 72
40
51
22
47
38
230 72
87
51
1920Aluminium
Distance 72 + 92 mm
1904Aluminium
Distance 72 mm
Fixing template: FSB 0453, cf. page 572
45
170 72
40
51
22
45 51
245 7292
88
Knob backplates
187
Keyholes
4c
Knob backplate50 47
130 80 72
2545
338
188
1925 AluminiumStainless Steel Brass
The knob backplate comeswith a fixed knob and an FSBhalf-spindle. It is designed fordoor thicknesses from 38 - 42 mm. The furniture is visiblyfixed to the door using M4sleeve nuts and threaded bolts.
Design: Christoph Mäckler
Keyholes
Pull handles on backplates
189
* except FSB 2121 Keyholes
2121Aluminium
Distance 72 mm
2144 Aluminium
Distance 92 mm
47
38
230 72
90
87
42
45
245
113
88
57
92
52
4c
191
Window handlesOverview
Technical information
Flat-rosed window handle
Window handles
Window handles forspecific requirements
Window handles withcylinder locks
Protection from leverage
Socket key-operation locks
Budget lock roses
Sliding patio door levers
Flush pulls for lifting/sliding doors
Even humdrum items such aswindow handles are subject tothe laws of commodity aes-thetics, i.e. they need to beselected to match the leverhandles in use.
192
194
195
196
215
216
223
223
224
225
226
4d
Overview
192
3409 Page 196
3410 Page 196
3421 Page 197
3423 Pages 58, 197, 274
3424 Pages 198, 58
3425 Page 198
3426 Page 199
3432 Pages 60, 199, 274
3433 Pages 59, 200
3435 Pages 200, 275
3439 Page 201
3440 Page 201
3444 Page 202
3446 Pages 202, 275
3447 Pages 203, 276
3459 Page 203
3468 Page 204
3469 Page 204
3471 Page 205
3473 Page 205
3476 Pages 206, 276
3477 Page 206
3732 Page 207
3735 Pages 207, 277
3736 Pages 59, 208, 277
3745 Page 208
3751 Page 26
3752 Page 26
3753 Page 18
3754 Page 34
3755 Page 30
3756 Page 22
3763 Page 209
3778 Page 209
3783 Page 210
193
Bronze
Brass
Alu + Colour
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
3789 Page 210
3797 Page 211
3401 Page 212
3402 Page 212
3403 Page 213
3404 Pages 212, 278
3453 Pages 213, 60
3455 Page 214
3784 Page 214
34.. 70 Page 221
3481 Page 218
3488 Page 218
3491 Page 219
3495 Page 220
3496 Page 216
3497 Page 217
3499 Page 215
3407 Pages 222, 278
3416 Page 223
Budget lock rosesPages 223+224
3750 11 Page 225
3750 12 Page 225
4215 00 Page 226
4215 02 Page 226
4215 10 Page 226
3798 Page 211
Window handlesFSB supplies window handleswith and without a click-stopmechanism. The following applies in respect of models incorporating a click-stop me-chanism: FSB supplies thesehandles as standard with roses14 mm thick, lugs 10 mm indiameter, a 7 mm squarespindle with a 30 mm projectionand 43 mm fixing centres. The same handles can also besupplied with 12 mm-diameterlugs or without lugs altogether.The roses on models with noclick-stop mechanism are amere 7 mm thick. The distancebetween fixing centres remainsunchanged, however, at 43 mm.The method of fixing is visible.
Special spindle projections areoften required as a means ofaccommodating differing profilesystems and materials. FSBsupplies just what is needed on a job-by-job basis. Pleasesimple indicate any non-stan-dard spindle projections whenordering.
FSB supplies its window hand-les without screws. Fixing is bymeans of M5 oval-head screws.
Lockable window handles
For burglar-resistant windows toconform to DIN V ENV 1627,the handles used have to meeta number of conditions in addi-tion to the various other securitycriteria involved. The windowhandles concerned are requiredto be lockable and particularlyresistant to twisting and pulling.
Where lockable window handlesare concerned, these conditionshave been laid down in the RALquality standards, together withmore exacting design-engi -neering requirements, for manyyears now. The values pre -scribed for twisting and pullingforces under RAL are twice asstringent as those set forth inDIN V ENV 1627. Certificationand quality assurance testsconducted by the RAL QualityAssociation ensure the qualityand fitness for function of lock -able window handles.
Complementing the standardlockable formats, a rose with apush-button/deadlocking func-tion allows any of FSB’s greatvariety of attractive windowhandle designs to be used onwindows specifically required to afford protection against intruders. The rose can be fittedwith the cylinder either at thetop or bottom. It goes withoutsaying that conformity to theRAL quality standards has like-wise been established and isongoingly monitored in respectof this device – known as a lockable adaptor rose.Models 3423 and 3476 shownon the following pages are stocked as standard. Any otherhandle design may also be selected for attachment to theadaptor rose. Please note thatdelivery may take longer insuch instances.
Window handle lock adaptors
Rounding off our range of se-curity fittings for windows areanti-leverage devices for win-dow sashes and a series of lock adaptors to which any design of window handle canbe attached.
Special solutions
Innovations in facade techni-ques such as curtain walling,new profile systems or, indeed,new window designs necessita-te special types of windowhandle:
– of reduced depth or incorpo-rating reduced-depth roses for box-type “winter” windows
– featuring cranking for top-hinged windows
– incorporating casement fasteners for centre-hungwindows
FSB supplies a wide variety ofspecial-concept solutions forsuch scenarios that can becombined with virtually all ourwindow handle models.
Tilt to turn
Special-action lockable handlesare required in conjunction withthe “tilt to turn” window drivemechanisms often fitted inschools, offices and hospitals toprevent unauthorised operationwithout impairing air-handlingproperties. FSB produces suchspecial-purpose window hand-les in familiar designs to order.
194
The FSB click-stop mechanism
All FSB window handles withclick-stop mechanisms conformto the RAL quality standard.The RAL Quality Associationhas drafted specifications forwindow handles that are de -signed to ensure lasting qualityand performance.The FSB click-stop deviceenables windows to be closed,tilted or opened correctly. Itconsists of ball bearings in arugged GFR plastics housing.Whenever the window is operated, the handle audiblyclicks into place.Handles can be optionallysupplied with a 45-degree“night-tilt” setting.
195
Further flush products:
– roses for door thicknessesfrom 38-44 mm, page 146f.
– S2 armoured roses for timbermain entrance doors, page448f.
Flat-rosed window handle
4d
34.. 07 37.. 07
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Window handle with shallowrose and click-stop mechanismrecessed into the profile lugswith 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Can be fitted to timber andplastic profiles. Assembly isin the usual manner exceptthat a central drilling 26 mmin diameter is required in ad-dition to the two fixing holes(c:c 43 mm). All FSB windowhandles having a click-stopmechanism can be suppliedwith shallow roses. Pleaseenquire.
5
10
43
Ø 10
Ø 26
Ø 10
32,5
123
70 43
70
14
32,5
138
70 43
80
14
196
3409 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1108
3410Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1160
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
197
32,5
120
70 43
68
14
32,5
123
70 43
72
14
3421Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever designs 1070,1080 and 7690
3423Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever designs 1023and 7617
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
4d
32,5
110
70 43
70
14
32,5
116
70 43
73
14
198
3424Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever designs 1015and 1045
3425Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1005
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
*
199
32,5
110
70 43
66
14
32,5
114
70 43
74
14
3426Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1003
3432Aluminium*AluGreyStainless steel Bronze Brass
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Alessandro MendiniTo match lever design 1102
Black grip only available withaluminium angled section.
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
4d
32,5
111
70 43
69
14
32,5
118
70 43
68
14
200
3433AluminiumAluGrey Stainless steel Bronze
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Hans KollhoffTo match lever design 1163
3435Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Hartmut WeiseTo match lever designs 1025,1026, 1028 and 1029
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
201
33,5
132
8943
67
14
3439Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Philippe StarckTo match lever designs 1111and 1191
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
4d
32,5
124
70 43
72
14
3440 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever designs 1107,1119 and 7652
32,5
104
70 43
82
14
202
3444Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Jasper MorrisonTo match lever design 1144
32,5
120
70 43
71
14
3446Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1146
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
203
32,5
120
70 43
71
14
32,5
120
70 43
71
14
3447Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
To match lever design 1147
3422Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mmTo match lever design 1075
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
4d
32,5
125
70 43
71
14
3459Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Heike FalkenbergTo match lever design 1035
32,5
125
70 43
71
14
204
3468Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Jahn/LykouriaTo match lever design 1093
32,5
120
70 43
76
14
3469Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Nicholas GrimshawTo match lever designs 1064and 1069
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
205
32,5
120
70 43
74
14
3471Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1171
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
4d
32,5
25
116
70 43
73
14
3473Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1173
32,5
115
43
70
14
70
206
3476Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever designs 1016and 1076
32,5
125
43
67
14
70
3477Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Available in:
– angled section and rose Alu -minium, grip Stainless steel
– angled section Aluminium,rose and grip Stainless steel
– angled section and rose silver anodised Aluminium,grip black plastic
To match lever design 1077
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
207
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
4d
32,5
123
70 43
74
14
3732Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Peter BastianTo match lever design 1001
95
43 24
65
3
63
30
2443
6
30
3735Aluminium Stainless steel Brass
lugs with 10 mm Ø c:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
These window handles comewith reduced-depth roses 3 mm thick that are fastenedto the window drive mecha-nism at 43mm centres usingM5 screws.
Design: Christoph MäcklerTo match lever design 1135
208
32,5
106
70 43
74
14
32,5
120
70 43
81
14
3736Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBronzeBrass
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Christoph MäcklerTo match lever design 1106
3745Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Paul Kahlfeldt
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
209
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
4d
32,5
123
70 43
74
14
3763AluGrey
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Grips supplied:– Corian® red (shown here)– Corian® black– Corian® white– wenge wood– oak wood (shown here)– dark grey plastic
Design: Christoph IngenhovenTo match lever design 1063
32,5
123
70 43
74
14
3778Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Christoph IngenhovenTo match lever design 1078
210
32,5
142
70 43
62
14
3783Aluminium Stainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Hadi TeheraniTo match lever design 1183
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
32,5
133
70 43
77
14
3789Stainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Gaëlle Lauriot-PrévostDominique Perrault
To match lever design 1186
3789
211
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.
Other spindle projections available on request.
4d
3797Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Behles&JochimsenTo match lever design 1097
3798Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Behles&JochimsenTo match lever design 1097
32,5
70
71
43
106
14
32,5
107
70 43
71
14
212
28
70 43
82
7
56
28
70 43
7
80
56
28
70
64
43
95
7
3401 Aluminium
c:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
3402 Aluminium
c:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
3404 Aluminium Brass
c:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1020
Window handles
213
32,5
70
65
43
85
14
32,5
70 43
85
48
48
14
32,5
70
69
43
106
14
3403 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
To match lever designs 1016and 1076
3499 0012Stainless steel
Reduced-depth tee handlelug Ø 10 mm centres 43 mm 7 mm Δ spindle30 mm projection
Suitable for box-type “winter”windows and windows whichopen against walls and are required to be opened as wideas possible
3453Aluminium AluGrey Bronze
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Hans KollhoffTo match lever design 1163
Window handles
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
4d
214
32,5
70
57
43
99
14
32,5
72
70 43
14
100
3455 Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
3784 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Design: Heike FalkenbergTo match lever design 1035
Window handles
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
215
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles forspecific requirements
4d
3499 00..Window handle with casementfastener, suitable for centre-hung sash windows.
Stainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
1 | 3499 0039 r.h.3499 0040 l.h.
2 | 3499 0036 r.h.3499 0037 l.h.
38 45
70
Ø 10
14
38 45
70
Ø 10
14
1 | Ill. l.h. 2 | Ill. l.h.
32,5
115
70 43
70
14
40
3499 001 . 3499 0033Cranked window handles
Stainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Suitable for window sashesopening outwards and for centre-hung sash windows.
1 | 3499 0018 r.h.3499 0019 l.h.
32,5
147
70 43
89
14
1 | Ill. r.h.
32
135
72 43
13
50
32
135
72 43
13
50
216
3496Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismfor security windows acc. to DIN V ENV 1627Keys to differ – keys to passlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mmtip-to-turn option
3496 00Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Locking + Security
.
217
32
135
72 43
13
50
32
135
72 43
13
50
3497Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismfor security windows acc. to DIN V ENV 1627Keys to differ – keys to passlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mmtip-to-turn option
3497 00Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Locking + Security
4d
32,5
132
70 43
15
46,5
32,5
132
70 43
15
46,5
32,5
146
78 43
15
60
218
3488 00Aluminium Alu + Colour
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm
3488Aluminium Alu + Colour
Window handle with click-stop mechanismfor security windows acc. to DIN V ENV 1627Keys to differ – keys to passtip-to-turn option
3481Aluminium
Window handle with click-stop mechanismfor security windows acc. to DIN V ENV 1627Keys to differ – keys to passlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
Window handles
Locking + Security
219
35
194
90 43
15
64 3491Aluminium Stainless steel
Window handle with dead-locking function prepared forsingle profile cylinder for use on burglar-resistantwindows conforming to DIN V ENV 1627 lugs with 10 mm Ø centres 43 mm 7 mm Δ spindle30 mm projection
Deadlocked (window cannotbe opened without the key):rotate key through approx. 30°in an anticlockwise direction,depress the deadlocking bolt,return key to original positionand remove.
Released (window can be opened at any time without akey): rotate key through approx.30° in an anticlockwise direc-tion, whereupon the sprungbolt is automatically released,return key to original positionand remove.
Window handle preparedfor a single profile cylinder
Function The single length cylinder go-verns the status of the dead-locking bolt, i.e. the windowcan either be opened or itcannot. The key is always re-quired to lock and unlock thebolt.
Fitting instructions
The FSB 3491 window handleis supplied without a single-sided cylinder. To fit a single-length cylinder (adjustablethrower required), please pro-ceed as follows: turn the handleso it is at right angles to therose and remove the two M4recessed head screws (1),then detach the grip section(2) from its mount. Disengagethe thrower on the single profilecylinder used (as explained incylinder instructions) and rotatethrough 180° so that the thro-wer is positioned vertically out-side the cylinder. Now insertthe key and rotate the throwerback through 180° into the cylinder.
Then insert the cylinder (3) inthe handle mount (4) and fasten using the M5 recessedhead screw supplied (5). Nowagain rotate the key through180° so as to be able to removeit. Replace the grip (2) and fasten using the two M4 re -cessed head screws (1).
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Locking + Security
34
2
5
1
1
4d
Technical information page 194
32,5
146
70 43
15
5
74,5
40
Key position
1 4 3 2
3495Aluminium
Window handle with dead-locking function prepared for single profile cylinder for use on burglar-resistantwindows conforming to DIN V ENV 1627 lugs with 10 mm Ø centres 43 mm 7 mm Δ spindle30 mm projectiontip-to-turn option
Locking + Security
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Window handle preparedfor a single profile cylinder
220
Fixing aid
Inserting the cylinder: Loosengrub screw (2), set the Cylinderthrower to the vertical Positionbefore assembly (1), insert thecylinder (3) and pressing untilthere is an audible click.Tighten grub screw (2). Furtherpressure on the cylinder (3)causes the handle to becomelocked. To unlock, turn the key(4) clockwise.
Removing the cylinder: Set thecylinder (3) in the unlockedposition. Loosen grub screw(2). The cylinder (3) can nowbe removed by turning the key(4) anticlockwise.
Window handlelock adaptor
221
3423 70Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
3476 70Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Window lock matching FSB-window handles on securitywindows acc. to DIN V ENV 1627lugs with 10 mm Ø lug length 6.5 mmcentres 43 mm 7 mm Δ spindle30 mm projectiontip-to-turn option
Locking + Security
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
FSB has for many years supplied RAL-tested lockablehandles for burglar-resistantwindows. Complementing andaugmenting the standard styles,a rose with a catch and lockingmechanism allows FSB’s widevariety of window-handle de -signs to be adopted for thespecial requirements of burglar-resistant windows. The rosecan be fitted in one of two po-sitions, with the cylinder eitherat the top or bottom. (Whenordering the “tilt to turn” va-riant it is necessary to statethe position of the cylinder.)
21
32,5
123
84,543
79
21
32,5
125
84,5
78
43
The lockable adaptor rose is,of course, likewise tested andmonitored to RAL quality stan-dards. Models 3423 and 3476shown here are stocked asstandard. Any other handledesign may also be selectedfor fitting to the adaptor rose.In such instances, FSB asksthat the necessary delivery time be borne in mind.
Accessories:2 screws M5
4d
Window lock
73
37
25,5
12,5
43
55
FSB 3407 matches all FSBwindow handles with click-stopmechanism. To compensate forthe insert length of the spindledue to the additional depth ofthe lock adapter, the standardspindle projection of 30 mmwill be extended to 42 mm.This is accomplished with theuse of a spindle extension partwhich is delivered together with
222
3407Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass Black plasticssimilar to RAL 9004White plasticssimilar to RAL 9010
Keys to differ – keys to passlugs with 10 mm Ømatching FSB-window handleswith lugs 10 mm Ø only
the window lock. Installed asillustrated on this page. Weemphasize that, whilst pro -tection from leverage devicesmake break-ins more difficultand time-consuming, theycannot provide complete protection.
Accessories:2 screws M5 x 50 mm1 spindle extension part
Protection from leverageSocket key-operated locks
223
25
29
43
20
55
40
70
28 7
12Ø 22
33
43
70
28 7
12Ø 22
33
43
70 43
32,5 14
Ø 22
27
6
3416Aluminium
FSB anti-leverage devices aresecurity items which, whilstnot rendering burglaries im-possible, make them a gooddeal harder to perpetrate.
3461Aluminium
3462Aluminium
3470 Aluminium Stainless steel
Lugs with 10 mm Ø
The socket key for FSB 3461,3462 and 3470 can be orderedby item No. 3463.
4d
Budget lock roses
70
32,5 14
15 43
70 43
32,5 14
70
32,5
43
14
15
36
224
1759 ..Aluminium Stainless steel
25 without cover plate26 with oval cover plate for
vertical fixing27 with round cover plate for
horizontal fixing
1793 Aluminium
70 43
28 7 1784Aluminium
Lever with 7 mm Δ-spindlesuitable für budget lock rosesshown can be ordered by itemNo. 3402 9000.
225
4d
Sliding patio door levers
3750 11..Stainless steel
3750 12..Stainless steel
Sliding patio door leversincl. lockingturnably fixedconcealed fixing10 mm Δ-spindleFixing M6
155
80
53
69
14
52
252
35 77
155
80
53
69
14
50
253
35 72
The sliding patio door leversare available in following versions:
00 Without keyhole, withthreaded M6 lugs, forthrough fixing in combi -nation with version 02.
01 With PZ-keyhole, withthreaded M6 lugs, forthrough fixing in combi -nation with version 03.
02 Without keyhole, with boltsM6 x 80 mm, for throughfixing in combination withFSB 4215 series or version00.
03 With PZ-keyhole, with boltsM6 x 80 mm, for throughfixing in combination withFSB 4215 series or version01.
Flush pulls 4215 series cf. page 226.
Flush pulls forsliding patio door levers
35 17
80
15569
52,5
95
325
35 17
80
15569
52,5
95
325
35 17
80 10595
325
4215 00Stainless steel
Flush pull without keyholeWith threaded M6 lugs
4215 02 Stainless steel
Flush pull with PZ-keyholeWith threaded M6 lugs
4215 10 Stainless steel
Flush pull without keyholeWith threaded M6 lugs
226
229
AccessoriesOverview
Indicators
Flush pulls
Flush ring handles
Door stops
Door stops for wall mounting
Pull handles
Coat-hook
Cabinet knobs
Card frame
Cable box
Engraving
230
232
234
240
241
245
246
249
249
252
252
253
4e
Overview
230
4211 Pages 239, 61, 279
4212 Pages 239, 279
4213 Page 239
4250 Page 234
4250 Page 234
4251 Page 235
4251 Page 235
4252 Page 236
4252 Page 236
4253 Page 237
4253 Page 237
4254 Page 236
4254 Page 236
4205 Page 240
4203 Page 240
4204 Page 240
2160 Page 246
3602 Page 246
3603 Page 247
3617 Page 247
6628 Page 248
6629 Page 248
5325 Page 248
3816 Page 241
3817 Page 241
3819 Page 241
3878 Page 242
3879 Page 242
3880 Page 242
3881 Pages 243, 279
4210 Page 237
4299 Page 238
231
Bronze
Brass
Rubber
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
3882 Page 243
3884 Seiten 243, 61, 279
3888 Page 244
3896 Page 244
3880 Page 245, 61
3896 Page 245
9888 Page 244
3646 Page 245
3650 Page 249
2328 Page 249
3632 Page 249
3641 Page 250
3643 Page 250
3654 Page 250
3689 Page 251
3691 Page 251
3641 Page 251
4001 Page 252
9865 Page 252
4059 Page 232 f.
232
Indicators0002 Arrow pointing upwards0005 Arrow pointing diagonally
down to the left0003 Arrow pointing left0004 Arrow pointing right
0012 Lift0014 Stairs up 0017 Escape route 0030 No smoking
0041 Quiet please 0042 No shoes
0100 Ladies’ toilet 0101 Gents’ toilet 0103 For the disabled 0106 Shower0111 Soap (opto)
0120 Rest room 0121 Waiting room0122 Visitors’ terrace
0131 Men’s changing room 0142 Drying room 0143 Storeroom0144 Utility room 0150 Kitchen
0151 Sauna 0152 Solarium 0153 Conference room 0154 Prayer room
0211 Parcels0212 Stamps 0213 Letterbox
0300 Hotel 0301 Reception 0310 Restaurant 0313 Bar
0200 Telephone 0201 Fax 0220 Laptop
233
4059 ....Aluminium Stainless steel
100
100
The quality of any system ofpictograms is primarily definedby its simplicity and exhausti-veness. Our pictograms haveno truck with fads and trends,having recourse to a clear andunequivocal visual languageinstead. Originally devised assignage for the MunichOlympic Games and FrankfurtAirport by graphic artist OtlAicher, they have lost none oftheir exemplary impact andare still utterly contemporarymore than 35 years on. Theongoing addition of new picto-grams reflects technical inno-vations as well as theconvergence of internationalmarkets.
The spectrum of over 400 si-gns covers virtually every ap-plication in the public andcommercial spheres. All picto-grams draw on a uniform, co-pyrighted formal vocabulary,thus allowing for random per-mutations within the system.FSB engraves, lasers or tam-pon-prints these pictogramsonto aluminium or stainlesssteel signplates. The produc-tion technique is set out onPage 253.
0330 Information 0332 Bank0334 Ticket office 0403 Fire extinguisher
0511 Registration0520 Internal medicine0528 Massage
0605 Lecture hall0633 Reading room0634 Lounge0911 Swimming pool
These two pages show but asmall selection from our wide-ranging system. You will find acomplete rundown atwww.fsb.de/pictograms. Thesystem covers the followingareas of application:
– information signs– function rooms– communication – service – security– health– culture and leisure time– shops– transport– sport
4e
45
25
39
19
155 108
2
234
4250Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull open
Mill out size in the door 150 × R 20 × 17.5 mm
4250 0001Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull closed
Mill out size in the door 150 × R 20 × 17.5 mm
Flush pulls
FSB delivers a formally andfunctionally innovative hardwa-re solution for sliding doors inthe form of closed and openflush pulls. Made in stainlesssteel and aluminium, its newrecessed handles echo the ar-chitectural trend towards theflush-mounting of functionalappliances. Our new closedflush pulls ensure a uniform
appearance for the door leaf.The operating aperture is al-ways blanked out by a flapthat springs neatly into the clo-sed position when the hardwa-re is not being used.
235
Flush pulls
4e
45
25
39
19
155 105
2
4251Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull open
Mill out size in the door 150 × R 20 × 17.5 mm
4251 0001Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull closed
Mill out size in the door 150 × R 20 × 17.5 mm
45
25
39
19
15575
2
4251 0002Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull open
Mill out size in the door 150 × R 20 × 17.5 mm
236
Flush pulls19
75
2
54 4252Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull open
Mill out size in the door Ø 70 × 17.5 mm
4252 0001Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull closed
Mill out size in the door Ø 70 × 17.5 mm
19
75
2
54
25
4252 0002Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull open
Mill out size in the door Ø 70 × 17.5 mm
50
1,5
30 18,5 4254Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull open
Mill out size in the door Ø 45 × 17.5 mm
4254 0001Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull closed
Mill out size in the doorØ 45 × 17.5 mm
237
Flush pulls
4e
19
70
2
50 4253Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull open
Mill out size in the door65 × 65 × 17.5 mmRadius corners 15 mm
4253 0001Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull closed
Mill out size in the door65 × 65 × 17.5 mmRadius corners 15 mm
19
70
2
50
25
4253 0002Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull open
Mill out size in the door 65 × 65 × 17.5 mmRadius corners R 15
4210 9000Aluminium Stainless steel
Flush pull open
Mill out size in the door144 × 56 × 9 mmRadius corners 3 mm
42,5
55,5
45
177,5163,5
130,5143
2
10,5
8,5
59
101 55
50
X 10
3
238
4299 ....Stainless steel
Flush pull with square corners,installed on the face of thedoor.
Door thickness
.... 0003 40 mm
.... 0004 38 mm
.... 0005 50 mm
.... 0009 43 mm
.... 0015 52 mm
.... 0018 55 mm
.... 0016 60 mm
Flush pulls
101 55
50
X 10
3 R 5,5
4299 ....Stainless steel
Flush pull with radiused cor-ners, installed on the face ofthe door.
Door thickness
.... 0002 40 mm
.... 0006 38 mm
.... 0007 43 mm
.... 0008 50 mm
.... 0013 52 mm
.... 0017 55 mm
.... 0014 60 mm
239
40
120
11,5
1,5
40
120
11,5
1,5
4211Aluminium Stainless steel BronzeBrass
Mill out size in the door 87 x 28 x 10 mm
Boreholes for 3.0 mm countersunk screws
4212Aluminium Stainless steel Brass
Mill out size in the door 87 x 28 x 10 mm
Boreholes for 3.0 mm countersunk screws
Flush pulls
Flush pulls FSB 4211 and4212 are available:
without keyhole,with lever lock/BB keyhole,with profile cylinder/PZ keyhole.
4e
36
105
12 4213Aluminium Stainless steel
Mill out size in the door 97 x 28 x 10 mm
90
72
90 72
12
70
70 54
11
54
70
57
148
13
50
47
240
4203 Aluminium
Available with:
8 mm Δ-hole Solid spindle 8 mm ΔFSB Stabil-spindle 8 mm Δ
4204 Aluminium
Available with:
8 mm Δ-hole Solid spindle 8 mm ΔFSB Stabil-spindle 8 mm Δ
4205Aluminium
Available with:
8 mm Δ-hole Solid spindle 8 mm ΔFSB Stabil-spindle 8 mm Δ
Lever lock/BB keyhole Profile cylinder/PZ keyhole
Boreholes for 3.5 mm counter- sunk screws
Flush ringhandles
Please state door thicknessand, if applicable, spindle projection when ordering.
241
40 20
9
25
60 16,5
40
31,5 15,5
16,547
28
28
76,5
3816Aluminium Stainless steel
3817Aluminium
3819Aluminium
Door stops
4e
Depending on requirements, itis then possible to choose bet-ween simple stops, stops withanti-skew capability, stops withbaseplates, directional andnon-directional stops and, fi-nally, stops fitted straight intothe floor or those where rawl-plugs are used.
As with all architectural hard-ware, door stops will only givesatisfaction if correctly fitted andproperly used. Before orderingor fabricating, it is necessaryto check the weight of thedoor leaf, the angle of contact,the height of the bottom of thedoor from the floor and thequality of the flooring itself.
242
24
48
Ø 48
24
24
52
Ø 40
32
3878Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Design: Christoph Ingenhoven
3879Aluminium
3880 01Rubber
Door stops
As with all architectural hard-ware, door stops will only givesatisfaction if correctly fitted andproperly used. Before orderingor fabricating, it is necessaryto check the weight of thedoor leaf, the angle of contact,the height of the bottom of thedoor from the floor and thequality of the flooring itself.
243
Ø 45
34
Ø 40
37
70
75
20
10
3881Aluminium Stainless steel Brass
3882Aluminium
3884Aluminium Stainless steel BronzeBrass
3884 10Black baseplate
Door stops
Depending on requirements, itis then possible to choose bet-ween simple stops, stops withanti-skew capability, stops withbaseplates, directional andnon-directional stops and, fi-nally, stops fitted straight intothe floor or those where rawl-plugs are used.
4e
244
42
49
48
30
Ø 46
200
80
45
3888Aluminium
3889Aluminium
3896 00Rubber
Design: Jasper Morrison
9888Stainless steel
Portable door stop and doorholder in one. Weight approx. 1.6 kgThe rubber edging gently absorbs impact. Bottom surface non-slip.
Door stops
49
4842
245
Ø 45
6090
120
Ø 40
Ø 45
6090
120
Ø 46
80
40
35 20
100
3880 ..Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze
02 Length 120 mm03 Length 90 mm04 Length 60 mm
3896 ..Aluminium Stainless steel
02 Length 120 mm03 Length 90 mm04 Length 60 mm
Design: Jasper Morrison
3646 ..Aluminium Stainless steel
00 without rubber01 with rubber
Door stopsfor wall mounting
Door stops mounted to the wallneed to be fitted in such a waythat the door leaf strikes themas head-on as possible. Any un due lateral force is likely tocause the stop to be workedloose.
FSB advises against fittingstops at door-handle height.The resultant shock waves aretransmitted via the lock follo-wer to the lock mechanism,eventually causing it to sufferdamage.
4e
165140 113
52
25
Ø 16
200
45 64
160
45 59
246
2160 Aluminium
3601Aluminium
3602 Aluminium
Pull handles
247
230200
25
55
50
175150
20
45
40
4023
175
3523
150
3603 Aluminium
3604 Aluminium
3617 Aluminium
3618 Aluminium
Pull handles
4e
210
6455
Ø 20
300210
59
Ø 20
80
300
80
248
6628Aluminium Stainless steel
Fittings feature two fixing points concealed by a clip-oncover.
6629Aluminium Stainless steel
Boreholes for 4.0 mm counter-sunk screws
5325Aluminium Stainless steel
counterplate to 6629
Boreholes for 4.0 mm counter-sunk screws
Pull handles
Double-action swing doors inrestaurants, canteens, hospi-tals and so forth are generallyfitted with both finger and kik-king plates for added protec-tion.
An alternating arrangement is conceivable in the grippingarea, however. Furnishing thetwo faces of the door with thecombination shown above al-lows the desired direction ofswing to be notionally indica-ted.
249
34 34
90
28 37
70 Ø 3343
40
33
27
3650Aluminium
Design: Jasper Morrison
2328Aluminium
3632 ..04 r.h. | 05 l.h.
Aluminium Stainless steel
Screw M4 x 30 mm
Design: Philippe Starck
Coat-hook,Cabinet knobs
4e
250
32
Ø 16
Ø 14
32
34
Ø 26
3641 Aluminium Stainless steel
Design: Jasper Morrison
3643Aluminium Stainless steel
Design: Jasper Morrison
3654Aluminium Stainless steel
Design: Jasper Morrison
Cabinet knobs
All cabinet knobs/coat-hook are supplied withscrew M4 x 30 mm.
251
90
80
27
24
30
Ø 33
Ø 29
29
3657Aluminium
3656Aluminium
3689Aluminium
Screw M4 x 30 mm
3691Aluminium Stainless steel
Screw M4 x 30 mm
Cabinet knobs,Drawer pull,
4e
70
60
27
24
82
96
89 66
120
82
48
120
100
29
55
68
86
64 46
55
70
86
2036
400. Aluminium
4001 suitable for paper dimension 74 x 105 mm
4002 suitable for paper dimension 37 x 105 mm
4003 suitable for paper dimension 52 x 74 mm
4004 suitable for paper dimension 26 x 74 mm
252
The FSB cable box is availablein
Alu 01 natural colour anodisedAlu 03 brass-colour anodisedAlu + colour blackAlu + colour whiteAlu + colour greySatin stainless steel
Card frameCable box
Its heavy-duty design is suchthat the cap remains resolutelyclipped in place no matter howobdurate the cabling beneath.The slit is sealed by a brushgasket that adapts itself to thecables inserted.
The FSB cable box ensures ti-dy cable management at workdesks. Connections for tele-phones and fax machines,task lights, desktop computersand all that goes with them areideally accommodated in thiselegant cable box.
9865Aluminium Stainless steel
External diameter 90.0 mmInternal diameter 80.0 mmInlet diameter 85.0 mmHeight less rim9865 0000 38.0 mm9865 0002 33.0 mm9865 0004 29.0 mm9865 0006 23.0 mmRim thickness 1.2 mmRim projection 2.5 mmSlit length 58.0 mm
90
85
Bonding groove
Clip
Cap
Ø 85
23–38
2,5
23–38
1,2
253
FSB can engrave graphics,illustrations, patterns, decorati-ve material, lettering numeralsand also colours onto informa-tion signs, key tags, letterplates, bell-push plates, hand-le pads and any other flat fit-tings in aluminium, stainlesssteel, AluGrey®, bronze andbrass or, indeed, wood andglass.
The various options togetherwith the relevant technicalspecifications are set outalongside. Before we can quo-te we require details of thematerial as well as specimensof the graphics, illustrations,logos or other pictorial materialas a means of gauging the in-put involved more accurately.We work with all the standardpicture and graphics formats,i.e. pixel data such as .tiff,.jpeg or .bmp, and vector datasuch as .dxf, .cdr or .eps.
In the case of typographic en-gravings, we require precisedetails of fonts and sizes.Besides a broad range of type-faces, we can also arrange foryour script, logos or names tobe input in vectored form orconverted into characterpaths.
With laser engravings it is ne-cessary both to check the dataand simulate use of pixel datain combination with the desi-red materials before we canmake a quote or commit our-selves to producing the item.
EngravingsLaser engravingsTampon prints
4e
Engravings
Size of inscription area: 610 x 2,000 mm (flat)
Site of workpiece: H 50 x 650 x 2,000 mm, cy-lindrical objects to Ø 110 mm,max. length 200 mm
Inscriptions:min. cap height 4.0 mm
Engravings in metal can be“natural” or with inlay lacque-ring. Custom designs may in-corporate any common coloursystems (RAL, HKS, Pantoneetc.) including lacquers fromthe automotive industry.Unless specified otherwise bythe customer, we produce in-lay lacquering for engravingsin black.
Laser engravings
Size of laserable area: 610 x 610 mm (flat or slightly curved)
Size of workpiece: H 200 x 610 x 610 mm, cylin-drical object to Ø 110 mm,max. length 360 mm
Inscriptions: min. cap height 2.0 mm
The means now exist to pro-cess motifs not only as vecto-red data but also in the form ofpixel data such as .tiff, .jpeg or.bmp and to laser any motif on-to glass and wood surfaces aswell as onto aluminium andstainless steel as hitherto.Filigree linear design elementslook particularly good in thisway, as the laser technique al-lows very fine lines or dots tobe rendered.
Laser engravings are generallymetallic white in appearance(including on colour anodisedsurfaces) due to the presenceof an aluminium oxide layer.Lasered stainless steel finishes,by contrast, turn black, whilstwood becomes beige-to-blackdepending on the species.Glass turns dull silver, very mu-ch as with sand-blasted sur-faces.
It is also possible, furthermore,to engrave curved surfaces.
Tampon prints
Size of inscription area or max.size of graphic elements: Ø 85 mm (flat)
Size of workpiece: H 150 x 300 x 200 mm, cylin-drical objects not possible
Inscriptions: min. cap height 2.5 mm
Standard colour black, specialcolours possible to order
Tampon prints are recommen-ded for less complex mono-chrome or two-tone print itemsto be produced in large num-bers. They are additionally auseful means of adding diffe-rently coloured detail to inlaylacquered areas of engravingsor else to chromatically accen-tuate laser-engraved areas ordesigns.
There is thus some scope forcombining the techniques setout above.
If you have any queries, pleasecontact our inhouse servicestaff:
International Sales: Mr Ralf FrischemeierTelephone +49 5272 [email protected]
How Le Corbusier
made it to colour
Le Corbusier achieved fame forhis work as an architect in thefirst instance. He is generallyclassified as being an exponentof “white architecture”; com-mon to this movement was anabhorrence of all things deco-rative, which were deemed toinclude colour finishes in builtspaces and on facades. Thus,for decades, whitewash wasconsidered the only coating ac-ceptable for walls and ceilings.Le Corbusier nonetheless ad-dressed himself to the designpotential of “colourful” coloursfrom early on. His second pas-sion – painting in a style thatwas distinctly experimentalcompared to his buildings – isto be viewed as the point ofdeparture for his reflections onthe matter. However, he was
interested not merely in theformal quality of such coloursbut in particular also in theway they interact with the human observer and in thepowers of association they ac tivate in the process. It wasonly a question of time beforeLe Corbusier began applyinghis thoughts to the applicabili-ty of colour to architecture.Early forays of note in this respect such as in the interiorof the “La Roche” residentialbuilding he designed in Paris(built between 1923 and1925) reveal how he was atpains to concede a certainamount of autonomy to wallsas carriers of colour without jeopardising the wholeness ofthe space.
255
Brass – the material
Overview
Lever handle
Roses
Backplates
Knob handles
Door knobs
Knob backplates
Window handles
Window lock
Letter plates
Door stops
Flush pulls
256
257
258
268
270
282
273
271
274
278
458
279
279
5Brass
Brass
FSB and brass
FSB has been supplying selectdoor and window furniture inbrass, together with accesso-ries, for forty years. From thevery beginning we strove fororiginality, spurning hackneyedforms such as post horns orduck bills.
DIN 17 660
Brass furniture is available in awide range of alloys and at wi-dely differing prices. But not allthat glitters is pure brass. It isin our case though. We makeexclusive use of the CuZn37copper-zinc alloy specified un-der DIN 17 660 as material no.2.0321 and 2.0335.
Corrosion protection
Brass is prone to corrosion ineveryday use - a fact that issometimes glossed over.
Polishing is the only wayround this. Anyone acquaintedwith more northerly countrieswill have observed the weeklybuffing given to brass furnitureon front doors there.
This chore becomes redun-dant if the surface is either lac-quered or waxed.
Waxed brass componentsare self-polishing through use.Areas that are not handled willrapidly develop a brown orgrey-green patina. Many buyersdeem this surface discoloura-tion positively alluring. Lacque -red brass furniture loses itsgloss once the lacquer is da-maged. Intercrystalline corro-sion then quickly sets in.Corroded handles can be re-conditioned, however - for acharge covering costs.
Recommendation
FSB fundamentally recom-mends only using waxed brassfinishes. Polished waxed finis-hes can be looked after usingproprietary cleansers.
Do not use lacquered brass finishes in outdoor applicationswhere the sun and the environ-ment will hasten the onset ofcorrosion.
Brass furniture should not beconsidered for heavy duty ap-plications in public buildings,since there is too much clean-ing involved.
Surface Hygiene
A brief word of clarificationconcerning the hygienic pro-perties of door handles:
There are those amongst ourcompetitors who, citing the findings of research institutes,make much in their brochuresof the enhanced sterilizing pro-perties of certain finishes. FSBlikewise has access to reportsproving that, for instance, cup-riferous metals kill germs moreeffectively than, in particular,synthetic materials.
But FSB sets no great storeby such findings. Whether a gi-ven finish destroys bacteria in24 hours or in 72 is academicreally, since in practice, doorstend to be in fairly regular useanyway. You’d have to take re-medial action every time a doorwas opened or closed if youwished to eliminate germs al-together.
256
FSB 4205 Brass polished lacquered
FSB 4305 Brass polished waxed
257
OverviewBronze
Brass
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
1020 Pages 258, 84
1023 Pages 259, 86, 43
1028 Pages 260, 91
1057 Pages 261, 99
1076 Pages 262, 108
1102 Pages 263, 116, 45
1147 Pages 267, 132
1705| 1709 Pages 269, 148, 150
1743| 1744 Pages 268, 148, 150, 48
1106 Pages 264, 118, 46
1135 Pages 265, 129
1146 Pages 266, 131
3423 Pages 274, 197, 58
3432 Pages 274, 199, 60
3446 Pages 275, 202
3447 Pages 276, 203
3476 Pages 276, 206
3735 Pages 277, 207
1418 Pages 270, 159, 50
1927Pages 271, 57, 184
1964 Pages 271, 57, 184
2302 Pages 272, 54, 171, 175
2380 Pages 272, 177
5
3435 Pages 275, 200
3404 Pages 278, 212
0802 0880
3736 Pages 277, 208, 59
3407 Pages 222, 278
3881 Pages 279, 243
3884 Pages 279, 243, 61
4212 Pages 279, 239, 61
3826 Page 458
4211
* Additional sets cf. page 84
Design: Johannes Potente
1020 | 1743 | 1744 1
1020 | 1731 | 1735 2
1020 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1
1020 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2
1020 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1020 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
3404
Details page 278
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle BrassAluminium*AluGrey*
Product family Model 1020
258
78
122
The FSB 1020 model is the clearest embodimentof the “good form” of the 1950s. This is a leverhandle that flourishes by dint of the organic flowof its moulded-to-the-hand design and becauseit somehow looks symmetrical without actuallybeing so. Johannes Potente’s intention with thisdesign was to provide a dynamic counterpointto the linearity of doors.
FSB 1020 is one of four models designed byJohannes Potente that, in the summer of 1998,were added to the permanent collection at theMoMA in New York.
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
5
1023 | 1743 | 1744 1
1023 | 1731 | 1735 2
1023 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1023 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1023 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1023 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1023 | 1451 03
1023 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1023 | 1451 0384 5
1023 | 1451 0354 6
1023 | 1418 03
1023 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1023 | 1418 0384 5
1023 | 1418 0354 6
BrassAluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze
In the 1950s, the Swiss architect Max Bill gottogether with Ernst Moeckel to fashion a doorhandle for the new Ulm Design College buildingthat drew on the handles common on railwaycarriage doors in Switzerland and has made design history as the “Ulm handle”.
It was a handle that in turn inspired JohannesPotente to produce FSB 1023, which for is analternative to the usual U-shaped models.
58
135
Product family Model 1023
259
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Window handle 3423 cf. page 274
60
135
260
The FSB 1028 design is the most ornate of thehandles in the “FSB Featherlight” range. It is avariation on the terminology used in the FSB1025 model, yet one that does not neglect theergonomic factor.This is a design that catches the eye and is justas good to hold. The undular styling of the gripsection is both visually striking and a stimulatingexperience for the hand. It’s as elegant a silverembellishment as you could ever hope to seeon a door and, almost as an afterthought, it alsoserves to operate the door.
Product family Model 1028
BrassAluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1028 | 1705 | 1709 1
1028 | 1707 | 1708 2
1028 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1028 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
1028 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1028 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
3435
Details page 275
Design: Hartmut Weise 1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1707 | 1708 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
127
63
261
Product family Model 1057
Lever handle model FSB 1057 is the work ofMunich-based designer Jan Roth. Singularlyunimpressed by the models then on sale, hedecided to design a handle of his own for hisdoors. After the first casting, he took the polishedunfinished parts home with him and duly fittedthem to the doors there (which is where theycan still be found).
The FSB 1057 model by Jan Roth nestlessnugly in the hand and is a handle that womenin particular often tend to fall for on the spot.
BrassAluminiumStainless steel
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
1057 | 1705 | 1709 1
1057 | 1707 | 1708 2
1057 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1
1057 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2
1057 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3
1057 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4
Design: Jan Roth
5
1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1707 | 1708 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
137
57
21
262
The architect Robert Mallet-Stevens (1886 –1945) designed several residential buildings inParis in the 1920s. It is likely to have been hewho hit upon the idea of splitting a round tubein two and mitring the ends back together againat right angles.
The design is now known as the “Frankfurtmodel”. There’s a simple reason for this beingso. The handle was rediscovered when the Ar-chitecture Museum was built and proceeded totake the market by storm.
Product family Model 1076
Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1076 | 1743 | 1744 1
1076 | 1731 | 1735 2
1076 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1076 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1076 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1076 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
3476
Details page 276
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
263
Product family Model 1 102
127
60
22
The FSB 1102 model is rooted in a redesignventure by Italian designer Alessandro Mendini,who refashioned the celebrate Gropius leverhandle by using a different material and addinga groove as one of his submissions to FSB’s Design Workshop held in 1986.
Owing to the popularity of this design, we nowsupply FSB 1102 in the four materials listed aboveand the corresponding finishes. We would re-commend using the rugged stainless steel varianton heavily used doors, indeed that is the versionshown here.
BrassAluminium* AluGrey* Stainless steel* Bronze*
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1102 | 1743 | 1744 1
1102 | 1731 | 1735 2
1102 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1102 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1102 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1102 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
3432
Details page 274
5
* Additional sets cf. page 116
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
1106 | 1743 | 1744 1
1106 | 1731 | 1735 2
1106 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1106 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1106 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1106 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
3736
Details page 277
264
119
60
Materials always figure centrally for Frankfurt-based architect Prof. Christoph Mäckler. It cameas no surprise, therefore, that he earmarkedBrass for his lever handle collection.Lever handle 1106 is the slightly reworked versionof FSB 1135.
Product family Model 1106
BrassAluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
Design: Christoph Mäckler Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
58
107
265
When we got together with Frankfurt-based ar chitect Prof. Christoph Mäckler to contem -plate a new handle collection, attention initiallyfocused not on the design but on the choice ofmaterial.
Professor Mäckler loves natural materials.Thus the first thing he did was to reach a de -cision in that respect by opting for brass. Oncethe issue of materials had been resolved, he leafed through no end of old catalogues and ultimately hit upon a form that had originallyfound favour with door users in the 19th century.
Product family Model 1135
Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Window handle
1135 | 1425
1135 | 1425 | 1925
1135 | 1425 7584 1
1135 | 1425 7554 2
3735
Details page 277
Design: Christoph Mäckler
5
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ
1146 | 1743 | 1744 1
1146 | 1731 | 1735 2
1146 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1146 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1146 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1146 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1146 | 1451 03
1146 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1146 | 1451 0384 5
1146 | 1451 0354 6
1146 | 1418 03
1146 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1146 | 1418 0384 5
1146 | 1418 0354 6
Product family Model 1146
62
142
52
20
In the early 1990s, FSB felt the time had cometo give the plain round styling of the stable-doorhandle a going over. The shank was conicallyextended and a semicircular tip was added tothe bent end; two subtle little changes that havegiven the revamped FSB 1146 model a charac-ter all of its own. Inevitably, the inevitable hap-pened and this model, too, has suffered no endof imitations.
Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
266
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Window handle 3446 cf. page 275
132
62
20
The FSB logo echoes a lever handle designedby the Austrian philosopher Ludwig Wittgensteinin the mid-1920s in Vienna. This is the originalupon which all similar lever handle forms arebased. By adding a conical shank and sphericaltip we aimed to set ourselves apart from themany other variants of this lever handle on themarket – and, of course, to render our corpora-te logo “grippable”.
Product family Model 1147
Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
Internal door furniture
Entrance door furniture
Bathroom furniture
1147 | 1743 | 1744 1
1147 | 1731 | 1735 2
1147 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1
1147 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2
1147 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3
1147 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4
1147 | 1451 03
1147 | 1451 03 | 1964 03
1147 | 1451 0384 5
1147 | 1451 0354 6
1147 | 1418 03
1147 | 1418 03 | 1927 03
1147 | 1418 0384 5
1147 | 1418 0354 6
5
267
Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.
1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing
2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.
Window handle 3447 cf. page 276
268
Roses55
38
7
55
38
7
55
38
30
55
38
7
1743Subroses with lugs: 1731
Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
1744Subroses with lugs: 1735
Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
1744 0084 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs: 1735 0054, 8 mm Δ
Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
Keyholes
269
5
Roses55
38
7
55
38
7
55
38
29
55
38
7
1705Subroses with lugs: 1707
Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
1709Subroses with lugs: 1708
Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
1709 7554 6 mm Δ
Subroses with lugs: 1735 0054, 8 mm Δ
Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Keyholes
RosesBackplates
270
70
32,5 7
70
32,5 7
1758 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
1757Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
1418 03 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmConcealed fixing
1451 03 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
Distance 70 + 72 mmConcealed fixing
Keyholes
185
45 7
112
21,5
Ø 10
50
7072
245
45 7
88
134,5
21,5
Ø 10
75,5
707292
271
5
Keyholes
Knob backplates
1964 03 Brass (X = 72 mm) Aluminium (X = 77 mm) AluGrey (X = 77 mm) Stainless steel (X = 73 mm) Bronze (X = 72 mm)
Distance 70 + 72 mmConcealed fixing
1927 03 Brass (X = 72 mm) Aluminium (X = 77 mm) AluGrey (X = 77 mm) Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Bronze (X = 72 mm)
Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmConcealed fixing
45 X
185
21,5
112
50
7072
45 X
245
21,5
134,5
75,588
707292
Knob handles
272
Turnable knob handles aremade and supplied by FSB asfemale sections. Knobsets arecreated by joining two femaleparts together using theFSB Stabil-spindle 0102.
50
X
0802 Brass (X = 65 mm) Aluminium (X = 70 mm) AluGrey (X = 70 mm) Stainless steel (X = 66 mm) Bronze (X = 65 mm)
8 mm Δ-hole
45
40
0880 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
8 mm Δ-hole
273
2302 06 Brass (X = 72 mm) Aluminium (X = 77 mm) AluGrey (X = 77 mm) Stainless steel (X = 73 mm) Bronze (X = 72 mm)
Concealed through fixing,c:c screw holes 38 mm
2302 05 Brass (X = 72 mm) Aluminium (X = 77 mm) AluGrey (X = 77 mm) Stainless steel (X = 73 mm) Bronze (X = 72 mm)
Concealed face fixing
5
55 50
X
55 50
X
06 05
Door knobs
2380 06 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Concealed through fixing,c:c screw holes 38 mm
2380 05 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Concealed face fixing
55 46
48
55 46
48
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Technical information page 194
3432Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
Design: Alessandro MendiniTo match lever design 1102
3423Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1023
274
32,5
114
70 43
74
14
32,5
123
70 43
72
14
Window handles
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
5
Technical information page 194
3446Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1146
3435Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
Design: Hartmut WeiseTo match lever design 1028
32,5
120
70 43
71
14
32,5
118
70 43
68
14
275
Window handles
Window handles32,5
120
70 43
71
14
276
3447Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1147
Technical information page 194
32,5
115
43
70
14
70
3476Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
To match lever design 1076
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
Window handles
277
95
43 24
65
3
63
30
2443
6
30
3735Brass Aluminium Stainless steel
Lugs with 10 mm Ø c:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
These window handles comewith reduced-depth roses 3 mm thick that are fastenedto the window drive mecha-nism at 43mm centres usingM5 screws.
Design: Christoph MäcklerTo match lever design 1135
32,5
106
70 43
74
14
Gütezeichen
Rastoliven
3736Brass Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBronze
Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
Design: Christoph MäcklerTo match lever design 1106
Technical information page 194
5
278
28
70
64
43
95
7
3404Brass Aluminium
C:C mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm
Design: Johannes PotenteTo match lever design 1020
Window handleWindow lock
73
37
25,5
12,5
43
55 3407Brass Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Plastic blacklike RAL 9004Plastic whitelike RAL 9010
Keys to differ – keys to passlugs with 10 mm Øonly for use with FSB windowhandles having lugs 10 mm in diameter
Details page 222
279
Ø 45
34
70
75
20
10
3881BrassAluminium Stainless steel
3884Brass Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze
3884 10Black baseplate
42114212
Brass Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze (only 4211)
Mill out size in the door87 x 28 x 10 mm
Boreholes for 3.0 mmcountersunk screws
Door stopsFlush pull
40
120
11,5
1,5
40
120
11,5
1,5
Flush pulls FSB 4211 and 4212are available:
– without keyhole– with lever lock/BB keyhole– with profile cylinder/PZ
key hole
5
Interplay between
colour and space.
Le Corbusier eschewed the useof colour as a purely decorativestylistic medium. His intention,rather, was that it should bedeployed in accordance withfunctional dictates and contri-bute to the structuring of thearchitecture. Different colourschemes within a buildingmark out differing functionalareas and spheres of life andheighten the identity of the in-dividual spaces. This function-driven approach was, however,required to take adequate ac-count of the psychological andsocial effect of colour in archi-tecture. The aesthetic dimen-sion was to enjoy priority inequal measure. It is by combi-ning the two criteria that thecorrect formal solution is arri-ved at. Le Corbusier’s premiss
was that there are immutableconstants in people’s reactionsto different colours. He was intent on identifying inherentlaws, invariables and mecha-nisms that could explain theuse of colour. Where was itpermissible to apply colour atall? Was it alright for one wall,all walls or even the ceiling tobe coloured? A ceiling of thesame hue as the walls canheighten a space’s sense ofenclosure (like a dome), faca-des in burnt sienna undersco-re the structure’s volume, lightgreen facades fade in with thevegetation.
Lever handlesand door knobsfor framed doors
281
6aExplanations
Overview
Lever handles for framed doors
Door knobs for framed doors
Roses for framed doors
Backplate for framed doors
Lever handle for unlatchinghandle for pulling and pushing
Grip handle furniture for framed doors
282
284
286
292
296
299
298
300
Furniture forframed doors
As well as a complete range ofdifferent types of handle (le-vers, knobs and pulls) for framedoors in metal, plastic or wood,FSB also supplies fixing systemsspecifically adapted to the re-quirements of frame doors andhardware that have undergoneconstant refinement over theyears.
“Classic” problems:Fixing on frame doors
A consequence of said spatialconstraints is that there maybe some difficulty fixing thehardware: short backsets andthe absence of through fixingoptions within frame doorlocks has led - against betterjudgment - to the face fixing offrame door hardware beco-ming common practice, onethat has repeatedly given riseto hardware that wobbles andworks loose.
FSB fixing system for framedoor fittings - Generation 2008
Spurred on variously by Wittgenstein’s breakthrough,our knowledge of the notoriousfixing problems involved andinnovations developed in co-operation with SächsischeSchlossfabrik (SSF), FSB hasre-aligned its fixing system forframe door fittings and placedit on new system-led technicalfoundations.
Fastenings supplied with product
In the past we have frequentlyhad to follow up notificationsof faulty goods arising from theirhaving been fitted improperlyor contrary to our recommendedcourse of action. With the appearance of the present Manual, therefore, FSB isadopting a new policy of sup-plying matching fastenings withproducts. Fastenings comprisenon-loosening M5 screws andrivet nuts to suit the bases forframe door fittings. The headsof these rivet nuts (Ø 11 mm)fit exactly into the underside ofFSB fittings for frame doors.The combination of rivet nuts,bases (with integrated anti-slip/screw-retention devices)and non-loosening screws ensures that hardware can befitted so as not to work loose.
Accordingly, FSB will not in future entertain any faulty- product complaints where usehas not been made of FSBfastenings.
282
1
Rugged connection
Use should be made of solidspindles 0172/0173 to ensurethat the two female handlesare firmly secured and hencethat the forces exerted whenoperating the handles arechannelled into the framedoor’s stile. The cup points required to fasten the femalehandles to the spindle aresupplied as standard. Theycan also be ordered as sparesunder product code 0450 (cf.page 551).
Antislip/screw-retention device
Regardless of whether they incorporate rivet nuts and/ornon-loosening screws, all FSBroses forming part of hardwarefor frame doors have screwbushings fitted with rubberyplastic retarder plugs. Theseprotrude slightly beyond thereverse of the rose and arecompressed when the screwsare tightened. Hence, they actas an antislip device againsttheir host surface whilst alsoproviding the necessary axialand radial tension to hold thescrews tight.
Locks by FSB: fastening sys-tem with through fixing option
Competent product solutionsought to be a matter of coursefor a highly evolved society, asshould equally dependablefunctioning over a product’sfull life cycle. FSB puts thisconviction to effect with theappearance of its German2008|09 Manual: FSB has thusoptionally adapted the fixingsystem for its frame door hard-ware to FSB 02 Series framedoor locks with through fixingpoints (Fig. 3). This essentiallyinvolves a special fastening set(Order Code 0526 10, Fig. 2)– cf. page 551, with whichFSB frame door hardware canbe fitted to order at the works.The set contains screws forthe applicable door thicknessplus metal lugs that are preci-sion-fitted into the bases at theworks instead of the usual rubber retarder plugs and areadditionally secured with anM5 screw on one side. Thisform of fastening does awaywith rivet nuts, moreover, sincethe metal lugs are inserted intothe frame door stile from bothsides, thus assuming the func-tion of said rivet nuts. Pre -paration of the half-sets at theFSB works beforehand in bothcases leads to a real and tan-gible reduction in assemblytimes, as just two screws areneeded to through-fix framedoor furniture (as opposed tofour for two face-fixed half sets). A first impression of the FSB 02lock series with through fixingfunction is given on page 531ff.
FSB Positive Mechanism
Virtually the entire FSB rangefor narrow-frame doors fea-tures a positive mechanism asa means of supporting the locksprings that permits a max.angle of operation of 45° (Fig 4).Please note: The positive me-chanism remains inactive untilthe lever handles are assembledby inserting and securing thespindle. It is integrated intothe baserose and does not engage in the state supplied.
283
6a
2 3 4
Overview
284
7206 Pages 287
0605 Page 286
7244 Pages 289
7216 Pages 288
7223 Pages 288, 62
7247 Pages 290
7245 Pages 289, 62
7204 Pages 287
7202 Pages 286, 63
7246 Pages 289
7270 Pages 290
7276 Pages 290
7278 Pages 291
7219 Page 288
0634 Page 286
7210 Pages 287
7263 Pages 290, 62
7215 Pages 287,62
7240 Pages 288
7242 Pages 289
7293 Pages 291
0683 Page 286
285
0602, 2302 Pages 292, 64
0638, 2346 Pages 292, 64
0629, 2329 Pages 293, 65
0609, 2309 Pages 293, 65
0604, 2304 Page 294
0638, 2346 02 Page 295
0638, 2346 08 Page 295
0654, 2354 Page 294
0643 02, 2343 02 Page 295
1718| 1719 Page 296
1769 | 1730 Page 297
1752 | 1755 Page 298
1550 Page 299
Alu + Color
Plastics, black
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
Bronze
6a
7816 Page 300
7816 Page 301
1758| 1757 Pages 296, 51
1777 | 1727 Page 297
0418 Page 294
1717 Page 298
286
Lever handlesfor framed doors
60
14
32,5
137
70
32,5
136
70
25
0605 13 8 mm Δ
Aluminium Alu + Color
0634 02 8 mm Δ
Aluminium Alu + Color
63
14
32,5
164
70
0683 11 8 mm Δ
0683 12 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Suitable for backset bigger than40 mm
Design: Hadi Teherani
75
14
32,5
131
70
7202 25 8 mm Δ
7602 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
Design: Alessandro Mendini
Lever handles for frameddoors fixed on oval rose, withconcealed fixing and supportmechanism8 mm Δ-hole9 mm Δ-hole for fire and smoke stop doors*
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
287
6a80
14
32,5
154
70
60
7210 25 8 mm Δ
7610 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
69
14
32,5
126
70
7215 25 8 mm Δ
7615 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
Lever handlesfor framed doors
74,5
14
32,5
139
70
7204 25 8 mm Δ
7604 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium
Design: Peter Bastian
75
14
32,5
123
70
7206 25 8 mm Δ
7606 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze
Design: Christoph Mäckler
Lever handles for frameddoors fixed on oval rose, withconcealed fixing and supportmechanism8 mm Δ-hole9 mm Δ-hole for fire and smoke stop doors*
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
Lever handlesfor framed doors
288
72
14
32,5
147
50
70
21
7216 25 8 mm Δ
7616 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
76
14
32,5
153
70
7219 25.. 8 mm Δ
..54 r.h. | ..55 l.h.
7619 25.. 9 mm Δ
..64 r.h. | ..65 l.h.
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
72
14
32,5
139
70
7223 25 8 mm Δ
7623 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze
73
14
32,5
140
70
7240 25 8 mm Δ
7640 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Design: Hartmut Weise
Lever handles for frameddoors fixed on oval rose, withconcealed fixing and supportmechanism8 mm Δ-hole9 mm Δ-hole for fire and smoke stop doors*
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
289
6a
Lever handlesfor framed doors
69
14
32,5
136
40
70
7245 25 8 mm Δ
7645 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
71
14
32,5
139
70
7242 25 8 mm Δ
7642 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Design: Hartmut Weise
77
14
32,5
135
70
7244 25 8 mm Δ
7644 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Design: Jasper Morrison
77
14
32,5
146
70
52
7246 25 8 mm Δ
7646 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelAlu + Color
Lever handles for frameddoors fixed on oval rose, withconcealed fixing and supportmechanism8 mm Δ-hole9 mm Δ-hole for fire and smoke stop doors*
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
Lever handlesfor framed doors
290
77
14
32,5
136
70
20
7247 25 8 mm Δ
7647 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
69
14
32,5
127
70
7263 25 8 mm Δ
7663 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
Design: Hans Kollhoff
77
14
32,5
150
55
70
20
7270 25 8 mm Δ
7670 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
71
14
32,5
141
70
7276 25 8 mm Δ
7676 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Lever handles for frameddoors fixed on oval rose, withconcealed fixing and supportmechanism8 mm Δ-hole9 mm Δ-hole for fire and smoke stop doors*
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
291
6a
Lever handlesfor framed doors
74
14
32,5
139
70
20
24
7278 25 8 mm Δ
7678 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Design: Christoph Ingenhoven
72
14
32,5
141
70
7293 25 8 mm Δ
7693 25 9 mm Δ
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Design: Jahn/Lykouria
Lever handles for frameddoors fixed on oval rose, withconcealed fixing and supportmechanism8 mm Δ-hole9 mm Δ-hole for fire and smoke stop doors*
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
Door knobs for framed doors
14
32,5
70
X
50
292
0602 2853 turnable
2302 2801 fixed
Aluminium (X = 85 mm)AluGrey (X = 85 mm)Stainless steel (X = 81 mm)Bronze (X = 80 mm)
Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with Fixing M 12
14
32,5
70
98
81
0638 2853 turnable
2346 2801 fixed
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with Fixing M 12
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
Protection roses for frameddoors cf. page 51 or 450
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
Door knobs for framed doors
293
14
32,5
70
59
Ø
0629 2853 turnable
2329 2801 fixed
Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm) AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm) Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm) Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with Fixing M 12
14
32,5
70
61
81
0609 2853 turnable
2309 2801 fixed
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with Fixing M 12
6a
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
Protection roses for frameddoors cf. page 51 or 450
FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.
* acc. to German DIN standard
Door knobs for framed doors
294
14
32,5
70
68
99
0654 28 turnable
2354 28 fixed
Stainless steel
Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole
Fixed version with Fixing M 12
14
32,5
70
84
70
0604 28 turnable
2304 28 fixed
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole Fixed version with Fixing M 12
0418 03Aluminium Stainless steel
8 mm Δ
Spindle projecting standard 40 mm
32,5 35
70 50
14
For the deployment on multi-point locks, FSB supplies aneasy-action turnable knob on a circular or oval rose for con -cealed face fixing.
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
Protection roses for frameddoors cf. page 51 or 450
Door knobs for framed doors
11
32,5
70
96
81
14
32,5
70
98
81
295
0638 02 turnable
2346 02 fixed
Aluminium
Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole
0638 08 turnable
2346 08 fixed
Aluminium
Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole 6a
32,5
70
55
11
50
0643 02 turnable
2343 02 fixed
Aluminium
Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole
C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543
Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296
Protection roses for frameddoors cf. page 51 or 450
Roses for framed doors
70
32,5 7
70
32,5 7
70
32,5 7
70
32,5 7
296
1758 Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
1757 Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze
1718 Aluminium Stainless steel
1719 Aluminium Stainless steel
C:C screwholes 50 mm, for countersunk screws M5 Fixing accessories cf. sections9b, spindles and screws
Sliding escutcheonsSelf adhesive escutcheons
297
Fixing accessories cf. sections9b, spindles and screws
6a
630
9 14
65
630
9 14
70
328
7
65
28
70
3 7
1776 6 mm
1777 9 mm
1779 14 mm
Aluminium Stainless steelAlu + Color
1726 6 mm
1727 9 mm
1728 14 mm
Aluminium Stainless steelAlu + Color
1768 3 mm
1769 7 mm
Aluminium Stainless steelAlu + Color
1729 3 mm
1730 7 mm
Aluminium Stainless steelAlu + Color
C:C screwholes 50 mm, for countersunk screws M5
C:C screwholes 50 mm, for countersunk screws M5
Roses for framed doors
28
70
7
70
32,5 7
298
1752 Aluminium Stainless steelAlu + Color
C:C screwholes 50 mm, for countersunk screws M5
1717 Aluminium Stainless steelAlu + Color
C:C screwholes 50 mm, for countersunk screws M5
1755 Aluminium Stainless steelAlu + Color
C:C screwholes 50 mm, for countersunk screws M5
28
70
7
public transit. Such furniture isonly intended for emergencyapplication, however and sub-jecting it to regular heavy usecan cause spindles to break,back plates and roses to workloose and locks to suffer dam -age. The following procedurehas proved effective in suchscenarios:
Lever handle for unlatchinghandle for pulling and pushing
We know from sorry experiencethat architects, interior designersand clients often disregard therecommendations of the hard-ware industry in respect ofemergency-exit doors, allowingthem to be used for general
Backplate for framed doors
299
28 8
225
67
7292
1550 Aluminium Stainless steel
C:C screwholes 210 mm, for countersunk screws M4
The door lever handle furnitureis fitted together with a pull. Inthis disparate match, the leverhandle has the task of re -leasing the panic lock, whilst therobust pull suggests itself as ameans of pulling or pushing thedoor. It has been our observa-tion that people very soon grasphow difficult it is to move a heavy emergency-exit door,
the outset, instead of waitinguntil damage has occurred.
with door-closer attached usinga lightweight lever handle. It isonly a matter of time, there -fore, before attention switchesto the sturdier fixed pull handle.
Where there is a likelihood –against the advice of the indu-stry – of emergency-exit doorsbeing used as standard tran sitpoints, FSB recommends fittinga lever/pull combination from
6a
245
134,5
156
75,5
21,5
Ø 10
6650
93
35 10
707292
300
Lever handle furniture 7816 01
Entrance door furniture 7816 13
Balcony door furniture 7816 02
Lever handle furniturefor framed doors
7816 Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel
Item nos.:
Lever handle furniture for framed doors fixed on an oval backplate, with concealed fixing8 mm -hole and support mechanism Size A spacing 70, 72 mm and 92 mm PZ
Necessary order details: – door thickness in mm– PZ spacing
301
6a
Grip handle furniture 7816 09
Grip handle furniturefor framed doors
7816 09 Aluminium Alu + Color
Item nos.:
245
93
35
104
10
58
134,5
75,5
21,5
Ø 10
707292
Grip handle furniture for framed doors fixed on an oval backplate, with concealed fixing8 mm -hole and support mechanism Size A spacing 70, 72 mm and 92 mm PZ
Necessary order details: – door thickness in mm– PZ spacing
EZK - the smartdoor handle
303
6b
304
EZK – the smart door handle
“Simple is better than com-plicated.”
That’s the dictum of DieterRams, former designer-in-chiefat Braun AG.
Or – in other words: technologyshould serve people in the firstinstance - and not the otherway round.
We at FSB felt that there was acase for looking into the meritsof electronic access controlsystems not only on aestheticgrounds but also and in parti-cular taking account of user-driven and hence ergonomicfactors.
More ergonomic, rapid andstraightforward
We set ourselves the goal ofeasing and accelerating thisroutine, of heeding the inhe-rently human need for simplifi-cation: we directly connectedthe process of electronic iden-tification with a mechatronicmodule squeezed into thehandle rose.
Forming the heart of this mas-terpiece of precision mecha-nics is an electronically-controlled engaging devicethat ensures immediate opera-tion of the lock via the doorhandle upon positive identifi-cation being forthcoming.
Unitary closing concept forinternal and external doors
EZK is just the thing for majorbuildings, notably of a corpo-rate, administrative or officialnature, where levels of publictraffic or dealings with sensiti-ve or personal data are increa-singly lending prominence toaspects of organisational secu-rity as opposed to “high-profi-le” anti-burglary measures.The EZK hardware system canbe supplemented by corres-ponding modules and softwaresolutions relating to the captu-re of time or personal data asa means of fulfilling such re-quirements.
The same applies to hotels: al-though “organisational securi-ty” assumes different formshere, the structural require-ments are virtually the sameas for office blocks. Of particu-lar significance for hoteliers isthe great convenience of ope-ration of EZK, since accessidentification takes place wi-thout contact and hence quiteeffortlessly.
Also available are a plethora ofinterfaces for hotel bookingsystems. Combining the sys-tem with BlueChip cylinders,moreover, allows time/cost-cut-ting organisational solutions tobe devised for staff areas orexternal points of access (alsocf. page 306).
EZK embodies a modular orga-nisation concept that is preci-sion-tailored to the aspirationsand needs of users as well asbeing readily adaptable or ex-pandable. Planning and instal-lation are single-source – per-formed by FSB, one of themost celebrated brands knownto the project building sector.
The baserose houses a mechatronicallycontrolled engaging device that allowsthe door to be operated upon positiveidentification being forthcoming (1).
A connection with the handle rose, theheart of the EZK system solution, is es-tablished by means of a cable run wi-thin the lock mortise (2).
The electronics have been designed tofit into a europrofile cylinder. The mo-dule is inserted into the lock and secu-red from the other side (3) .
3
2
1
2505 Design 1005
2516 Design 1016
2535 Design 1035
2577 Design 1077
2606 Design 1106
2608 Design 1108
2644 Design 1144
2647 Design 1147
2515 Design 1015
2523* Design 1023
2576 Design 1076
2578 Design 1078
2607 Design 1107
2619 Design 1119
2646 Design 1146
2660 Design 1160
305
25.. 26..
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze*
Planning merits of EZK
– self-supporting closing sys-tem with no on-site prepara-tions for power supply andno connections to externalinterfaces
– simple and flexible applica-tions, suits all EPC locks aslaid down in DIN
– effortlessly retrofitted to exis-ting doors
– matching member of theFSB range of door and win-dow hardware and productsfor the interior design ofbuildings, with unitary fi-nishes in Aluminium, Alu-Grey, Stainless steel andBronze
– single-source product invol-ving one interlocutor
6b
(Selection of available lever designs)
306
EZK - convenient solutionsUser-friendly and cost-effective solution for hotels
There are comparable require-ments for hotels: here, too, itis necessary in particular tohandle frequently changingroom occupancies of limitedduration. There is also a needto be able to respond with nodelay, fuss, risk or expense tokeys or identifying mediabeing mislaid or pocketed bymistake.
What makes EZK so compel-ling for hotel guests is its greatconvenience: passive trans-ponder technology (the“smartness” being in the hard-ware and not the card) ren-ders the insertion of keys orthe manual releasing of boltsto open doors obsolete. Thevirtually silent mechatronicsunder the handle rose allowthe door to be opened instan-taneously. At the same time,designer handles assure a tas-teful ambience with a living-room feel.
The “Hotel Function” softwareinterface makes for troublefreelink-ups with the “Fidelio”,“Protel” and “Hotline” hotelbooking systems. Additionallyavailable is a “time function”that automatically deletes ac-cess authorisation after a defi-ned time.
EZK ideally maps the “suite function”:it is possible, for instance, to provideaccess to two separate rooms from asingle point - an ideal solution for fami-lies. Or else one room can have ano-ther one added, where so requested bya guest, by entering extended accessauthorisations on the guest’s card.
6b
307
EZK - security solutions
BlueChip cylinders guaranteesecurity-level protection – no-tably at external points of access – in compliance withDIN 18 257 and VDS SecurityClass B assuming all the hard-ware elements involved havebeen tested and certificated toDIN EN 1906 - which is cer-tainly the case with the wholerange of FSB security fittings.Convenient, security-driven so-lutions can be put to effect incombination with wall scan-ners and e-openers or motor-operated closing elements.
EZK guarantees fine visualsand a living-room feel and canalso be retrofitted to existingdoors.
System benefit: secures external points of access
Besides its multifarious meritsin respect of lost keys, EZK isa system solution that, amongstother things, enables processesand work routines in hotels tobe organised more efficientlyand hence economically. De-pending on the booking cate-gory involved, separate accessauthorisations can be awardedto guests for exclusive hotelareas (wellness, spa) just asthey can to external serviceproviders (laundries) that may,for instance, regularly requirea means of access from out-side to the washing store.
Proven BlueChip technologyfacilitates easy integration ofBlueChip profile cylinders intothe EZK hardware system, fur-thermore. These cylinders allowlocks to be operated – as inmechanical closing systems –by inserting and rotating a key.Thus it is likewise possible tointegrate all FSB fittings – in-cluding, for instance, FSB se-curity hardware or armouredroses in combination with no-frills FSB door pulls – into afully-fledged electronic accesscontrol system serving to safe-guard external points of access.
Convenient, security-driven solutionscan be put to effect in combination wi-th wall scanners and e-openers or mo-tor-operated closing elements
Emergency-exithardwareTechnical information
Crossbar fitting 7980
Crossbar fitting 7970
310
311
316
309
6c
Crossbar fittingsThrough its crossbar fittings,FSB offers a means of openingdoors whereby the turning of alever is replaced by a pushingmotion acting on the lock orlatch. Via a horizontal bar ex-tending the entire width of thedoor, force exerted is transmit-ted to the lock follower by abevel gear pair acting directlythrough the spindle. The doorcan be opened by pressingagainst any part of the cross-bar.
In the Federal Republic ofGermany and some othercountries, crossbar fittings ofthis type have hitherto predo-minantly been used on panicdoors in combination with theappropriate mortise locks. Ot-her hardware systems for pa-nic doors are also available onthe European market, however.The differing views on the fit-ting out of fire-escape, emer-gency-exit and panic doors ha-ve now been harmonisedthrough the drafting of Europe-an standards binding upon allEU Member States. The requi-rements for emergency exitdevices are laid down and setout in DIN EN 179 and thosefor panic doors in DIN EN1125. The hardware packagefor panic doors is made up ofa bolting element (lock), a boltreceiver (striking plate) and ahorizontal bar.
Crossbar fittingDIN EN 1125
The standard prescribes theuse of panic exit devices whe-rever high levels of public traf-fic are to be expected andwhere panic may arise due tounfamiliarity with the surroun-dings. Besides design-engi-neering requirements, thereare also exacting stipulationsas regards fitness for function.The hardware must, for exam-ple, be capable of opening thepanic door through exertion onthe bar of a force of just 220N even whilst the closing devi-ce is being subjected to a loadof 1,000 N. The fulfilment ofthis and further stipulationssuch as service longevity andability to withstand misuse hasto be demonstrated by meansof tests and certification proce-dures in respect of the systemas a whole conducted by anindependent test institute. TheCE kitemark on the hardwareensures that only tested fit-tings conforming to the appli-cable standards can be fitted.
FSB's crossbar hardware onlyforms part of any panic-exit sy-stem. It has been adapted tolock systems by a variety of le-ading makers, and tested andcertified for use with same.
Crossbar fitting 7970
FSB continues to supply itsproven 7970 crossbar fittingfor doors not requiring to bedesigned to conform to DINEN 1125.
310
min. 30
To prevent the crossbar fittingstriking the frame when thedoor is opened, it is necessaryto maintain a distance bet-ween the frame and the centreof the bar of at least 30 mm.Please bear this in mind whenselecting the profile and doorconfiguration.
311
6c
Crossbar fittingDIN EN 1125
Ajustable stop
a
a = As a function of the lock
7980 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Description of function:
Bevel gearing and spindlecombine to convert pressureexerted on the crossbar intorotary motion acting on thelock follower. A fixed stop is fit-ted as a means of absorbingthe requisite test forces. Aspring ensures that the cross-bar fitting returns to its originalposition once it has been ope-rated.
36
185
5819
112
46
72
21,5
118
50 3
111
45
185
5819
112
46
21,5
6
7
Ø10Ø10
72
36
185
5819
112
46
92
21,5
118
50 3
11122 22
45
185
5819
112
46
92
21,5
6
7
Ø10Ø10
Size and connecting dimen-sions for crossbar fittings with72 mm spacing
Size and connecting dimen-sions for crossbar fittings with92 mm spacing
312
Crossbar fitting for leading doorswith 92 mm spacing
36
18 5
58
92 11 8
50
111 Illustration r.h.
7980 ..12 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Crossbar fitting for leadingdoors, fire safety variant
Spacing 92 mm
Wilka locks* a = 30°7980 1112 r.h. fitting7980 2112 l.h. fitting
Winkhaus locks* a = 40°7980 1312 r.h. fitting7980 2312 l.h. fitting
Determining length of crossbar:
Width of doorminus (2 x backset) minus 68 mm
= Crossbar length
Order details:
Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBacksetDimension XIDimension XA
Spindle length34
Back-set
Door width
34
Back-set
Spindle length34
Back-set
Door width
34
Back-set
XI
XA
Order details:
Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBackset
min. 30
To prevent the crossbar fittingstriking the frame when thedoor is opened, it is necessaryto maintain a distance bet-ween the frame and the centreof the bar of at least 30 mm.Please bear this in mind whenselecting the profile and doorconfiguration.
* Locks not included in thegoods supplied.
313
6c
Crossbar fittingfor trailing doorsReverse fitting
36
18 5
58
11 8
50
111 Illustration r.h.
7980 .301 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Crossbar fitting for trailingdoors, fire safety variantSpacing 92 mmWilka locks* a = 40°7980 3301 r.h. fitting, 7980 4301 l.h. fitting
Order details:
Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBacksetDimension XI
7971 0012 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Reverse lever handle back -plate with concealed fixing, fire safety variant, designed for 92 mm spacing.
7972 0112 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Reverse knob backplate withconcealed fixing, fire safety variant, designed for 92 mmspacing.
7973 0001 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
FSB blind backplateconcealed fixing for fire doorsto German DIN standard.
Trailing door DIN r.h. Leading door DIN l.h. Leading door DIN l.h.
l.h. fitting r.h. fitting r.h. fitting
Outside fitting optionsFSB supplies lever handle model 1146 as standard.
Determining length ofcrossbar:
Width of doorminus (2 x backset) minus 68 mm
= Crossbar length
XI
34 34
Spindle length
Door width
Back-set
Back-set
185
58
45
92185
58
45 54
92185
58
45 7
70
45
153
314
Crossbar fitting for leading doorswith 72 mm spacing
36
18 5
58
72
11 8
50
111 Illustration r.h.
7980 .110 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Crossbar fitting for leadingdoors, fire safety variant
Spacing 72 mm
BMH locks* a = 30°7980 1110 r.h. fitting7980 2110 l.h. fitting
Determining length ofcrossbar:
Width of doorminus (2 x backset) minus 68 mm
= Crossbar length
Order details:
Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBacksetDimension XIDimension XA
Spindle length34
Back-set
Door width
34
Back-set
Spindle length34
Back-set
Door width
34
Back-set
XI
XA
Order details:
Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBackset
min. 30
To prevent the crossbar fittingstriking the frame when thedoor is opened, it is necessaryto maintain a distance bet-ween the frame and the centreof the bar of at least 30 mm.Please bear this in mind whenselecting the profile and doorconfiguration.
* Locks not included in thegoods supplied.
315
6c
Crossbar fittingfor trailing doorsReverse fitting
36
18 5
58
11 8
50
111 Illustration r.h.
7980 .400 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Crossbar fitting for trailingdoors, fire safety variantSpacing 92 mmBMH locks* a = 45°, 7980 3400 r.h. fitting, 7980 4400 l.h. fitting
Order details:
Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBacksetDimension XI
7971 0010 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Reverse lever handle back -plate with concealed fixing, fire safety variant, designed for 92 mm spacing.
7972 0110 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Reverse knob backplate withconcealed fixing, fire safety va-riant, designed for 92 mmspacing.
7973 0000 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Blank reverse backplate withconcealed fixing, fire safetyvariant.
Trailing door DIN r.h. Leading door DIN l.h. Leading door DIN l.h.
l.h. fitting r.h. fitting r.h. fitting
Determining length of crossbar:
Width of doorminus (2 x backset) minus 68 mm
= Crossbar length
XI
34 34
Spindle length
Door width
Back-set
Back-set
185
58
45
72
153
185
58
45 54
72 185
58
45 7 Reverse fitting options FSB supplies lever handle model 1146 as standard.
70
45
153
316
Crossbar fitting
7970 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Description of function:
Bevel gearing and spindle combine to convert pressure on the cross bar into rotarymotion acting on the lock follower. An adjustable stop protects the lock follower andis set at the fixing stage to suitthe operating arc.
36
185
5819
112
46
72
21,5
63
50 3
123
45
185
5819
112
46
21,5
6
7
Ø10Ø10
72
Adjustable stop
Recuperator spring
Angle of lock operation up to 90°
36
185
5819
112
46
92
21,5
22 22
45
185
5819
112
46
92
21,5
6
7
Ø10
63
50 3
123
Ø10
Size and connecting dimen-sions for crossbar fittings with72 mm spacing
Size and connecting dimen-sions for crossbar fittings with92 mm spacing
Crossbar fitting
317
63
12350
63
12350
185
58
7292
36
185
58
36
7970 0110 PZ 72
7970 0112 PZ 92
Aluminium Stainless steel
Crossbar fitting for leadingdoors, fire safety variant9 mm Δ
7970 0200PZ 72
7970 0201 PZ 92
Aluminium Stainless steel
Crossbar fitting for trailingdoors, fire safety variant9 mm Δ
7971 0010 PZ 72
7971 0012 PZ 92
Aluminium Stainless steel
Reverse lever handle back -plate with concealed fixing, fire safety variant.9 mm Δ
7972 0110 PZ 72
7972 0112 PZ 92
Aluminium Stainless steel
Reverse knob backplate withconcealed fixing, fire safety variant.9 mm Δ
7973 0000 PZ 72
7973 0001 PZ 92
Aluminium Stainless steel
Blank reverse backplate with con-cealed fixing, fire safety variant.9 mm Δ
Determining length crossbar:
Width of doorminus (2 x backset) minus 68 mm
= Crossbar length
Order details:
Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBacksetDimension XIDimension XA
Spindle length34
Back-set
Door width
34
Back-set
XI
XA
185
58
45
153
9272 185
58
45 54
9272 185
58
45 7,2 Reverse fitting options FSB supplies lever handle model 1146 as standard.
70
45
153
6c
319
Gymnasiumfittings andXXL lever handlesGymnasium fittings
FSB Lever handleset Ergo
FSB XXL lever handles
6d320
322
322
Backplate version*
320
Roses version*
Gymnasium fittings
7949 Stainless steel
Applications exist in which it isnot permissible for the handleto protrude above the surfaceof the door, in the case ofsliding-door designs, for in-stance, or gymnasium doors.
FSB has devised two mo-dels of gymnasium fittings forsuch applications. The FSB7949 model is angular withmitred corners. FSB 7950, bycontrast, features roundededges.
Flush handles FSB 7949and 7950 are combined onthe reverse side with hardware from the FSB heavy-duty programme, with the option of either a backplate or rose.
Doors to which flush handlesare to be fitted must be at least55 mm thick. To rule out anychance of injury, it should beensured when be fitting thehandle that there is sufficientbackset and the rim rests fullyflush against the door.
8 + 9 mm Δ-spindle
197
53,5
162
36
200235
23
81,5
72
117
71,5
92112 128,5
45
127
35
21,5
81,5
72
117
71,5
9280 100
45
127
35
38
Backplate version to suit PZ 72 and 92 mm
Inner backplate PZ 72 mm:1450 03 | 1451 03
Inner backplate PZ 92 mm:1452 03 | 1453 03
Roses version to suit PZ 72 and 92 mm
Roses:1731 | 1735 resp.1707 | 1708
* Rose/backplate variant withlever handle on reverse ple-ase order separately.
Backplate version*
321
* Rose/backplate variant withlever handle on reverse ple-ase order separately.
Roses version*
Gymnasium fittings
Backplate version to suit PZ 72 and 92 mm
Inner backplate PZ 72 mm:1450 03 | 1451 03
Inner backplate PZ 92 mm:1452 03 | 1453 03 bzw. 1410 03 | 1418 03
Roses version to suit PZ 72 and 92 mm
Roses:1731 | 1735 resp. 1707 | 1708
7950 Backplate version
7952 Roses version
Aluminium Stainless steel
Radius corners 8 mm
8 + 9 mm Δ-spindle
200
51,5
177
40
207
75,5
230
23
75,5
72112
75,5
92112
33
21,5
75,5
72112
75,5
9280 100
38
33
With the PZ 92 backplate,through fixing is only possiblebelow the lever bearing.
6d
– the triangular alignment of the handle accords with the user’s direction of movement at any given time.
– this angular form accommo-dates the sequence of move-ments involved in operating the door.
– its fullness and sectional styling echo the hollowing of the human hand as it closes to grip.
– its two-way alignment offers a firm hold should elbows beneeded for its operation.
Ergo lever handle furniture,FSB model 7655, turns withina non-detachable bearing andis suitable for fire doors. Owingto its large projection the Ergohandle operates with a 9 mmspindle.
FSB XXL lever handleErgo door handle
322
7617 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the FSB 1023/7653 model
Ergo lever handle 7655 solvesalmost all ergonomic problemsassociated with heavily useddoors.
Theses are the principal bene-fits of the FSB 7655 Ergohandle:
7655 9 mm Δ
Aluminium Stainless steel
Ergo door handle
200
9885
9
163
7558
9
These are the three designsthat have established themsel-ves in the marketplace overthe years. For reasons of stabi-lity, FSB only supplies its XXLlever handles with a 9 mmspindle. We recommend DINheavy-duty (Class 5) locks, cf.page 531 ff.
FSB XXL lever handle
323
7652 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the FSB 1107 model
The XXL door levers FSB pro-duces are a particularly popu-lar choice for use on hospitalward doors. Architects are al-ways coming to us demandingextra-long door handles.
167
58
9
7690 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the FSB 1070 model
182
62 55
9
20
6d
Furniture forglass door
325
6eExplanations
Overview
Glass door furniture Compact
Compact strike box for double-leaf glass doors
Glass door furnitureRectangular
Rectangular strike boxfor double-leaf glass doors
Glass door furniture Softly rectangular
Softly rectangular strike boxfor double-leaf glass doors
Hinges for glass doors
Pull handles for glass doors
Sliding door handle
Door holder
Doorknobs for glass doors
Flush pull for glass doors
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
336
337
337
338
340
326
Glass door furnitureCoordinating hardware designsfor doors, glass doors and win-dows strikes FSB as being logical, such consistency beingan indispensable form of over -all architectural expression inmodern buildings. Glass doorsin particular have an importantpart to play here. They createmore light, link up spaces andare conducive to a great senseof roominess. The innate trans-parency of glass doors meansthat great care needs to be taken when designing hardwarefor them, however. It is the lock,handles and hinges, after all,that lend a glass door its visualidentity. One of the compellinginnovations presented in thisManual is a new compact glassdoor lock concept developedin cooperation with IngenhovenArchitects that, as well as being
Matching hinges completeFSB’s collection of glass door fittings
Lever handle furniture to matchglass door locks As well assupplying its own glass doorfittings, FSB can also – withfew exceptions – adapt its en-tire range of lever handles/doorknobs to glass door fittingscommonly marketed by itscompetitors. This entails minortechnical modifications regard-ing the handle connection andfixing procedure. To rule out anymisunderstandings, detailedinformation concerning the lock(e.g. maker’s name and pro -duct code) is required whenordering lever handles and door-knobs for glass door locks.Please order well in advanceto allow for the requisite modi-fications. We cannot supplythese items from stock.
Door pulls for glass doors
Door pulls of round or ovalcross-section can be used in agreat variety of ways either asa means of operating glassdoors or as a design featurewith protective properties andhave fastenings specifically intended for back-to-back orface fixing respectively. FSBcan either make use of exist-ing custom solutions for glassdoors or develop bespoke fix-ing solutions and handle de-signs. The standard fixing so-lutions for glass doors and thepull handle models variouslyavailable are shown on pages414ff.
extremely compactly dimen-sioned and operating withouthandle roses even in the heavy-duty variant, can be fitted flushwith the door frame (assumingthe latter is to the DIN stan-dard). Our glass door furnitureis ideally complemented bycomponents produced by sys-tem partners Gira (ITS 30 in-stallation system for partitionsystems), Mabeg (Comformwayfinding system) and Inotec(ITS 30 escape route lightingsystem) that are suitably pro-portioned and go well withFSB’s AluGrau® colour shade.Please request exhaustiveproduct information from therespective makers. All thehardware variants covered inthis section can be combinedwith virtually all lever handlemodels in the FSB range.
Mention should also howeverbe made of the visually veryalluring 4224 Series of fittingsfor glass doors: A notch be-tween shank and grip on leverhandles FSB 1063, 1078 and1088 is aligned with the edgeof the lockset plate. Colour canalso feature if so desired: Lockand hardware can be powder-coated in any colour from theRAL chart to match stiles fin-
ished in a RAL colour. Series4220 and 4223 hardware canbe fitted either with or withoutrose/lever handle furniture, thusoffering scope for deployinglever handle sets with AGL®
heavy-duty bearings for heavyor large-format glass doors.
327
6e
Overview
4224 42/52 Page 328
4220 41/51 Page 330
3684 Page 336
2322 07 Page 339
2374 07 Page 339
4227 Page 335
3686 Page 337
4223 42/52 Page 332
4223 41/51 Page 332
4223 45/55 Page 333
4299 ..Page 340
4224 45/55 Page 329
2329 07 Page 339
4220 45/55 Page 331
4220 42/52 Page 330
4230 Page 337
2302 07 Page 339
2339 07 Page 338
3688 Page 336
4228 Page 334
Bronze
Brass
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
328
The handles shown are merelyillustrative. Virtually any FSBhandle can be used. For tech-nical details please refer to page 342.
4224 42 r.h.
4224 52 l.h.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Heavy-duty bearings compactrectangular lockset plate for glassdoors with cover plates withheavy-duty glass door lock (DIN 18251, Class 4) designed for use with cylinderand featuring a lifter assemblyEPC 72 mm 8 mm split follower cast-steel latch bolt head inbright nickel-plated zinc heavy-duty Teflon-coated handle bearing inAluminium/Stainless steel tosuit FSB lever handles
Illustration l.h.Drawing r.h.
Glass door furnitureCompact
Options:
– warded lock (BB) – no keyway – indicating/bathroom furni-
ture: Please specify when ordering, as furniture is fittedwith indicating furniture1735 0054 as standard atthe works. Indicating furni-ture is not fitted on site.
The FSB 4224 lockset platefor glass doors terminates flushwith any DIN frame, thus vi-sually unifying frame and hard-ware. Door frames that are notto the DIN specification can, ofcourse, also be used – thoughthe flush-frame effect cannotthen be guaranteed. The furni-ture can also be used in con-junction with partition systems.The glass door’s transparencyis underscored by the tight dimensions of the lock cover,which is some 10 % smallerthan in standard glass doorfurniture. This paring-downwas achieved by developing aspecial-purpose lock that isevery bit as rugged and func-tional as larger models as wellas being suitable for all sizes
of glass door. We have develo-ped a special heavy-duty bea-ring for heavily frequented doorsinvolving an expansion sleevein Teflon-coated stainless steelthat encompasses the doorhandle over its entire bushingarea whilst also dependablywithstanding the mechanicalforces exerted on large-formatglass doors.
170
60
72
20,5
74 5,2
16,1
41,6
56,5
89
8
Technical notes:
Dimensions given assume glass8 mm thick. Lockset plates forglass doors are prepared atthe works for glass 8 mm and10 mm thick. Hardware forglass 12 mm thick is availableto order. For further technicalnotes, refer to page 371. Thestrike box shown does not formpart of the goods supplied.
329
6e
4224 45 r.h.
4224 55 l.h.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Compact rectangular strike box
to match lockset plate 4224
Technical notes:
Dimensions given assumeglass 8 mm thick. Strike boxplates for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm and 10 mm thick. Hardware for glass 12 mmthick is available to order.
170
89
104
R 2
5,2
16,18
Strike box for double-leaf glass doors
Illustration l.h.
170
89
104
60
72
89
56,5
5,2
16,1
874
The handles shown are merelyillustrative. Virtually any FSBhandle can be used. For tech-nical details please refer to page 342.
Technical notes:
Dimensions given assume glass8 mm thick. Lockset plates forglass doors are prepared atthe works for glass 8 mm and10 mm thick. Hardware forglass 12 mm thick is availableto order. For further technicalnotes, refer to page 371. Thestrike box shown does not formpart of the goods supplied.
184
68
72
20,5
81 10
96
21,5
56,5
8
330
4220 41 r.h.
4220 51 l.h.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Rectangular lockset plate with heavy-duty lock for glassdoors (DIN 18251, Class 4)designed for use with Euro -profile cylinder centres 72 mm 8 mm steel-bushed split follower latch cast steel bolt head bright nickel-plated zinc die casting handle bushingglass-fibre reinforced poly -amide to suit all FSB lever handles
4220 42 r.h.
4220 52 l.h.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Rectangular lockset plate with heavy-duty lock for glassdoors (DIN 18251, Class 4)designed for use with Euro -profile cylinder and lifter assembly centres 72 mm 8 mm steel-bushed split follower latch cast steel bolt head bright nickel-plated zinc die casting handle bushingglass-fibre reinforced poly -amide to suit FSB commercialhardware with rosesIllustration DIN r.h.
Options:
– warded lock (BB) – no keyway – indicating/bathroom furni-
ture: Please specify when ordering according to FSBindicating bathroom furnitureshown on page 150. Indicating/bathroom furni-ture will be fitted on site.
Glass door furnitureRectangular
331
Strike box for double-leaf glass doors
6e
4220 45 r.h.
4220 55 l.h.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Rectangular strike box
To match lockset plate4220 41/51 and 4220 42/52
184
96
111 10
21,5
8
Illustration l.h.
68
72
81
56,5
184
96
111
96
10
21,5
8
Technical notes:
Dimensions given assumeglass 8 mm thick. Strike boxplates for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm and 10 mm thick. Hardware for glass 12 mmthick is available to order.
332
Glass door furnitureSoftly rectangular
4223 41 r.h.
4223 51 l.h.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Softly rectangular lockset platewith heavy-duty lock for glassdoors (DIN 18251, Class 4)designed for use with Euro -profile cylinder centres 72 mm 8 mm steel-bushed split follower latch cast steel bolt head bright nickel-plated zinc die casting handle bushingglass-fibre reinforced poly -amide to suit all FSB lever handles
4223 42 r.h.
4223 52 l.h.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Softly rectangular lockset platewith heavy-duty lock for glassdoors (DIN 18251, Class 4)designed for use with Euro -profile cylinder and lifter assembly centres 72 mm 8 mm steel-bushed split follower latch cast steel bolt head bright nickel-plated zinc die casting handle bushingglass-fibre reinforced poly -amide to suit FSB commercialhardware with roses
Technical notes:
Dimensions given assume glass8 mm thick. Lockset plates forglass doors are prepared atthe works for glass 8 mm and10 mm thick. Hardware forglass 12 mm thick is availableto order. For further technicalnotes, refer to page 371. Thestrike box shown does not formpart of the goods supplied.
The handles shown are merelyillustrative. Virtually any FSBhandle can be used. For tech-nical details please refer to page 342.
Illustration DIN r.h.
Options:
– warded lock (BB) – no keyway – indicating/bathroom furni-
ture: Please specify when ordering according to FSBindicating bathroom furnitureshown on page 150. Indicating/bathroom furni-ture will be fitted on site.
184
68
72
20,5
81
96
56,5
10
21,5
8
333
Strike box for double-leaf glass doors
6e
4223 45 r.h.
4223 55 l.h.
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Softly rectangular strike box
To match lockset plate 4223 41/51 and 4223 42/52
184
96
111 10
21,5
8
Illustration l.h.
68
72
81
96
56,5
184
111
96
10
21,5
8
Technical notes:
Dimensions given assumeglass 8 mm thick. Strike boxplates for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm and 10 mm thick. Hardware for glass 12 mmthick is available to order.
334
4228Satin chromium-plated steelStainless steel
VARIANT glass door hinge insatin chromium-plated steel to suit Aluminium and AluGreyfinishes or in stainless steelwith hinge connector
To match lockset plate4220 41/51 and 4220 42/52
4228 0101VARIANT VXG 7990/100Kcommercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated timber, steelor aluminium frames withthree-dimensionally adjustablemating elements
4228 0102VARIANT VNG 7990/100Kcommercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated steel frameswith three-dimensionally adju-stable mating elements
4228 0103 VARIANT VG 8790K commer-cial hinge for glass doors onrebated steel frames
4228 ..0441 r.h. | 51 l.h.VARIANT VG 3990K commer-cial hinge for glass doors onrebated wooden soffit andblockwork frames
Technical notes:
Loading capacity 60 kg (two hinges)
Loading capacity 90 kg (three hinges)
Hinges for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm and 10 mm thick. Forfurther technical notes pleaserefer to page 344 and 345.
18
45 95
42
74
27
HDL
BBL
BBL
BBL
Hinges for glass doors
335
6e
4227 Satin chromium-plated steelStainless steel
VARIANT glass door hinge insatin chromium-plated steel to suit Aluminium and AluGreyfinishes or in stainless steelwith hinge connector
To match lockset plate 4223 41/51 and 4223 42/52
4227 0101VARIANT VXG 7990/100 commercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated timber, steelor aluminium frames with three-dimensionally adjustablemating elements
4227 0102VARIANT VNG 7990/100commercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated steel frameswith three-dimensionally adjustable mating elements
4227 0103 VARIANT VG 8790 commercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated steel frames
4227 ..0441 r.h. | 51 l.h.VARIANT VG 3990 commercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated wooden soffit and blockwork frames
Technical notes:
Loading capacity 60 kg (two hinges)
Loading capacity 90 kg (three hinges)
Hinges for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm and 10 mm thick. Forfurther technical notes pleaserefer to page 344 and 345
18
45 95
42
74
27
HDL
BBL
BBL
BBL
Hinges for glass doors
336
Pull handles for glass doors
210
30
70
210
30
66
3684 2114Aluminium AluGrey
Design: Ton Haas
3688 2114AluGreyStainless steel
Design: Christoph Ingenhoven
For detailed information on fixing, please turn to page 414ff.
Back to back bolt-throughfixing fixing
337
4230Stainless steel
40
B50
25
Ø 10A
168
3256
24 58
3686Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Sliding door handle forfixing in pairs
Design: Jahn/Lykouria
Sliding door handleDoor holder
6e
thickness width order code.of glass (B) overall (A)
8 mm 27 mm 4230 0000
10 mm 29 mm 4230 1000
12 mm 31 mm 4230 1200
Doorknob for glass doors
338
55
60
2339 07 Aluminium
Bore hole Ø 13 mm
Design: Philippe Starck
Deadknob
339
6e
Doorknobs for glass doors
X
50
45
52
Ø
52
52
80
2302 07 Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Bronze (X = 72 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)
Bore hole Ø 13 mm
2322 07 AluminiumStainless steel
Bore hole Ø 13 mm
2329 07 Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)
Bore hole Ø 13 mm
2374 07 AluminiumAluGreyStainless steel
Bore hole Ø 13 mm
Design: Jasper Morrison
Deadknobs Deadknobs are generally fitteddirectly to glass doors. Thereare no locks involved. The knobsare joined together at the as-sembly stage by means of an 8 mm square spindle (for twofemale parts).
340
Flush pull for glass doors
100 74
1160
47
15
4299 .... Stainless steel
.... 0012 for glass doors 10 mm thick
.... 0019 for glass doors 8 mm thick
Adhesive not included in the goods supplied.
341
6e
Door dimensionsacc. DIN 18101
Hinge datum line
Hinge datum line
834 for frame dimension 841
35,5
16
45
35,5
16
45
237214,5
1435
1435
57
50
80
960
1972
for
fram
e di
men
sion
198
3
35,5
16
45
35,5
16
45
237232
1435
1435
57
50
80
960
Hinge datum line
Hinge datum line
1972
for
fram
e di
men
sion
198
3
834 for frame dimension 841
T.D.I.U.S.* 750 × 2000 875 × 2000 1000 × 2000Frame rebate dimensions 716 × 1983 841 × 1983 966 × 1983Standard glass dimensions 709 × 1972 834 × 1972 959 × 1972
T.D.I.U.S.* 750 × 2125 875 × 2125 1000 × 2125Frame rebate dimensions 716 × 2108 841 × 2108 966 × 2108Standard glass dimensions 709 × 2097 834 × 2097 959 × 2097
* = theoretical dimensions in unfinished state
4227 01 | 4227 024228 01 | 4228 02
4227 03 | 4227 044228 03 | 4228 04
342
min.27,5
min.27,5
13
8
8
8
55
8
20,5 42
20,5 5439
39
26
20,539
Technical notesSeries 4220 and 4223
Technical notes:
Dimensions given assumeglass 8 mm thick. Locksetplates for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm, 10 mm and 12 mmthick.
Please specify also lockset platetype regarding with or withoutroses and type of bearing andDIN handing.
Lever handle specification
A modified lever handle set isrequired for glass door locksetplates 4220 41/51 and 422341/51. Lever handle sets willbe shortened one-side at theworks to make sure leverhandle connecting is adjustedon lock dimensions inside.
Bearings
Lockset plates 4220 42/52and 4223 42/52 can be fittedwith either standard roses andlever handle sets or commer-cial fittings with compensatingbearing for heavy or big-sizedglass doors.
Lock cylinders
For aesthetic and functionalreasons FSB recommends lockcylinders with minimum 55 mm(27,5 mm on both sides).
Indicating/bathroom furniture
Lockset plates for glass doors4220/4223 series are alsoavailable in a bathroom version.They can be fitted with FSBstandard indicating furnitureshown on page 150 and aresuitable for doors opening both inwards and outwards.
Order details:
Lever handles are not suppliedas part of these hardware sets.Please order the desired modelseparately, indicating that it isused on glass door furniture4220/4223 series.
343
6e
8
8
8
9 50(54)
25 (27,5)
25 (27,5)
20,5 41,6
29,320,3
29,3 20,5
Technical notesSeries 4224
Technical notes:
Dimensions given assumeglass 8 mm thick. Locksetplates for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm, 10 mm and 12 mmthick.
Lever handle specification
A modified lever handle set isrequired for glass door locksetplates 4224. Male lever handlewill be adapted to a specialspindle projection (differingfrom FSB standard) at theworks to make sure lever han-dle connecting is adjusted onlock dimensions inside.
Bearing
Lockset plates 4224 will besupplied without roses for aesthetic reasons. A heavy- duty bearing is included asstandard and fits functionalitywith heavy and big-sized glassdoors.
Lock cylinders
For aesthetic reasons FSB re-commends lock cylinders withminimum length 50 mm (25mm on both sides) or 55 mm(27,5 mm on both sides). For lock cylinders with length50 mm its necessary to makesure its ability within key sys-tems.
Indicating/bathroom furniture
Lockset plates for glass doors4224 series are also availablein a bathroom version. Theywill be fitted with FSB indica-ting furniture 1735 0054 (cf.page 150) at the works by request. Indicating furniture is suitable for doors opening both inwards and outwards.
Order details:
Lever handles are not suppliedas part of these hardware sets.Please order the desired modelseparately, indicating that it isused on glass door furniture4224 series. Please specify also DIN handing.
344
Technical notes4227 and 4228
Bore hole Ø 16 mm
Hinge datum line
241214,5
4580
35,5
241214,5
4570
35,5
Bore hole Ø 16 mm
Hinge datum line
Bore hole Ø 16 mm
Hinge datum line
241 232
45
35,5
35
Bore hole Ø 16 mm
Hinge datum line
241 232
45
35,5
11,5
22
The positioning of hinge con-nectors relative to the hingedatum line also necessitatesadapting bore holes in theglass door. This should be borne in mind most notably in the cases of VX and VNcommercial hinges.
345
6e
VARIANT commercial hingefor glass doors on rebated tim-ber, steel or aluminium frameswith three-dimensionally adju-stable mating elements VX
· suitable for wholly glazeddoors with standard verticalborehole layout
· for glass 8 and 10 mm thick· twistproof threaded stud · concealed, no-maintenanceaxial-radial sliding bearings
· combinable with mating ele-ment: for blockwork frames VX 7601 3D
VARIANT commercial hingefor glass doors on rebatedsteel frames with three-dimen-sionally adjustable mating elements
· suitable for wholly glazeddoors with standard verticalborehole layout
· for glass 8 and 10 mm thick· twistproof threaded stud · concealed, no-maintenanceaxial-radial sliding bearings
· combinable with mating ele-ment VN 7608/120 3D
· non-handed
VARIANT commercial hingefor glass doors on rebatedsteel frames
· suitable for wholly glazeddoors with standard verticalborehole layout
· for glass 8 and 10 mm thick· for mating elements V 8600
or V 8610 · non-handed
VARIANT commercial hingefor glass doors on rebated wooden soffit and blockworkframes
· suitable for wholly glazeddoors with standard verticalborehole layout
· for glass 8 and 10 mm thick· for mating elements of the
V 3600, V 3610, V 3630, V 3650 series and clampingblock V 3604 or V 3607
· necessary to indicate DIN handing
Frame connection dimensions
BBL 28
2880
24
2470
BBL
30
17,5BBL
35
30
17,5
11,5
22
BBL
for soffit frames VX 7602 3Dfor blockwork frames VX 7605 3D for steel frames VX 7611 3D
VX 7612 3D for aluminium frames VX 7621 3D
· non-handed
SIMONSWERK engineeringand quality are a byword forsafety and stability to the highest professional standards.For further information on hinges, hinge connectors, frame fastening elements etc.,please consult the latest SIMONSWERK manual.
SIMONSWERK GmbHBaubeschlagtechnikBosfelder Weg 533378 Rheda-WiedenbrückGermany
Telephone +49 5242 413-0Telefax +49 5242 [email protected]
Functional and
associative aspects.
The formal implications ofusing colour are manifold. Colour makes houses larger orsmaller, makes them stand outagainst or blend in with Natu-re. Besides its spatial (physio-logical) effect, colour also hasthe psychological effect of trig-gering associations. A darkershade of light blue applied tothe outside of buildings can,for instance, have nauticalconnotations and, applied tothe interior, intuitively makereference to the function ofhaving a bath. Whilst socialconcerns were in no way a decisional driving force for LeCorbusier, colour was never -theless expected to be of service to humanity in archi-tecture. He saw his investiga-tions as aiming to provide
people’s individual tendenciesand inner needs with toolsconducive to “self-revelation”.His deliberations are also to be seen as a reaction againstthe sometimes oppressive ex-ternal impact of large edifices. Colour was a multilayered means of visual expression for Le Corbusier: an elementengendering identity and mea-ning that completes architec-ture without alienating it.
Furniture for entrance doorsExplanation
Overview
Pull handles
Push and pull pad handles
Lever handles turnably fixedwith spring mechanism
Turnable knob for multi-point locks
FSB Self-trapping insert
FSB Clamping Rose Fastening
Borehole dimensions
Fixing methods
347
7a348
351
354
409
412
413
414
415
416
417
Materials, Fixing Options, Safety Clearance
348
Over the past decade, FSBhas added a fully-fledgedalternative to its traditionaltubular pull-handle range witha comprehensive collection ofoval designs. Both sets of de-signs can be fixed in a widevariety of ways. The traditionalrange of push/pull pad handlesand profiles with brackets hasalso been further developed.
Materials
In principle, FSB supplies itsentire pull-handle range ineither aluminium, stainlesssteel or brass, with stainlesssteel being particularly recom-mended for heavy-duty appli-cations. Aluminium surfacescan easily get blemished insuch circumstances, thoughthis 'ageing process' in no wayimpairs the functioning of thehandle. Owing to their tendencyto corrode, brass pulls are onlyoffered with a waxed finish. Ittakes several years before anatural brown protective patinaforms on brass handles.
Fixing Scenarios
Pulls can be either face orthrough fixed to doors made ofthe most diverse of materials. In the case of through-fixing,either a pair of pulls or a singlehandle can be fitted. FSB has accorded these threefixing options - both-sidesthrough fixing, one-sidethrough fixing - clear identify-ing symbols that can be foundon all relevant product pages.(Examples show fixing for tu-bular pulls).
As regards the issue of facefixing versus one-side through-fixing, FSB wishes to point outthat, on account of the dowel-fastening technique deployedby FSB, face fixing is bothaesthetically pleasing and suf-ficiently durable as a rule. Thisneeds to be qualified, how ever,in the case of heavy-duty ap-plications, (i.e. in schools, offi-ce blocks and other public in-stitutions): here, we emphati-cally recommend one-sidethrough-fixing, which ensuresthat the furniture remains fitfor use even after years of he-avy treatment, since the forcesinvolved are absorbed on bothsides of the door.
Safety Clearance (S)
When fitting a handle to theclosing face of a door, a safetyclearance needs to be allowedfor between the handle andthe edge of the door and thejamb. The assembly scenariois made more readily compre-hensible by the following sketch.Ideally, safety clearances asrecommended by FSB shouldbe adhered to. Nevertheless,conditions at the point ofassembly are crucial. It is par-ticularly advisable to make useof the shackle-type bracketpurpose-designed by FSB forespecially narrow stiles, whichsets the handle sufficiently faraway from the edge.
S
Back to back fixing Secret single side fixing withself-tapping insert
Bolt through-fixing
Pull handlesOval series
Other handlesystems
We kick this section off with arange of oval designs FSB hasdeveloped over the past decadeas an alternative to traditionalpulls of circular cross-section.Adopting the formula 'diagonal+ oval = ideal gripping' identi-fied by FSB reduces the amountof effort required to take holdof and operate the handles onentrance doors. The oval styling offers the mar-ket a new gripping quality foreye and hand which FSB hashad copyright protected. Theexperience FSB has amassednow allows it to supply almostall its traditional styles both ascircular pulls and as optimised-grip oval variants.
A new flattened oval pull se-ries airily and elegantly under-pins architectural solutions.
The proven HT modular sys -tem for express assembly islikewise now available in oval.Up to a length of 1,500 mm,this kit of brackets and tubescan be put together on site toproduce a technically soundand very good looking piece ofhardware with little fuss.Where lengths in excess of1,500 mm are envisaged, FSBrecommends factory-weldedfittings for reasons of structuralstrength.
A rich source of new designvariants is the HS modularsys tem with oval or circularstainless steel grips and greyanodised brackets in alumin -ium, each with a choice of twohandle cross-sections.
349
The HT Round and HT Ovalkits launched by FSB and en-thusiastically received by themarket have precursors thatare still going strong:
R+S
Back when the first grey Ma-nual was published in the early90s, we introduced a systemof tubes and brackets forspeedy erection on buildingsites that was well taken upand has thus been retained:
- aluminium brackets - tubes in either aluminium or
stainless steel
TGS
Towards the end of the 90s, the4th edition of our grey Manualfeatured a rapid-assemblyrange in stainless steel thatwas likewise well received:
- either circular with a 25 mmdiameter or of 25 mm squarecross-section
- accessory brackets for visible fixing
- offer of dispatch within 24hours of order. We've alwaysbeen up to the challenge sofar.
Pull handlesRound seriesThe proven FSB range of tu-bular pulls has profited fromthe burst of innovation in thesphere of oval designs. Newshapes and brackets havebeen added.
This is particularly true of thelightweight pull series in 20 mmtubular material, for which anew design-conscious bracketfixture has been developed thatFSB has likewise had utilityand design patented. Hence,this lightweight pull-handleseries in its familiar 'straight,rectangular, triangular andcrescent' styles can continueits victorious campaign againstthe tradi tional 'heavyweights'.
The hand grips oval
7
350
Furniture for main entrance doorsThe architectural hardwaresector – including FSB – hasfor decades been marketing averitable plethora of customfittings for main entrancedoors, to wit door knobs, doorpulls, armoured roses and se-curity furniture in all materialsand all manner of designs.You’d think the market hadbeen sated.
Not a bit of it though. An arti-cle in the supplement to theweekly newspaper DIE ZEIT of31 March 1995 observes: ‚Sa-me doors, handles, conserva-tories, carports everywhere. Beit in Munich or Münster,Darmstadt or Stuttgart, ow-neroccupiers are a force foruniformity in their unitary hou-sing.’
But help is at hand for our be-leaguered author. FSB com-missioned its in-house desig -ner Hartmut Weise to come upwith some new ideas for mainentrance doors. Hartmut Weisealready presented four designconceptions for the penultima-te Manual. Two more followedfor the last Manual.
The first four handles formain entrance doors by Hart-mut Weise retain the distincti-ve axially slanted grip from his1995 pull-handle collection,but forego the droplet-shapedcross section in favour of anelliptical form.
Mr. Weise was intent on en-suring that the hand would beable to exert the necessary for-ce despite the vertical styling.
These handles are availablein silver anodised or colour-coated aluminium and in stain -less steel. They are through-fixed by means of 6 mm boltsthat fasten onto a rugged backplate on the inside.
The internal backplate alsoacts as a bearing for the leverhandle. The fancy coverplateon the inside can be suppliedin either aluminium, colour-co-ated aluminium or stainlesssteel.
Two further main-door pullhandles by Hartmut Weise incorporate a design idea fromthe 50’s. At that time, anynumber of doors were adornedwith sinuous extruded hand-les. Refining this seasoned style gave rise to an integratedpull handle/backplate design.
In this case, too, handles arethrough fixed using 6mm boltsthat engage in a heavydutybackplate on the inside. Thelatter additionally supports thelever handle and its bushing.
These two designs are exclu-sively available in aluminium.A matching aluminium leverhandle and coverplate havebeen selected for the inside. Ifso desired, however, the inter-nal furniture may be made ofstainless steel, brass or colour-coated aluminium.
This comprehensive new package is augmented by pull,knob and lever handle furnitu-re on oval and angular narrow-frame backplates, pull-handlefurniture with a selection of fit-tings, and push/pull handleswith armoured cylinders. Before ordering please alwayscheck that the situation allowsfor sufficient mortise depth aswell as the necessary backset.
When fitting the new pulls formain entrance and entrancedoors, FSB recommends re -inforcing the cylinder by me-ans of round, oval or angulararmoured roses.
351
Overview
6616 Page 375
6536 Page 363
6615 Page 374
6533 Page 362
6534 Page 362
6535 Page 363
6537 Page 364
6538 Page 365
6610 Page 372
6611 Page 372
6612 Page 373
6613 Page 373
6540 Page 366
6541 Page 367
6542 Page 368
6620 45 Page 376
6621 45 Page 377
6526 Page 360
6642 Page 380
6643 Page 380
6630 Page 378
6514 Page 357
6501 38 Page 354
6504 38 Page 355
6506 ..Page 356
6507 ..Page 366
Bronze
Brass
Alu + Color
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
7a
6546 Page 369
6605 38 Page 371
6650 Page 382
6508 Page 396
6510 Page 393
6602 38 Page 370
6543 40 Page 367
6599 0036 Page 369
6652 38 Page 383
352
6682 Page 390
Page 400
6712, 6713 Page 401
6802 Page 406
6735 .. – 6738 ..Page 407
6681 Page 378
6662 38 Page 385
6679 38 Page 389
6683 38 Page 391
6669 38 Page 386
6688 00 Page 392
Page 398
6710, 6711 Page 399
6801 Page 402
6715 – 6718 Page 403
6800 ..Page 405
6707, 6708 Page 405
Overview
6675 Page 388
6674 Page 387
6655 38 Page 384
6524 Page 359
6522 Page 358
353
Bronze
Brass
Alu + Color
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
7a
6181 Page 409
6184 Page 409
6254 Page 410
6268 Page 411
7000 Pages 412f.
0418 Pages 413, 294
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
The “heavyweights” of thelong-running standard pro-gramme are juxtaposed with a“lighter than air” series of pullhandles (20 mm) in severalshapes on plain brackets (25 mm).
Pull handleRound series
354
6501 38 Ø 20 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel Brass
M8 fixing
Safety clearance S=49 mm (cf. page 348)
350 390
35
Ø 20
65
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handleRound series
355
6504 38 Ø 20 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel Brass
M8 fixing
Safety clearance S=59 mm (cf. page 348)
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
350
35
Ø 20
65
92
R 213
7a
356
Pull handlesRound series
6506 ..65 r.h. | 75 l.h.Ø 35 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze
Illustration r.h., outside viewhanding details, cf. page 586f.
M8 fixing
Safety clearance S=47 mm (cf. page 348)
45
Ø 35
220
1000
95
R 60
R 60
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
6507 ..65 r.h. | 75 l.h.Ø 35 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze
Illustration r.h., outside viewhanding details, cf. page 586f.
M8 fixing
Safety clearance S=47 mm (cf. page 348)
45
Ø 35
474
1000
95
R 60
R 60
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
357
Pull handleRound series
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
7a
6514 Stainless steel
M8 fixing
Safety clearance S=55 mm (cf. page 348)
A Ø 30
150
Ø 35
80
Item nos. Ø A
6514 38 30 350 6514 45 30 450
358
When using elements of the ht round kit – whether for self-fabrication or as factory-wel-ded parts – attention needs tobe paid to structural specifica-tions and conditions locally.This hefty product series is nota substitute for gym bars, neither should it be used as a
safety rail at particularly hazar-dous openings in buildings.If in any doubt, please contactthe architect or engineer incharge.
For detailed information on fixing, please turn to page 414.
ht round welded from 1500 to 2100 mm andfor lengths more than 2100 mm
2,54,0
3540
6522 Stainless steelBronze*
Tube Ø 35 × 2.5 mm
For reasons of structural-strength, we recommend order -ing a factory-welded versiondrawing on the elements of theht round kit in cases wherethe A dimension lies between1500 mm and a maximum of2100 mm
* with brackets 45/55 and46/56 only
The pulls in the welded largerlength series FSB 6522 are produced to order. This involvesselecting the combination ofbrackets desired from the illus -tration alongside and citing theappropriate code numbers. It is also necessary to state the A dimension, which defines thefixing distance from the cen treof the borehole for one bracketto the centre of the borehole forthe other. By ad ding or sub-tracting the differential dimen-sions given on page 402, wecalculate the length of the pullat the works prior to welding.
Reference:
6523 Stainless steel
Tube Ø 40 × 4 mm
For requirements where di-mension A exceeds 2,100mm, we can supply a factory-welded version incorporating a sturdy tube cross-section of 40 x 4 mm and in all other respects the design featuresof the ht round series.
45 . . 56 . . l. h.46 . . r. h. 47 . . 48 . .
. . 45 . . 56 l. h.. . 46 r. h. . . 48
3540
4046
4046
3540
3540
. . 47
359
7a
. . 48r. h.
. . 58l. h.
. . 47r. h.
. . 57l. h.
. . 46r. h.
. . 56l. h.
. . 45r. h.
. . 55l. h.
48 . .r. h.
58 . .l. h.
47 . .r. h.
57 . .l. h.
46 . .r. h.
56 . .l. h.
45 . .r. h.
55 . .l. h.
ht oval weldedfrom 1500 to 2100 mm
When using elements of the ht oval kit – whether for self-fabrication or as factory-wel-ded parts – attention needs tobe paid to structural specifica-tions and conditions locally.This hefty product series is nota substitute for gym bars, neither should it be used as a
safety rail at particularly hazar-dous openings in buildings.If in any doubt, please contactthe architect or engineer incharge.
For detailed information on fixing, please turn to page 414.
28
40
1,5
The pulls in the welded seriesFSB 6524 are produced to or-der. This involves selecting thecombination of brackets desiredfrom the illustration alongsideand citing the appropriate codenumbers. It is also necessary tostate the A dimensions, whichdefines the fixing distancefrom the centre of the boreholefor one bracket to the centreof the borehole for the other.By adding or subtracting thedifferential dimensions givenon page 406, we calculate thelength of the pull at the worksprior to welding.
6524 Stainless steelBronze*
Tube 28 × 40 × 1.5 mm
For reasons of structuralstrength, we recommend orde-ring a factory-welded versiondrawing on the elements of theht oval kit in cases where the A dimension lies between 1500 mm and a maximum of2100 mm.
* with brackets 45/55 and46/56 only
Reference:
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handleRound series
360
6526 Aluminium Stainless steel (brackets aluminium)
FSB is supplementing its provenand long-successful in-line pullseries in aluminium and stain-less steel with a particularlysafe-to-grip design featuringheavily cranked fixing pointson which the ends of bracketsare incorporated into the pullsection. The in-line pull sectionsare supplied with a diameter of35 mm in either aluminium orstainless steel. The bracketsare made of aluminium and areanodised in the metal’s naturalcolour. The standard versionhas an A dimension of 350 mmand a length of 570 mm. OtherA dimensions and lengths arepossible.
350 570
80
40
35
110
44,5
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
361
Fax copy
L
R1
R2
A1
L
R1
R2
A1
A2 L
R1
R2
A1
A2
A3
6526 Ø 35 mm
To order custom designs in thepull handle series 6526, pleaseuse a copy of this page:Enter the quantity required andoverall length in the table be-low. Then enter details of thedis tances between bracketsand, where applicable, their distance from the end of thehandle in mm. To ensure stability, the distance betweenbrackets should not exceed1200 mm.
7a
Qua. Overall length Distance between brackets Edge spacing* Fixing methodL A1 A2 A3 R1 R2
* least. 40 mmmax. 350 mm
362
Pull handlesOval series
6533 Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze
The circular fastening sectionhas been shortened and thegrip tilted towards the user bydint of a flattened oval cross-section. The hand thereforeenjoys optimum clearancewhilst, stylistically, these airy,elegant handles display a de -cidedly architectural dimension.
Guaranteeing FSB’s usual pro-duction excellence are the tra-ditional casting technique foraluminium and an innovativeinternal high-pressure metalforming process for the stain-less steel variant.
114
300
83
35
6534 Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze
125
300
35
88
The flattened oval pull handleseries 6533, 6534, 6535 and6536 see FSB’s philosophy ofthe ovally gripping hand andthe diagonal moving arm putto effect in telling manner.
363
7a
Pull handlesOval series
6535 Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze
300
116
35
83
6536 Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze
122
300
87
35
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
364
Pull handleOval series
6537 Stainless steel Bronze
Door pulls 6537 and 6538 arevisually related to the 300 mmrange of pulls.Their 450 mm length allowsthem to be effortlessly inte -grated into the closing area,though for technical reasonsthey are only available instainless steel.
450
133
39
98
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
365
7a
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handleOval series
6538 Stainless steel Bronze
Door pulls 6537 and 6538 arevisually related to the 300 mmrange of pulls.Their 450 mm length allowsthem to be effortlessly inte -grated into the closing area,though for technical reasonsthey are only available instainless steel.
450
117
39
89
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
366
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
Pull handleRound series
6540Stainless steel
Matches FSB lever handle model 1035
Safety clearance S=45 mm (cf. page 348)
35 75
35
600
367
Pull handlesRound series
6541Stainless steel (Grip)Aluminium (Corners)
Matches FSB lever handle model 1077
Safety clearance S=51 mm (cf. page 348)
35 80
35
600
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
7a
6543 40Aluminium Stainless steel
Matches FSB lever handle model 1021
Safety clearance S=48 mm (cf. page 348)
400
25
25 65
368
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
Pull handleOval series
6542 ....Stainless steel
Matches FSB lever handle models 1107/1108
C
D
A Ø
Item nos. Ø A C D S
6542 3095 30 × 15 300 60 35 486542 6095 40 × 28 600 75 45 53
S Safety clearance (cf. page 348)
369
7a
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
Pull handlesRound series
6546Stainless steel
Matches FSB lever handle model 1102
Maximum A Dimension 1200 mm
Safety clearance S=51 mm (cf. page 348)
35
81
Ø 30350
6599 0036Stainless steel
Matches FSB lever handle model 1003
Safety clearance S=55 mm (cf. page 348)
25 85
300500
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesRound series
370
Item nos. Ø R A C D S
6627 34 20 25 200 75 30 456670 34 25 40 200 80 35 48
6670 37 25 40 300 80 35 48
6670 38 25 40 350 80 35 486602 38 30 55 350 90 35 516603 38 35 60 350 95 45 566604 38 40 60 350 105 45 65
6670 99 25 40 200–1200 80 35 486602 99 30 55 300–1200 90 35 516603 99 35 60 300–1200 95 45 566604 99 40 60 350–1200 105 45 65
S Safety clearance (cf. page 348)
6602 38Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze (only 6602 38)BrassAlu + Color
Fixing Ø = 20 mm M6 Ø ≥ 25 mm M8
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
A
C
D
Ø
R
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesRound series
371
Item nos. Ø R1 R2 A B
6605 25 25 260 40 250 326605 38 25 260 40 350 686605 50 25 400 40 500 88
6605 38Aluminium Stainless steel BrassAlu + Color
M8 fixing
Safety clearance S=45 mm (cf. page 348)
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
R2
A Ø
R1
B
35
80
7a
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesOval series
372
6610 AluminiumStainless steel
Fixing M6
Safety clearance S=45 mm (cf. page 348)
6611 ..AluminiumStainless steel
..24 r.h.
..25 l.h.
Fixing M6
Safety clearance S=60 mm (cf. page 348)
Illustration r.h.*, outside view,handing details, cf. page 586f.
* is required for DIN l.h. opening inwards
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
30
210
70
25
30
210
7022
55
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesOval series
373
6612 AluminiumStainless steel
Fixing M6
Safety clearance S=48 mm (cf. page 348)
6613 AluminiumStainless steel
Fixing M6
Safety clearance S=48 mm (cf. page 348)
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
30
210
7022
105
30
210
7022
90°
94
7a
374
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesRound series
Item nos. Ø A L
6615 35 30 350 550 6615 45 30 450 6506615 99 30 451–2100
6615 Stainless steel
In door pull series FSB 6615 (Ø 30 mm), fixing is by meansof laterally offset strap-type brackets. The fastening andgripping sides are separatedfrom one another and henceprotect hands. The innovativecombination of fixing strap andpull lends the design an airy,vivacious appearance.
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
40
A L
77
112
20
375
7a
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesOval series
Item nos. Ø A L
6616 35 40 × 28 350 550 6616 45 40 × 28 450 650 6616 99 40 × 28 451–2100
6616 Stainless steel
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
40
20
LA
118
83
Pull handlesRound series
376
6620 45 Ø 25 mm
Stainless steel
Overall length 600 mm
57
A2
A1 600 450
A3
75
57
75
75
75
Ø 25
Ø 25
62,5
Ø 45
The stiles on frame doors havebecome narrower in recentyears. FSB has responded byproducing a filigree handle se ries in stainless steel (Ø 25mm). The straight bar handlefeatures a clearance betweenthe fixing centre and the cen-tre of the bar of no less than57 mm. With the curved ver-sion, the clearance is a mighty
130 mm. Both are supplied asstandard with an A dimensionof 450 mm and an overalllength of 600 mm. Optionally,they can both ex tend over theentire door. The standard mea-surement for the end sectionsis 75 mm. FSB recommends a distancebetween brackets of at most1200 mm.
Item nos. Ø A1 A2 A3 Ending
6620 99 25 X X X 75 mm
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesRound series
377
Item nos. Ø A1 A2 A3 Ending
6621 99 25 450 X X 75 mm
6621 45 Ø 25 mm
Stainless steel
A1= 450 mmOverall length 600 mm
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
A2
A1= 450 600 450
A3
75
75
75
75
Ø 25
Ø 25
62,5
Ø 45
130
130
R 180 R 180
R 120
R 120
7a
..00 ..10 ..20
378
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
For all tubular pulls in stain-less steel FSB can supply two customised variants with non-standard ends, one a shallowcurvature (10), the other a stepped flat cap (20).
Pull handlesRound series
6681 Ø 30 mm
Stainless steel Bronze
Standard length 400 mm M8 fixing
Safety clearance S=38 mm (cf. page 348)
Available in custom lengths also, please turn to the nextpage.
Ø 35
150400
80
Ø 30
6630 Ø 30 mm
Stainless steel
Standard length 400 mm M8 fixing
Ø 35
150400
80
60
Ø 30
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
379
7a
Fax copy
L
R1
R2
A1
L
R1
R2
A1
A2
6580 6681 6582 6583
6529663065316532
To order custom designs in thepull handle series 6681 or6630, please use a copy of thispage: First specify the modeldesired citing the applicableorder code above. Then enterthe quantity required and overalllength in the table below. Thenenter details of the distancesbetween brackets and, whereapplicable, their distance fromthe end of the handle in mm.To ensure stability, the distancebetween brackets should not exceed 1200 mm. Finally, please tick the cap requiredfor standard versions with a diameter of 30 Ø.
Ø 25 mm
Ø 30 mm
Ø 35 mm
Ø 40 mm
Ø 25 mm
Ø 30 mm
Ø 35 mm
Ø 40 mm
L
R1
R2
A1
A2
A3
Qua. Overall length Caps for 6681 and 6630 Distance between brackets Edge spacing* Fixing methodL ..00 ..10 ..20 A1 A2 A3 R1 R2
* least. 30 mmmax. 350 mm
Pull handlesRound series
380
6642 Ø 30 mm
Brackets Aluminium
Grip Aluminium orStainless steel
Standard length 400 mm Fixing M6
Safety clearance S=38 mm (cf. page 348)
Available in custom lengths also, please turn to the nextpage.
6643 Ø 30 mm
Brackets Aluminium
Grip Aluminium orStainless steel
Standard length 400 mm Fixing M6
Available in custom lengths also, please turn to the nextpage.
For detailed information on fixing of the pull handles 6642and 6643, please turn to page422.
36
150400
25
71
Ø 30
36
150400
36
70
Ø 30
50
Fax copy
L
R1
R2
A1
L
R1
R2
A1
A2 L
R1
R2
A1
A2
A3
381
6642 Ø 30 mm
6643 Ø 30 mm
To order custom designs in thepull handle series 6642 or6643, please use a copy of thispage: First specify the modeldesired citing the applicableorder code above. Then enterthe quantity required and overalllength in the table below. Thenenter details of the distancesbetween brackets and, whereapplicable, their distance fromthe end of the handle in mm.To ensure stability, the dis -tance between brackets shouldnot exceed 1200 mm.
7a
Qua. Overall length Distance between brackets Edge spacing* Fixing methodL A1 A2 A3 R1 R2
* least. 30 mmmax. 350 mm
382
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handleOval series
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
Item nos. Ø A
6650 38 36 × 22 3506650 99 36 × 22 351–1500
6650 Stainless steel
Diameter 36 × 22 mm M8 fixing
Safety clearance S=49 mm (cf. page 348)
FSB could not resist squeezingall the experience gained in fashioning the 40 x 28 mmoval tube into a smaller dia -meter. And thus it was that thestandard in-line pull FSB 6650came into being.If so desired, FSB 6650 canalso be supplied in otherlengths.
350
80
Ø 35
30
383
7a
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handleOval series
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
6652 38Stainless steel
Diameter 36 × 22 mmM8 fixing
Safety clearance S=53 mm (cf. page 348)
Handle models FSB 6650 (in-line), FSB 6682 (U-shape) andFSB 6652 (semicircular) areliving proof that tested designsfeaturing new oval cross-sec-tions have the edge over theirround counterparts both opti-cally and in terms of grippingergonomics. The hand glideseffortlessly around them.
Ø 35
350
8030
175
R 175
384
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Grip de porte tubulaires
6655 38 Ø 35 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
M8 fixing
Safety clearance S=55 mm (cf. page 348)
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
350
193,5
16,5
Ø 35
75
385
7a
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesRound series
Item nos. Ø R A B C D S
6660 34 20 25 200 100 75 30 41 6661 34 25 40 200 100 80 35 42
6661 37 25 40 300 100 80 35 42
6661 38 25 40 350 100 80 35 42 6662 38 30 55 350 140 90 35 43 6663 38 35 60 350 140 95 45 45 6664 38 40 60 350 150 120 45 52
6661 99 25 40 200–1200 100 80 35 42 6662 99 30 55 300–1200 140 90 35 43 6663 99 35 60 300–1200 140 95 45 45 6664 99 40 60 350–1200 150 120 45 52
S Safety clearance (cf. page 348)
6662 38Aluminium Stainless steel BrassAlu + Color
Fixing Ø = 20 mm M6 Ø ≥ 25 mm M8
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
A
B
Ø
D
C
R
R
386
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesRound series
Item nos. Ø A C D S
6606 38 25 350 75 35 50 6669 38 30 350 80 35 556669 99 30 custom length6607 38 35 350 85 45 57 6609 38 40 350 90 45 60 6609 99 40 custom length
S Safety clearance (cf. page 348)
6669 38Stainless steel Bronze (With diameter 30 mm andmaximum length 1200 mmonly)
M8 fixing
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
A
D
Ø
C
387
7a
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesRound series
Item nos. Ø R A B L
6674 21 30 485 210 126 497 6674 35 30 1420 350 123 742
6674 Stainless steel
Door pull FSB 6674 takes theoffset strap-type brackets fromthe FSB 6615 series and fusesthese with the sweep of thecrescent-shaped round pull (Ø 30 mm). This pull series isonly supplied with A dimen-sions of 210 mm and 350 mm.
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
40
A L
77
20
B
R
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesOval series
388
Item nos. Ø R A B L
6675 21 40 × 28 485 210 132 504 6675 35 40 × 28 1420 350 129 745
6675 Stainless steel
Door pull FSB 6675 takes theoffset strap-type brackets fromthe FSB 6616 series and fusesthese with the sweep of thecrescent-shaped oval pull (Ø 40 x 28 mm). This pull seriesis only supplied with A Dimen-sions of 210 mm and 350 mm.
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
40
20
LA
B
83
R
389
7a
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesRound series
Item nos. Ø R A B C D S
6649 34 20 25 200 90 75 30 416679 34 25 40 200 83 80 35 42
6679 37 25 40 300 133 80 35 42
6679 38 25 40 350 158 80 35 426623 38 30 55 350 152 90 35 436624 38 35 60 350 150 95 45 456625 38 40 60 350 150 105 45 49
S Safety clearance (cf. page 348)
6679 38 Aluminium Stainless steel BrassAlu + Color
Fixing Ø = 20 mm M6 Ø ≥ 25 mm M8
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
RA
B
D
C
90°
Ø
R
390
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handleOval series
6682 38Stainless steel
Diameter 36 × 22 mmM8 fixing
Safety clearance S=53 mm (cf. page 348)
FSB has extended its FSB6650 series introduced fouryears ago to embrace U- shaped and circular variants.In all four cases, the easy-gripoval tube with a diameter of36 x 22 mm is supported onround fixing brackets.
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
35
350
8030
125
R 55
391
7a
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handlesRound series
Item nos. Ø R1 R2 A B C D S
6626 34 20 100 25 200 130 75 30 416673 34 25 100 40 200 140 80 35 42
6673 37 25 150 40 300 190 80 35 42
6673 38 25 175 40 350 215 80 35 426683 38 30 175 55 350 230 90 35 436659 38 35 175 60 350 235 95 45 456678 38 40 175 60 350 235 120 45 52
S Safety clearance (cf. page 348)
6683 38Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze (6683 38 only)BrassAlu + Color
Fixing Ø = 20 mm M6 Ø ≥ 25 mm M8
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
A
B
D
C
Ø
R2
R1
392
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Pull handleRound series
6688 00 Ø 25 mm
Stainless steel
M8 fixing
Safety clearance S=48 mm (cf. page 348)
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
200
100 200
80Ø 25
393
7a
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
Pull handlesWave
The wave handle is offered inaluminium, stainless steel andbrass with the following speci-fications:
Torsion radius: 800 mmHandle diameter: 30 mmBracket diameter: 35 mm
For quoting purposes, we re-quire the following details toget-her with a dimensioned sketch:
1. Door width2. Size A required3. Width of frame4. Profile section5. In case of glass doors:
distance of fixing holes fromedge
6510 Ø 30 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel Brass
Safety clearance 65 mm for 30 mm handle projection, M8 fixing
R 800
A
Width of door
Width of frame
Illustration l.h. Illustration r.h.
Ø 30
R 800
Handing details, cf. page 586f.
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
394
Handing details, cf. pp. 586ff.
Design proposals Pull handles Round series
a b
d e
The stainless steel pull handledesigns shown here are inten-ded as creative aids for archi-tects, planners, designers, re-tailers and builder clients alike.Please always give details ofthe door’s type, material andweight. We must have accuratedrawings before we can supplyquotes or implement orders.
f
c
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
395
7a
Fixing method 1
6599 9991
Fixing method 2
6599 9994
ordering party. The variantsshown here are merely meantto provide a general impression,which is why no dimensionshave been given. Why not sendus your specifications – plusdimensions – by fax? We willthen scrutinise the details,produce drawings of our own,and submit a quote.
Handrail systems
Typ A Stainless steel
Fixing method 1:Hole for countersunk screw M8
Fixing method 2:Hole for countersunk screw M6
Screws and dowels are delive-red for number of fixing points.
Handrail systems
In recent years FSB has occa-sionally made handrail systemsto measures for installation nearmain-entrance doors. Threetypical examples are shown onthis page. Unlike serially pro-duced hardware, these customproducts are made to order.Responsibility for deploymentand fabrication lies with the
72
72,5Ø 40
Ø 45
Typ B1 Stainless steelØ 40
T
100
Typ B2 Stainless steel
Fixing reference: First of all thesupplied rose has to be shovedon the tubes of the handrailsystem. Fill up then boreholes inbasis with usual constructionalresins. Before hardening set upthe handrail system. The rosewill then be glued to the basis.
Ø 40
T
100
80
Ø 40
Ø 70
R 27,5
6599 9993
6599 9992
396
Speed and ease of installationwere the design brief for theImmediate programme by FSB:The TGS series comprises stain -less steel tubes with a diameterof 25 mm and three choices ofbrackets. We recommend allowing one bracket for each600 mm of handle.
Please feel free to make en -quiries and put FSB’s TGS se-ries to the test. It can be calledup any time and is ready andwaiting to be assembled in ajiffy.
Pull handles TGS round
6508 Ø 25 mm
Stainless steel
Breadth of brackets 40 mm Screw hole-Ø 8.5 mm
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
25
28
2
24,5
65
26
24,5
65
25
43,5
65
25
24,5
67
48
397
7a
Fax copy TGS
L
R1
R2
A1
L
R1
R2
A1
A2 L
R1
R2
A1
A2
A3
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Please submit exact measure-ments, ideally on a copy of theorder chart shown here:
First enter number of handlesrequired and overall length.
Then ring the brackets intendedfor your fixing points (in- line,offset, or diagonally offset) aswell as ticking the numberedbox.
Finally, specifiy distances be -tween brackets and edge spa-cing. For reasons of stability,the distance between bracketsshould not exceed 600 mm.
Qua. Overall length Type of bracket Distance between brackets Edge spacing* L 1 2 3 A1 A2 A3 R1 R2
l.h. r.h. l.h. r.h. l.h. r.h.
* least 30 mm
hs round modular system
398
The hs modular system com-prising grips and brackets ca-ters in a novel way to individualdesign aspirations and func -tional requirements. The round grips in stainlesssteel are supplied in standardlengths of 30 mm and 25 mmas well as in custom lengthsas requested.
The matching 45°-crankbrackets in aluminium are greyanodised and are securelyattached by means of a special-purpose fastening system.
There is scope for variationowing to the differing lengthsof grips and the fact that thepositioning and number ofbrackets are freely selectable.The option of providing handleends with either one or twobrackets and positioning cen-tral brackets as desired turnsevery handle into a distinctivefeature and an embellishmentfor main entrance doors.
Once their arrangement andspacing have been established,brackets are firmly secured tothe grip by means of recessedfastenings (cf. Fig.).
Alignment of brackets isachieved by laying the handleon a flat surface once the firstbracket has been fitted andonly then fixing the remainingbrackets at the desired intervals.
399
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
hs round modular systemBrackets + Grips
6711 Aluminium grey anodised
Bracket for grip 6811 Ø 30 mm
6710 Aluminium grey anodised
Bracket for grip 6810 Ø 25 mm
Item nos. Grips Ø Length
6810 0450 25 mm 450 mm 0600 25 mm 600 mm 0900 25 mm 900 mm 1800 25 mm 1800 mm
6811 0450 30 mm 450 mm 0600 30 mm 600 mm 0900 30 mm 900 mm 1800 30 mm 1800 mm
6810 Stainless steel
Grip Ø 25 mm
6811 Stainless steel
Grip Ø 30 mm
96
20
20
33,5
81 66
61
100
22
20
37,5
8366
61
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
7a
hs oval modular system
400
Once their arrangement andspacing have been established,brackets are firmly secured tothe grip by means of recessedfastenings (cf. Fig.).
The hs modular system com-prising grips and brackets ca-ters in a novel way to individualdesign aspirations and func -tion al requirements. The oval grips in stainlesssteel are supplied in standardlengths of 36.5 x 22 mm and40 x 28.5 mm as well as incustom lengths as requested.
The matching 45°-crankbrackets in aluminium are greyanodised and are securelyattached by means of a special-purpose fastening system.
There is scope for variationowing to the differing lengthsof grips and the fact that thepositioning and number ofbrackets are freely selectable.The option of providing handleends with either one or twobrackets and positioning cen-tral brackets as desired turnsevery handle into a distinctivefeature and an embellishmentfor main entrance doors.
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
6712 Aluminium grey anodised
Bracket for grip 6812 Ø 36.5 x 22 mm
hs oval modular systemBrackets + Grips
401
6713 Aluminium grey anodised
Bracket for grip 6813 Ø 40 x 28.5 mm
Item nos. Grips Ø Length
6812 0450 36.5 × 22 mm 450 mm 0600 36.5 × 22 mm 600 mm 0900 36.5 × 22 mm 900 mm 1800 36.5 × 22 mm 1800 mm
6813 0450 40 × 28.5 mm 450 mm 0600 40 × 28.5 mm 600 mm 0900 40 × 28.5 mm 900 mm 1800 40 × 28.5 mm 1800 mm
6812 Stainless steel
Grip Ø 36.5 × 22 mm
6813 Stainless steel
Grip Ø 40 × 28.5 mm
98
20
20
33,5
8366
61
103
22
20
37,5
8666
61
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
7a
ht round modular systemsup to 1500 mm
6801 Stainless steel
Tube Ø 35 × 1.5 mmStock length 3000 mm
The ht round kit enables safetyrails, handle systems, handrailsetc. up to 1500 mm in lengthto be cut to size, fabricatedand fitted on site with the aidof the appropriate tools.Where lengths in excess of1500 - 2100 mm are concer-ned, we would recommendfactory welded hardware, ver-sions FSB 6522 and 6523 cf.page 358.
35
1,5
Tube length and A size are im -portant for fabrication, fittingand ordering purposes. The A size defines the fixingdistance from the cen tre of theborehole for one bracket to thecentre of the borehole for theother. Tube length is arrived atby adding or subtracting the differential sizes given along -side from the A size.
FSB recommends reinforc ingdoor pulls from the ht roundkit that are to be fitted to hea-vily used doors by means ofthe accessories available.
Dimensions: Longueur de tube
Cote A
6715 + 67156716 + 6716
Cote A + 32 mm = Longueur de tube
6717 + 6717
Cote A – 40 mm = Longueur de tube
6718 + 6718
Cote A – 108 mm = Longueur de tube
6715 + 6717
Cote A – 4 mm = Longueur de tube
6715 + 6718
Cote A – 38 mm = Longueur de tube
6717 + 6718
Cote A – 74 mm = Longueur de tube
Longueur de tube
Cote A
Longueur de tube
Cote A
Longueur de tube
Cote A
Longueur de tube
Cote A
Longueur de tube
Cote A
Reference:
When using elements of the ht round kit – whether for self-fabrication or as factory-weldedparts – attention needs to bepaid to structural specificationsand conditions locally. Thishefty product series is not asubstitute for gym bars, neithershould it be used as a safety
rail at particularly hazardousopenings in buildings.If in any doubt, please contactthe architect or engineer incharge.For detailed information on fixing, please turn to page423.
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
402
403
Once the tube has been cut tosize (dimensions A + differen-tial measurement), matchingbrackets are slotted into thetube ends and fastened withscrews from the top.
Brackets ht roundmodular systems
6715 Stainless steel
Straight bracket, angled 90° inwards, to match tube 35 x 1.5 mm Ø
Screw hole Ø 8.5 mm
Safety clearance S=52 mm (cf. page 348)
35
3520
57,54
6716 .. Stainless steel
6716 14 r.h.6716 15 l.h.
Bracket with 45° cranking, angled 90° inwards, to match tube 35 x 1.5 mm
40
3520
57,54
71
6717 Stainless steel
Straight bracket, angled 90° inwards, to match tube 35 x 1.5 mm Ø
35
3515
57,5
4
6718 Stainless steel
Bracket for swing doors,to match tube 35 x 1.5 mm Ø
35
3615
57,5
469
O-Ring
Part synth. mat.
Illustration r.h.
7a
Modular systems ht ovalAccessories
20
20
2531,5
For pull handles from the mo -dular systems ht round over1.5 metres long or where robusthandling is to be assumed, wewould recommend reinforcingthe tube with square-sectiontubing as shown on this page.
6801 20 Steel tube hot galvanised
20 x 20 x 2 mmStock length 3000 mm
6719Thermoplast
Spacing sleeve with fixingscrew
0313 0880 M8 x 80 mm Steel stud
0316 0840 M8Steel stud - for timber fixing
0320 0800 M8Dome nut of stainless steel
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
Fixing reference: Sizing square-section tube: outside length of oval tubeminus 100 mm. Then fixing ofspacing sleeves with distance350 mm, afterwards assem-bling.
404
405
7a
If in any doubt, please contactthe architect or engineer incharge.
Fixing methods brackets:
Screw holes - Ø 5.3 mm forcountersunk screws
Pull handles Modular systems R + S
6800 04 Stainless steel Ø 30 mm
Side 1.5 mmStock length 3000 mm
6800 09 Aluminium Ø 30 mm
Side 2.0 mmStock length 3000 mm
6707 Aluminium natural colour anodised
6707 06 End support 6707 05 Intermediate support
6708 Aluminium natural colour anodised
6708 06 End support 6708 05 Intermediate support
When using elements of the tubes and brackets kit atten-tion needs to be paid to struc-tural specifications and condi-tions locally. This hefty productseries is not a substitute forgym bars, neither should it beused as a safety rail at particu-larly hazardous openings inbuildings.
60
52 50
30
40
10
20
40
60
80
60
30
13 AThe length is established bymeasuring between bore holes and adding 26 mm (2 x 13 mm). The tube will now fit snugly into its endbrackets. Any end play there is can easily be remedied bywedging, recentring, bondingetc., as applicable.
The “tube and support bracket”package is a kit system that allows the buyer effortlessly tomake to measure, put togetherand fit in place pull handles,hand and towel rails of alltypes.
Tube length and A dimensionare im portant for fabrication, fitting and ordering purposes. The A dimension defines thefixing distance from the cen treof the borehole for one bracketto the centre of the boreholefor the other. Tube length is arrived at by adding or sub-tracting the differential dimen-sions given alongside from theA dimension. FSB recommendsreinforc ing door pulls from theHT Oval kit that are to be fittedto heavily used doors by meansof the accessories available.
ht oval modular systemsup to 1500 mm
406
6802 Stainless steel
Tube 28 × 40 × 1.5 mmStock length 3000 mm
The ht oval kit enables safetyrails, handle systems, hand -rails etc. up to 1500 mm inlength to be cut to size, fabri-cated and fitted on site withthe aid of the appropriate tools.Where lengths in excess of1500 - 2100 mm are concer-ned, we would recommendfactory welded hardware, ver-sion FSB 6524 cf. page 358.
Reference:
When using elements of theHT Oval kit - whether for self-fabrication or as factory-weldedparts - attention needs to bepaid to structural specificationsand conditions locally. This heftyproduct series is not a substi-tute for gym bars, neithershould it be used as a safety
rail at particularly hazardousopenings in buildings. If in anydoubt, please contact the ar-chitect or engineer in charge.For detailed information on fixing, please turn to page 423.
281,5
40
Dimensions: 6735 + 67356736 + 6736
Cote A + 32 mm = Longueur de tube
6737 + 6737
Cote A – 40 mm = Longueur de tube
6738 + 6738
Cote A – 108 mm = Longueur de tube
6735 + 6737
Cote A – 4 mm = Longueur de tube
6735 + 6738
Cote A – 38 mm = Longueur de tube
6737 + 6738
Cote A – 74 mm = Longueur de tube
Longueur de tube
Cote A
Longueur de tube
Cote A
Longueur de tube
Cote A
Longueur de tube
Cote A
Longueur de tube
Cote A
Longueur de tube
Cote A
Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with
self-tapping insert
Brackets ht ovalmodular systems
407
35
3520
57,54
40
3520
57,54
71
35
3515
57,5
4
35
3615
57,5
469
6735 ..Stainless steel
6735 04 r.h. 6735 05 l.h.
Straight bracket, angled 90° inwards, to match oval tube40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø
6736 ..Stainless steel
6736 14 r.h. 6736 15 l.h.
Bracket with 45° cranking,angled 90° inwards, to match oval tube 40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø
6737 ..Stainless steel
6737 04 r.h. 6737 05 l.h.
Straight bracket, angled 90° outwards, to match oval tube 40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø
6738 ..Stainless steel
6738 04 r.h. 6738 05 l.h.
Bracket for swing doors, to match oval tube 40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø
Screw hole Ø 8.5 mm
Safety clearance S=52 mm (cf. page 348)
Once the tube has been cut tosize (dimensions A + differ en-tial measurement), matchingbrackets are slotted into thetube ends and fastened withscrews from the top.
O-Ring
Part synth. mat.
All illustrations r.h.
7a
2535
25
FSB recommends reinforcingdoor pulls from the HT Oval kitthat are subject to heavy-dutyuse or have an “A” dimensionof between 1,500-2,100 mmusing the accessories shown onthis page.
6801 20 Steel tube hot galvanised
20 x 20 x 2 mmStock length 3000 mm
6739 Thermoplast
Spacing sleeve with fixingscrew
0313 0880 M8 x 80 mm Steel stud
0316 0840 M8Steel stud - for timber fixing
0320 0800 M8Dome nut of stainless steel
For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.
Fixing reference: Sizing square-section tube: outside length of oval tubeminus 100 mm. Then fixing ofspacing sleeves with distance350 mm, afterwards assem-bling.
Modular systems ht ovalAccessories
408
20
20
409
7a
Push and pullpad handles
6184 62 Aluminium
Plastic-Pad, black
6181 62 Aluminium
Pad 150 x 150 mm Dimension A 90 mmC:C screw holes 70 mm
6181 70 Aluminium
Pad 180 x 180 mm Dimension A 120 mmC:C screw holes 100 mm
6181 74 Aluminium
Pad 200 x 200 mmDimension A 120 mmC:C screw holes 100 mm
Fixing accessories,cf. page 552.
Screw hole Ø 8.5 mmEngravings, cf. page 253.
150
15090 70
50
30
11
18
171
A 70100
30
11
10
50
21
410
Push and pullpad handle
6254 62 Stainless steel
Fixing accessories,cf. page 552.
Screw hole Ø 8.5 mmEngravings, cf. page 253.
150
15090 70
38,5
11
18,5
165
25
411
7a
Push and pullpad handle
6268 Stainless steel
17590 70
50
11
198
25
25
Fixing accessories,cf. page 552.
Screw hole Ø 8.5 mmEngravings, cf. page 253.
412
Lever handles turnably fixedwith spring mechanism
7000 0004 Aluminium Stainless steelBronze
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1023
7000 0001 Aluminium Stainless steel
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1070
7000 0003 Aluminium Stainless steel
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1076
7000 0002 Aluminium Stainless steel
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1146
Single fixed lever handles forentrance doors incl. solid subroses.FSB spindle 0115 or 0116 necessary, see page 546.
27
38
55
12
7
7000 0232 Aluminium Stainless steel
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1107
413
7a
Lever handles turnably fixedwith spring mechanismTurnable knob
7000 0233 Aluminium Stainless steel
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1108
7000 0347 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBronze
10 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1015
Single fixed lever handles forentrance doors incl. solid subroses.FSB spindle 0115 or 0116 necessary, see page 546.
27
38
55
12
7
0418 02 Aluminium Stainless steel
8 mm Δ-hole
Spindle projection: Standard40 mm, custom projections on request.
28
55
7
38
For the deployment on multi-point lock, FSB supplies aneasy-action turnable knob on a circular or oval rose for con -cealed face fixing.
7000 0348 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBronze
8 mm Δ-hole
Model FSB 1163
414
FSB Self-tapping insert The self-tapping thread createsan excellent bond with compa-ratively little play between doorstile and threaded insert, thusensuring an even and effectivefrictional connection – assu-ming the accurate drilling of12.5 mm-diameter boreholesfor timber doors and 13 mm- diameter boreholes for metaland plastic doors.
Step 1
Whether a manual or a powerdrill is used, threaded insertsrequire holes 12.5 mm in dia-meter to be drilled for timberdoors and 13 mm in diameterwhere metal and plastic doorsare involved.
Step 2
Then the self-tapping insert isscrewed in using a Size 8 Allenkey. FSB recommends an Allenkey with handle, as this is thebest way of guaranteeing therequisite force is applied. Oncethe threaded bush lies flushagainst the stile, the enclosedset screw is tightened.
Step 3
The handle is then fitted atthese fastening points.
2 galvanised self-tapping inserts in hardened steel
FSB’s threaded bushing tech-nique delivers a practically-oriented, enhanced solutionfor the concealed face fixing ofpulls to timber, aluminium andplastic doors that guaranteesfar better absorption of disten-sion forces by the door stile.Regardless of door thicknessor stile type, a single type ofthreaded insert 34 mm long isused.
415
7a
FSB Clamping Rose Fastening All door pulls with round necksare supplied as female partswith an internal left-handedthread 18 by 1.5 mm (M8fixing) or 14 by 1.5 mm (M6fixing). A clamping rose faste-ning comprises a plastic washer,a steel washer, a clamping ele-ment, a rotating rose and aspacer sleeve that are securelyheld in place by a plastic clipand pre-attached to the end ofthe handle.
FSB Clamping Rose Fastening
The new FSB clamping rosefastening allows all FSB doorpulls with round necks to bescrewed tight against thesurface of the door by means ofan easy-to-operate clampingrose. Radial play allowed for byFSB ensures the necessarytolerances during fitting.Assembly is as follows:
Step 1
First fit into the door the setscrew over which the clampingelements are to pass. How thisis done depends on whetherBack to back fixing, Boltthrough-fixing or secret singleside fixing with expansion plug.
Step 2
Then detach the clamping ele-ments from the handle ends byturning them anticlockwise. Re-move the plastic clip and slipthe plastic washer, the steelwasher, the clamping rose andthe clamping element over theset screw in that order. Usingthe spacer sleeve, screw theelements together, ensuring thatthe clamping rose and clam-ping element remain free to ro-tate.
Step 3
Place the handle on the fixingpoints and tighten against thedoor by alternately turning theclamping roses in a clockwisedirection.
A turning device for the FSBclamping rose is supplied withthe product.
set screw
plastic washer
steel washer
clamping rose
clamping element
spacer sleeve
The FSB clamping rose faste-ning is a new method ofassembling door-pulls wherebythe pull is tightened fast againstthe surface of the door. Visiblefixing screws are done awaywith.
416
Borehole dimensions
Back to back fixing
Bolt through-fixing
Secret single side fixing with self-tapping insert
Timber door Metal door Synth. mat. door Glas door
13
Inside
Outside13
Inside
Outside
13
Inside
Outside
13
Inside
Outside
18
Inside
Outside
18
13
15
Outside
Inside
18
13Outside
Inside
13
18
Inside
Outside
10,5Outside
Inside
10,5
Outside
Inside55
10,5Outside
Inside
417
7a
Fixing methods
Back to back fixing
Bolt through-fixing
Secret single side fixing with self-tapping insert
Pull handle series
Round M8
6501, 6504, 6506, 6507,6510, 6514, 6529, 6531,6532, 6533, 6534, 6535,6536, 6537, 6538, 6540,6541, 6542, 6546, 6580,6582, 6583, 6602, 6603,
Fixing method
6604, 6605, 6606, 6607,6609, 6623, 6624, 6625,6630, 6647, 6650, 6652,6655, 6659, 6661, 6662,6663, 6664, 6669, 6670,6673, 6678, 6679, 6681,6682, 6683, 6688
2 each set bolts M8
Borehole Ø 13 mm
0580 1008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0580 3035 35 – 54 mm 0580 3055 55 – 74 mm 0580 3075 75 – 94 mm
2 each set bolts M8 2 each fixing nuts with caps
Borehole Ø 13/18 mm, cf. page 416
Grip diameter 25/30 mm:
0580 2308 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0580 4335 35 – 44 mm0580 4345 45 – 54 mm 0580 4355 55 – 64 mm 0580 4365 65 – 74 mm 0580 4375 75 – 84 mm
Grip diameter 35/40 mm:
0580 2408 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0580 4435 35 – 44 mm0580 4445 45 – 54 mm 0580 4455 55 – 64 mm 0580 4465 65 – 74 mm 0580 4475 75 – 84 mm
2 each set bolts M8 2 each self-tapping inserts,
hardened steel, galvanized
Ø 12.5 mm (Timber door), Ø 13 mm (Metal door orSynth. mat. door)
0580 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mmLength of insert 34 mm
Item nos.Fixing accessories
Back to back fixing
Bolt through-fixing
Secret single side fixing with self-tapping insert
Fixing methods
418
Dim. X = Dim. of chamber
Pull handle series
Round M6
3684, 3688, 6543 40, 6610,6611, 6612, 6613, 6619,6626, 6627, 6642, 6643,6649, 6660
Fixing method Item nos.
2 each set bolts M6
Borehole Ø 13 mm
0580 1208 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0580 3235 35 – 54 mm 0580 3255 55 – 74 mm 0580 3275 75 – 94 mm
2 each set bolts M8 2 each fixing nuts with caps
Borehole Ø 13/18 mm, cf. page 416
Grip diameter 20/25 mm:
0580 2208 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0580 4235 35 – 44 mm0580 4245 45 – 54 mm 0580 4255 55 – 64 mm0580 4265 65 – 74 mm0580 4275 75 – 84 mm
2 each set bolts M6 2 each self-tapping inserts,
hardened steel, galvanized
Ø 12.5 mm (Timber door), Ø 13 mm (Metal door orSynth. mat. door)
0580 0435 Dim. X 10 – 30 mmLength of insert 34 mm
Dimension X
Fixing accessories
419
7a
Back to back fixing
Bolt through-fixing
Secret single side fixing with self-tapping insert
Fixing methods
Dim. X = Dim. of chamber
Pull handle series
6615 6616 6674 6675
Fixing method Item nos.
2 each countersunk bolts M8with sleeve nuts M8 Stainless steel
4 each plastic washers
Borehole Ø 13 mm
0583 1008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0583 3034 34 – 43 mm0583 3044 44 – 53 mm 0583 3054 54 – 63 mm 0583 3064 64 – 73 mm 0583 3074 74 – 83 mm
2 each countersunk bolts M8with sleeve nuts M8 Stainless steel
2 each washers Stainless steel4 each plastic washers
Borehole Ø 13 mm
0583 2008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0583 4036 36 – 45 mm0583 4046 46 – 55 mm0583 4056 56 – 65 mm0583 4066 66 – 75 mm0583 4076 76 – 85 mm
2 each countersunk bolts M8Stainless steel
2 each self-tapping inserts,hardened steel, galvanized
2 each plastic washers
Ø 12.5 mm (Timber door), Ø 13 mm (Metal door orSynth. mat. door)
0583 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mmLength of insert 34 mm
Dimension X
Fixing accessories
Dim. X = Dim. of chamber
Fixing methods
420
Back to back fixing
Bolt through-fixing
Secret single side fixing with self-tapping insert
Pull handle series
6620 6621
Fixing method Item nos.
0584 1008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0584 3035 35 – 44 mm0584 3045 45 – 54 mm 0584 3055 55 – 64 mm 0584 3065 65 – 74 mm 0584 3075 75 – 84 mm
0584 2008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0584 4035 35 – 44 mm0584 4045 45 – 55 mm 0584 4055 55 – 65 mm 0584 4065 65 – 75 mm 0584 4075 75 – 85 mm
2 each countersunk screw M8Stainless steel
2 each self-tapping inserts,hardened steel, galvanized
2 each plastic washers
Ø 12.5 mm (Timber door), Ø 13 mm (Metal door orSynth. mat. door)
0584 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mmLength of insert 34 mm
Dimension X
Fixing accessories
2 each countersunk bolts M8with sleeve nuts M8 Stainless steel
4 each plastic washers
Borehole Ø 13 mm
2 each countersunk screw M8with sleeve nuts M8 Stainless steel
2 each washers Stainless steel 4 each plastic washers
Borehole Ø 13 mm
Dim. X = Dim. of chamber
421
7a
Back to back fixing
Bolt through-fixing
Secret single side fixing with self-tapping insert
Fixing methods Pull handle series
6526 6599 0036
Fixing method Item nos.
2 each set bolts M8
Borehole Ø 13 mm
0587 1008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0587 3035 35 – 54 mm 0587 3055 55 – 74 mm 0587 3075 75 – 94 mm
2 each set screws M8 2 each fixing nuts with caps
Borehole Ø 13/18 mm, cf. page 416
0587 2308 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0587 4335 35 – 44 mm0587 4345 45 – 54 mm 0587 4355 55 – 64 mm 0587 4365 65 – 74 mm 0587 4375 75 – 84 mm
2 each set bolts M82 each self-tapping inserts,
hardened steel, galvanized
Ø 12.5 mm (Timber door), Ø 13 mm (Metal door orSynth. mat. door)
0587 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mmLength of insert 34 mm
Dimension X
Fixing accessories
Fixing methods
422
Dim. X = Dim. of chamber
Back to back fixing
Bolt through-fixing
Secret single side fixing with self-tapping insert
Pull handle series
66426643
Fixing method Item nos.
2 each set bolts M6
Borehole Ø 13 mm
0580 1208 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0580 3235 35 – 54 mm 0580 3255 55 – 74 mm 0580 3275 75 – 94 mm
2 each set bolts M6 2 each fixing nuts with caps
Borehole Ø 13/18 mm, cf. page 416
0580 2208 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0580 4235 35 – 44 mm0580 4245 45 – 54 mm 0580 4255 55 – 64 mm0580 4265 65 – 74 mm0580 4275 75 – 84 mm
2 each set bolts M6 2 each self-tapping inserts,
hardened steel, galvanized
Ø 12.5 mm (Timber door), Ø 13 mm (Metal door orSynth. mat. door)
0580 0435 Dim. X 10 – 30 mmLength of insert 34 mm
Dimension X
Fixing accessories
423
7a
Fixing method
Back to back fixing
Bolt through-fixing
Secret single side fixing with self-tapping insert
Fixing methods
Dim. X = Dim. of chamber
Pull handle series
ht oval ht round6508 6522 6523 6524
Item nos.
2 each set bolts M8 4 each sleeve nuts M8
Stainless steel 4 each plastic washers
Borehole Ø 13 mm
0585 3035 35 – 39 mm0585 3040 40 – 44 mm0585 3045 45 – 49 mm 0585 3050 50 – 54 mm 0585 3055 55 – 59 mm 0585 3060 60 – 64 mm 0585 3065 65 – 69 mm 0585 3070 70 – 74 mm 0585 3075 75 – 79 mm 0585 3080 80 – 84 mm
2 each set bolts M8 2 each sleeve nuts M8
Stainless steel 2 each sleeve nuts M8
with washersStainless steel
4 each plastic washers
Borehole Ø 13 mm
0585 2035 35 – 44 mm0585 2045 45 – 54 mm 0585 2055 55 – 64 mm 0585 2065 65 – 74 mm 0585 2075 75 – 84 mm
2 each set bolts M8 2 each sleeve nuts M8
Stainless steel 2 each self-tapping inserts,
hardened steel, galvanized2 each plastic washers
Ø 12.5 mm (Timber door), Ø 13 mm (Metal door orSynth. mat. door)
0585 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mmLength of insert 34 mm
Dimension X
Fixing accessories
Back to back fixing
Bolt through-fixing
Secret single side fixing with self-tapping insert
Fixing methods
424
Dim. X = Dim. of chamber
Pull handle series
hs round modular system 6710, 6711
hs round modular system6712, 6713
Fixing method Item nos.
1 M8 cheese-head screw1 nut1 plastic bushing
2 M8 cheese-head screws1 threaded bushing
Borehole Ø 13 mm
0588 1008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0588 3035 35 – 44 mm0588 3045 45 – 54 mm0588 3055 55 – 64 mm0588 3065 65 – 74 mm0588 3075 75 – 84 mm
1 nut1 fixing plate1 plastic bushing
1 M8 cheese-head screw1 threaded bushing1 fixing plate
Borehole Ø 13 mm
0588 2008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm
0588 4035 35 – 44 mm0588 4045 45 – 54 mm 0588 4055 55 – 64 mm0588 4065 65 – 74 mm0588 4075 75 – 84 mm
1 M8 cheese-head screw1 self-tapping inserts,
hardened steel, galvanized
Ø 12.5 mm (Timber door), Ø 13 mm (Metal door orSynth. mat. door)
0588 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mmLength of insert 34 mm
Dimension X
Fixing accessories
7b428
429
431
446
448
450
427
Security fittingsOverview
Technical information
Design + Security
Security fittingsfor framed doors
Flush protction roses
Protection roses
Overview
428
Bronze
Brass
Alu + Color
New products 06|07
Aluminium
AluGrey
Stainless steel
7374 Page 444
7377 Page 445
7376 Page 438
7375 Page 439
7381 Page 434
7382 Page 435
7383 Page 436
7384 Page 437
7385 Page 440
7386 Page 441
7387 Page 442
7388 Page 443
7330 Page 446
7330 Page 446
7331 Page 447
7331 Page 447
3244 Page 450
3246 Pages 450, 51
7391, 7393 Page 450
7395 Pages 451, 52
7360 Page 432
7361 Page 433
7396 Pages 448f., 53
Crime statistics reveal doorsand windows to be popularpoints of illegal entry. Policeand insurance sources accor-dingly recommend makingdoors and windows secure.Our industry has duly respon-ded to market demands.
German standards drafted toshow the way include “Bur -glar-resistant windows, doorsand additional barriers” (DIN18103) and “Builders hardwareand security furniture (conceptsand definitions, dimensions,requirements, testing and la-belling (DIN 18257).
The EN 1906 and DIN VENV 1627-1630 standards havebeen developed in tandem.
FSB had been wondering whether this purely technicalapproach is the only viable oneand came up with “Design +Security” in answer to its ownrhetorical question. With thisdesign-oriented offering, FSBtakes the worry out of thecomplex issue of security forarchitects, interior designers,joiners and end-users. In thefirst instance decisions tend tobe driven by taste (design); itis only thereafter that more ra-tional aspects (need for security)are addressed. Which is preci-sely why we dubbed our range“Design + Security”. Havingopted for a given design, allthat remains is to tick SecurityClass box 2 or 4. FSB will thenslot the security technologychosen into the relevant designpackage.
Gone are the days when youhad to make do with the chea-pest design if you wanted thelowest security rating and thebest designs were only to behad in conjunction with the toprating. FSB has turned thetables by creating a situationwhereby a sensible decision onthe security class desired onlyneeds to be taken once the design issue has been settled. FSB’s design offering is set outclearly and comprehensively onthe pages that follow. Browsethrough at your leisure untilyou’re quite sure which onepleases you most. Next to thedesign you select you will finda set of technical questions thatsimply require ticking as appli-cable. Couldn’t be easier. Forthe technically curious, weprovide the low-down on thetwo security ratings overleaf.
FSB security hardware is supplied as standard for the following thicknesses of door:
Internal doors 40 - 42 mmMainentrance doors 67 - 69 mmFS doors 53 - 57 mm
Besides standard-compliant se -curity fittings, FSB also suppliesother items of architecturalhardware with deterrent pro-perties. These include:
– open-style round armouredroses 10 - 16.5 mm thick
– ound armoured roses with anti-tamper devices (ZA) 12.5 - 16.5 mm thick
– round armoured roses withanti-tamper devices (ZA) 12.5 mm thick, designed for flush fitting
– rectangular and oval armou-red roses with anti-tamperdevices (ZA) 16 mm thick
– rectangular and oval slide-onroses 6, 9 and 14 mm thick
These anti-burglary featuresare designed to deter would-be burglars or at the very leastmake breaking in a an ex -tremely arduous undertaking.
429
Design + Security
7b
430
Security Class 2 (EN 1906)open version(ES-1 K Reg. No. 4X078)(ES-1 L Reg. No. 4X076)
strength of 10 kNbackplatesmax. flexion ≤ 5 mmtensile force of 15 kNfasteningmax. deformation ≤ 5 mmresistance to drilling 30 schisel test resistance 3 blows
Security Class 2 (EN1906) with anti-tamper device (ZA)(ES-1 K-ZA Reg. No. 4X077)(ES-1 L-ZA Reg. No. 4X079)
strength 10 kNmax. flexion ≤ 5 mmtensile force of 15 kNfasteningmax. deformation ≤ 5 mmresistance to drilling 30 schisel test resistance 3 blowsstrength ZA 10 kN
Security Class 4 (EN 1906)with anti-tamper device (ZA)(ES-3 L-ZA Reg. No. 4X081)
strength 20 kN max. flexion ≤ 5 mm tensile force of 30 kN fasteningmax. deformation ≤ 5 mm resistance to drilling 5 min chisel test resistance 12 blowsstrength ZA 20 kN
Open-style (Fig. 2) or anti-tamper (ZA) hardware (Fig. 3)with a Security Class 2 ratingmay be fitted with any of theproposed designs incorporat-ing full-length backplates aswell as with two short back-plate variants. FSB also sup-plies a version with rosesinstead of backplates on theinside of the door for thisSecurity Class. Cylinder projec-tions of 11 mm in the openversions (Fig. 1) and 15 mm incovered versions (Fig. 2) arecatered for. Cylinder projec-tions of between 8 and 16 mmare allowed for in the anti-tamper version (ZA).
The engineering specifica-tions laid down for the anti-tamper (ZA) variant with aClass 2 security rating likewise
apply to Security Class 4 hard-ware. The design engineeringfor FSB’s “Design + Security”hardware package embodies aproven laminar constructionmethod developed in-housethat is now a benchmark with-in the industry.
The level of security set forthin the applicable standards isenhanced from Class to Classthrough the exchange and ad-dition of materials.
Design + Securityadopting a radically purist ap-proach to design, FSB’s in-house designer Hartmut Weiseintroduces a security hard-ware design in the presentManual that departs radicallyfrom received formal concepts:using stainless steel 5 mmthick he has created a matter-of-fact sculpture of folded sur-faces that does nothingwhatsoever to accommodateits intended door. The designis only available with an S4security rating and, besides aclassic version, optionallycomes with an integrated elec-tronics package in the form ofa capacitive door-bell sensorplus nameplate and radio-op-erated door-bell module and aharmonised radio gong on theinside.
Variant 7360
entrance door furniture withstraight-cornered backplate,with lever handle FSB 1108on inside Security Class S4 - ZAClasse de protection : S4 - ZA (cylinder projection 8-16 mm) spacing 92 mm Δ 10 mm spindle hole
Variant 7361 (with electronics)
entrance door furniture withstraight-cornered backplate,with lever handle FSB 1108on insideSecurity Class S4 - ZA (cylinder projection 8-16 mm) spacing 92 mm Δ 10 mm spindle hole
1
3
2
The proven anti-bandit cre-dentials of the “Design +Security” range introduced byFSB in the 1990s successfullydemonstrated how a modularsecurity hardware concept canmeet varying design notionsand security requirements inequal measure. With our new security hard-ware models FSB 7360 and7361 we are literally cloakingour proven security technologyin a completely new, self-standing design concept:
431
7b
Design + SecurityGeneration 2008
Constituents of the7361 variant:
– built-in splash-proof elec-tronic door-bell sensor withLED transmission control(outside) and a built-in radiodoor-bell module (insidebackplate), battery-poweredas functional unit with 21.5V AAA cells. The trans-mitter has a range of up to200 m, though this may varydue to the presence of walls,doors or metal. Transmissionfrequency: 868.35 MHz.
– battery-powered indoor radiogong operating with 4 1.5V Ccells. Any of 10 melodies can be set for radio gong. Transmitter and receiver pre-programmed at works.
The radio gong can either standor be suspended or screw-fixed.Replacing batteries is madeeasy by a conveniently straight-forward fold-out mechanism.The volume on the radio gongrises to 86 dB(A) and is con-tinuously adjustable. Batteriesare said by the makers to havea service life of up to 5 yearsfor the two components as-suming seven operations a day.Batteries not supplied.
The radio module and accom-panying radio gong conform tothe applicable CE standardsand European directives(R&TTE 1999/5/EC and73/23/EEC).
432
300
134,5
97
255
75,5
Ø 12 Ø 12
135
92 92
1945
118
60 45
21,5
75,5
21,5
134,5
Ø 6
8
104,5
269,5
7360Stainless steel
Entrance door furniture withsecurity-coordinated straight-cornered backplate and FSB1108 lever handle on insideSecurity Class S4 - ZA (cylinder projection 8-16 mm) spacing 92 mm Δ 10 mm spindle hole
Order details required:
– door thickness – DIN handing, cf. page 586 f– Stainless steel finish– quantity– Dimension X for spindle
0115, cf. page 546
Security fittingDesign 7360
433
7b
7361Stainless steel
Entrance door furniture withsecurity-coordinated straight-cornered backplate and FSB1108 lever handle on insideSecurity Class S4 - ZA (cylinder projection 8-16 mm) spacing 92 mm Δ 10 mm spindle hole
Items supplied include: built-insplash-proof capacitive door-bell sensor with LED transmis-sion control (outside) and abuilt-in radio door-bell module(inside backplate), battery-powered as functional unit(batteries not supplied)
Order details required:
– door thickness – DIN handing, cf. page 586 f– Stainless steel finish– quantity– Dimension X for spindle
0115, cf. page 546
400
134,5
97
158
228
75,5
Ø 12 Ø 12
235
92 92
1945
118
60 45
21,5
75,5
21,5
134,5
Ø 6
8
235
269,5
Security fittingDesign 7361
246
93,5
134,5
75,5
54 54 54 54,5 54,5
55
38
21,5
Ø 12
15
1
1
2
2
15
245
93
45
80100
7 7
Ø 8
707292
707292
434
Order details required
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Security classbackplate furniture
Security classfurniture with roses
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steel
Design 7381
Δ Knob Δ Lever handle
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mmΔ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3
Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mmΔ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ
Order quantity sets
Security fittingDesign 7381
Standard lever: design 1107,different designs available on request.
4
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
4 Certificate “SKG” only for fit-tings with backplate andspacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
7b
435
Indications de commande
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Security classbackplate furniture
Security classfurniture with roses
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steel
Design 7382
Δ Knob Δ Lever handle
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mmΔ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3
Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mmΔ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ
Order quantity sets
246
93,5
134,5
75,5
54 54 54 54,5 54,5
55
38
21,5
Ø 12
Ø 8
15 15
245
93
45
80100
7 7
1
1
2
2
707292
707292
Security fittingDesign 7382
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
4 Certificate “SKG” only for fit-tings with backplate andspacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
Standard lever: design 1107,different designs available on request.
4
436
Order details required
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Security classbackplate furniture
Security classfurniture with roses
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steel
Design 7383
Δ Knob Δ Lever handle
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mmΔ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3
Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mmΔ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ
Order quantity sets
246
93,5
54 54 54 54,5 54,5
55
38
245
93
45
7 7
134,5
75,5
21,5
Ø 12
Ø 8
15 15
80100
1
1
2
2
707292
707292
Security fittingDesign 7383
Standard lever: design 1107,different designs available on request.
4
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
4 Certificate “SKG” only for fit-tings with backplate andspacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
7b
437
Order details required
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Security classbackplate furniture
Security classfurniture with roses
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steel
Design 7384
Δ Knob Δ Lever handle
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mmΔ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3
Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mmΔ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ
Order quantity sets
246
93,5
134,5
75,5
54 54 54 60 60
55
38
21,5
Ø 12
Ø 8
15 15
245
93
45
80100
7 7
1
1
2
2
707292
707292
Security fittingDesign 7384
Standard lever: design 1107,different designs available on request.
4
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
4 Certificate “SKG” only for fit-tings with backplate andspacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
438
Order details required
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Security classbackplate furniture
Security classfurniture with roses
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steelBronze
Design 7376
Δ Knob
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mmΔ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3
Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mmΔ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ Δ 7305 Δ 7615 Δ 7625
Order quantity sets
246
93,5
134,5
75,5
54 54 54 59 59
55
38
21,5
Ø 12
15 15
245
93
45
80100
7 7
Ø 8
1
1
2
2
707292
707292
Security fittingDesign 7376 4
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
4 Certificate “SKG” only for fit-tings with backplate andspacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
With backplate inside:
with FSB 1023Bronze
with FSB 1107AluminiumAlu + ColorStainless steel
With roses inside:
with FSB 1023Bronze
with FSB 1107AluminiumAlu + ColorStainless steel
7b
439
Order details required
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Security classbackplate furniture
Security classfurniture with roses
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steelBronze
Design 7375
Δ Knob
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mmΔ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3
Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mmΔ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ Δ 7305 Δ 7615 Δ 7625Bronze finishes cf. page 38 f.
Order quantity sets
246
93,5
134,5
75,5
54 54 54
55
38
21,5
Ø 12
15 15
245
93
45
80100
7
Ø 8
7
85 85
1
1
2
2
707292
707292
Security fittingDesign 7375 4
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
4 Certificate “SKG” only for fit-tings with backplate andspacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
With backplate inside:
with FSB 1023Bronze
with FSB 1107AluminiumAlu + ColorStainless steel
With roses inside:
with FSB 1023Bronze
with FSB 1107AluminiumAlu + ColorStainless steel
Bronze artificially aged and waxed (7615)
440
Order details required
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Security classbackplate furniture
Security classfurniture with roses
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steel
Design 7385
Δ Knob Δ Lever handle
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mmΔ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3
Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mmΔ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ
Order quantity sets
248
94,5
134,5
75,5
56 56 56 54,5 54,5
55
38
21,5
Ø 12
15 15
245
93
45
80100
7
Ø 8
7
1
1
2
2
707292
707292
Security fittingDesign 7385
Standard lever: design 1107,different designs available on request.
4
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
4 Certificate “SKG” only for fit-tings with backplate andspacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
7b
441
Order details required
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Security classbackplate furniture
Security classfurniture with roses
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steel
Design 7386
Δ Knob Δ Lever handle
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mmΔ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3
Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mmΔ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ
Order quantity sets
248
94,5
134,5
75,5
56 56 56 54,5 54,5
55
38
21,5
Ø 12
245
93
45
80100
7
Ø 8
715 15
1
1
2
2
707292
707292
Security fittingDesign 7386
Standard lever: design 1107,different designs available on request.
4
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
4 Certificate “SKG” only for fit-tings with backplate andspacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
442
Order details required
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Security classbackplate furniture
Security classfurniture with roses
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steel
Design 7387
Δ Knob Δ Lever handle
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mmΔ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3
Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mmΔ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ
Order quantity sets
119
134,5
54 54 54 56,5 56,5
55
38
21,5
Ø 12
15 15
245
93
45
80100
7
Ø 8
7
296,5
75,5
1
1
2
2
707292
707292
Security fittingDesign 7387
Standard lever: design 1107,different designs available on request.
4
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
4 Certificate “SKG” only for fit-tings with backplate andspacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
7b
113,5
134,5
54 54 54 56,5 56,5
55
38
21,5
Ø 12
15 15
245
93
45
80100
7
Ø 8
7
286
75,5
1
1
2
2
707292
707292
443
Indications de commande
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Security classbackplate furniture
Security classfurniture with roses
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steel
Design 7388
Δ Knob Δ Lever handle
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mmΔ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3
Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mmΔ 10 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ
Order quantity sets
Security fittingDesign 7388
Standard lever: design 1107,different designs available on request.
4
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
4 Certificate “SKG” only for fit-tings with backplate andspacing 55, 72 and 92 mm
444
Indications de commande
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Classification
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steel
Design 7374
Δ Knob Δ Lever handle
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 70 mm1, 3 Δ 72 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ
Order quantity sets
185112
54 54 54 60 6055
38
Ø 12
Ø 8
15 15
185
45
7 7
50
72
21,5
50
72 80
1
2
2
Security fittingDesign 7374
Standard lever: design 1107,different designs available on request.
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
7b
445
Indications de commande
Type of furniture
Inside execution
Classification
Handing of door
to suit door thickness
Spacing
Spindle
Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color
Stainless steel
Design 7377
Δ Knob
Δ Backplate Δ Roses2
Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm
Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening
mm
Δ 70 mm1, 3 Δ 72 mm2
Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mm
Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ
Order quantity sets
185112
54 54 5455
Ø 12
Ø 8
15 15
185
45
7 7
50
72
21,5
50
72 80
85 85
38
1
2
2
Security fittingDesign 7377
Standard lever: design 1107,different designs available on request.
1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.
2 Acc. to German DIN only
3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly
446
7530 30Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel
Lever handle furniture for framed fire doors*Outer backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm9 mm Δ-spindle
suitable for cylinder projec-tions from 12.5 to 15.5 mm
* Acc. to German DIN standard
Security hardware tested and certificatedto DIN 18257 ES 1
DIN EN 1906 Security Class 2 (cf. p. 427) Reg.-No. 3V05
Security fittingsfor framed doors
245
134,5
75,5
Ø 10
93
92245
93
92
55 50
156
35 35
21,5
98
13,5
134,5
75,5
Ø 10
21,5
7
7330 30Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel
Lever handle furniture for framed doorsOuter backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm8 mm Δ-spindle
suitable for cylinder projec-tions from 12.5 to 15.5 mm
7530 31Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel
Knob furniture for framed fire doors*Outer backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm9 mm Δ-spindle
suitable for cylinder projec-tions from 12.5 to 15.5 mm
7330 31Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel
Knob furniture for framed doorsOuter backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm8 mm Δ-spindle
suitable for cylinder projec-tions from 12.5 to 15.5 mm
447
245
134,5
75,5
Ø 10
93
92245
93
92
55 50
156
35 35
21,5
98
13,5
134,5
75,5
Ø 10
21,5
7
Security fittingsfor framed doors
7531 30Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel
Lever handle furniture for framed fire doors*Outer backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm9 mm Δ-spindle
suitable for cylinder projec-tions from 8 to 13 mm
7331 30Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel
Lever handle furniture for framed doorsOuter backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm8 mm Δ-spindle
suitable for cylinder projec-tions from 8 to 13 mm
7531 31Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel
Knob furniture for framed fire doors*Outer backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm8 mm Δ-spindle
suitable for cylinder projec-tions from 8 to 13 mm
7331 31Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel
Knob furniture for framed doorsOuter backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm8 mm Δ-spindle
suitable for cylinder projec-tions from 8 to 13 mm
7b
* Acc. to German DIN standard
Security hardware tested and certificatedto DIN 18257 ES 1
DIN EN 1906 Security Class 2 (cf. p. 427) Reg.-No. 3V05
448
Flush protection roses
Technical information www.fsb.de/flush
We have set new benchmarkswith our flush furniture (cf.page 146 f.): supplied withAGL® or fire-check (FS) bear-ings and in all FSB materials, ithas established itself as theNumber One choice for de-sign-conscious architects andhouse builders. Our flush ar-moured roses echo this formalconcept, systematically ad-vancing it to the main entrancedoor. They are based on theDIN EN 1906 S2-approvedFSB armoured rose 7395, towhich a cylindrical cover hasbeen added. The factor that ul-timately determines whether7396 Series armoured rosescan be flush-fitted is not somuch the door’s thickness asthe distance from the lock cen-
tre to the outside of the door:said distance needs to be atleast 33.5 mm in the case ofFSB 7396 1010 and a modest29 mm in the case of FSB7396 2010. The lower dimen-sion for 7396 2010 is due tothe securing disc being omit-ted, making 7396 2010 a first-class choice in cases involvingawkward dimensional configu-rations as regards door thick-ness and lock position: wherea door is overly thin or the po-sition of the lock less than ide-al, 7396 2010 facilitatescompensation of cylinder pro-jections up to 4.5 mm greaterand door thicknesses up to 4.5mm less than with the 73961010 model. Omitting the se-curing disc does not affect the
449
7b
60,5
4,2
627,5
33,5
Ø 56
Ø 61
Ø 9
7
12,5
min.61/56mm
Mill out dimensions, inside
Mill out dimensions, outside
mm) need to be 38 mm apartand at least 7 mm deep onboth sides. The areas ma-chined subsequently requiresealing. Since flush fitting hasno bearing on the SecurityClass, armoured roses can ofcourse also be allowed to proj-ect by a few millimetres or, in-deed, they can be “classically”surface-mounted, a solutionevery bit as visually impressivegiven the elemental geometryimbuing 7396. Similarly, theclient can dispense with in-ward flush fixing so as to har-monise the rose with classichardware on all other internaldoors. Please request solutionsof this kind individually. Theseoptions and a wide variety ofavailable materials open up
Flush protection roses
7396 10107396 2010
Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze Brass
Les deux versions des rosesde protection ont été mis àl´épreuve et sont certifiées selon DIN 18 257 ES 1.
DIN EN 1906 Security class 2(voir page 429f.)No. d´enregistrement 3V06
60,5
38
12,5
7396 1010
7396 2010
Order details required:
- door thickness- version 7396 1010 or 2010- material/finish- quantity
60,5
1,527,5
29
7396 1010 7396 2010
the greatest possible degree offlexibility as regards designand price to fabricators andarchitects seeking to fulfil be-spoke customer aspirations.
Security Class either - bothversions accordingly have anS2 classification under DIN EN1906. A further distance of27.5 mm from the lock centreto the inside of the door is re-quired to be able to flush-fitthe inside rose too. This givesrise to a minimum door thick-ness of 56.5 mm, which ismerely theoretical in nature,however: the crucial dimen-sions for flush-fitting purposesare the 33.5 mm and 29 mmalready referred to. The flush-recessing of hardware necessi-tates routing out an area 61.5mm in diameter and 12.5 mmdeep on the outside of thedoor and an area 56 mm in di-ameter and 7 mm deep on theinside. The lug boreholes (Ø 9
450
Protection roses
3244Aluminium Alu + Color
Suitable for cylinder projec-tions (CP) from 8 to 15 mm
Screw hole-Ø 3.2 mm
3246Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel BronzeBrass
Suitable for cylinder projec-tions (CP) from 8 to 15 mmScrew hole-Ø 3.2 mm
73917392
Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel
7393Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel
Suitable for cylinder projec-tions (CP) from 8 to 15 mm
Integrated safety engineeringdemands that the external di-mensions of an armoured rosebe 11 or 16 mm greater thanits fixing centres. In parti cular,this needs to be borne in mindwhen ordering a mix of hard-ware.
55
38
14
53
38
10
7391 7392
62
38
15
60
38
14
Stainless steel AluminiumBrass Alu + Color
92
36
70
26,7
16 19
102
36
70
26,7
15 19
451
38
12,5
61,5
38
14,5
62,3
38
16,5
63
38
12,5
61,5
38
14,5
62,3
38
16,5
63
7395 1...Aluminium Alu + ColorAluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass
Suitable for cylinder projections(CP) as per table below
7395 0...Aluminium Alu + ColorAluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass
Suitable for cylinder projections(CP) as per table below
Protection roses
Dimensions (mm) Ø height CP Item nos.
61.5 12.5 6.5 7395 1010
62.3 14.5 8.5 7395 1110
63.0 16.5 10.5 7395 1210
Dimensions (mm) Ø height CP* Item nos.
61.5 12.5 12.5 7395 0010
62.3 14.5 14.5 7395 0110
63.0 16.5 16.5 7395 0210
* recommended cylinder projection ± 1.5 mm
7b
Both security roses have been tested and certificated to DIN 18257 ES 1
DIN EN 1906 Security Class 2 (cf. page 427) Reg.-No. 3V06
453
Letter platesBell-push platesNumeralsTechnical Information
Overview
Letter plates
Intercom and bell-push plates
Intercom and bell-push plates
Bell pushes
Numerals
454
455
456
461
462
462
465
7c
Letter platesLetter plates
FSB supplies all letter plateswith spring mechanisms - thusalso facilitating vertical fitting.FSB manufactures letter platesand their accessories for themost diverse of assembly sce-narios, with a wide variety ofexternal and aperture dimen-sions and with custom inscrip-tions and engravings, moreover:
– letter plates with or withoutspacer
– letter plates with or withoutnameplate, optionally withplastic frame or name en -graved directly onto the letterplate
EN 13 724
The European Standards Com-mittee drew up the above ENstandard in cooperation withthe German Post Office, letter-plate manufacturers and re -presentatives of consumer as-sociations. On the subject ofopenings for domestic letter-boxes, the standard states thata C4-format test envelope (229 × 324 mm) up to 24 mmthick must be able to passthrough the opening withouthaving to be folded or dam-aged in any way. FSB letter-plate models 3829 and 3801meet this requirement.
454
36/Ø 9
Bell push and light socket
Bell pushes may only beconnected to a protective lowvoltage (max 42 V). Given thehigh no-load voltage involved,we recommend connecting thelight socket (lamp operationmax. 24 V/40 mA) to the safetytransformer (8 V).
Important note regarding assembly:
When fitting letter plates andbell-push plates, please en -sure that these are not directlyexposed to driving rain
Fixing
Concealed fixing:Ø 9 mm, 36 mm deepØ 4.5 mm for through fixingFixing is performed using theenclosed M4 screws.
Visible fixing:
On request, intercom/bell-pushplates and letter plate 3808can also be supplied for visiblefixing using 5mm-diametercountersunk screws.
455
Overview Brass
Bronze
New products 09 |10
Aluminium
Stainless steel
3801 Page 456
3808 Page 457
3826 Page 458
3829 Page 459
3835 Page 460
3845 Page 461
5812 Page 461
3812 Page 462
3811 Page 462
3810 Page 462
3863 Page 464
3866 Page 463
3865 Page 463
3864 Page 463
3863 Page 464
4005 Page 465
7c
Fixing holes :10 mm Ø, 8 mm deep5.5 mm Ø through
Installation with deliveredscrews M5.
390
48
75
370
350
350
28
20
28
75
20
75
275
255
295
255
48
456
3801 Aluminium
2001 without nameplate2002 with nameplate
Opening size 325 x 32 mmCutout size in the door 350 x 48 mm
Letter plates
3804 Aluminium
2001 without nameplate2002 with nameplate
Opening size 230 x 32 mmCutout size in the door 255 x 48 mm
8
Ø 10 Ø 5,5
Letter plates 3801 20, 3804 20are fitted with springs and canhence be installed vertically.
457
Letter plates
7c
Letter plate system 3808 isavailable as:
- Letter plate set with blackspacer and inner flap fordoor thickness 40 - 70mm or door thickness 71 - 100 mm
- Letter plate, without spacer or inner flap, with concealed fixing or for wall mounting.
3808 Stainless steelBronze
Opening size 230 x 35 mmCutout size in the door 246 x 60 mm
Concealed fixing from the in-side or through the inner flap.
Customised engravingscf. page 253
3808 0061 (40 – 70 mm)3808 0071 (71 – 100 mm)Letter plate setwithout nameplate,with spacer and inner flap
3808 00013808 0101, wallmountingLetter plate without nameplate,without spacer or inner flap
3808 0062 (40 – 70 mm)3808 0072 (71 – 100 mm)Letter plate setwith nameplate,spacer and inner flap
3808 00023808 0102, wallmounting Letter plate with nameplate,without spacer or inner flape
290
290
246
265
277
236
90 78 50
11,5
40–7071–100
14 90 60
36/Ø 9
7
R 8
Fixing holes:9 mm Ø, 36 mm deep4.5 mm Ø through
Installation with deliveredscrews M4.
458
Letter plates
Letter plate system 3826 20 isavailable as:
- Letter plate set with blackspacer and inner flap fordoor thickness 40 - 70 mm or door thickness 71 - 100 mm
- Single as letter plate.
3826 20AluminiumStainless steelBrass
Opening size 230 x 40 mmCutout size in the door 240 x 50 mm
Fixing of letter plate and innerflap must be made separately.
3826 2061 (40 – 70 mm)3826 2071 (71 – 100 mm)Letter plate setwithout nameplate,with spacer and inner flap
3826 2001Letter plate without nameplate,without spacer or inner flap
3826 2062 (40 – 70 mm)3826 2072 (71 – 100 mm)Letter plate setwith nameplate, spacer andinner flap
3826 2002Letter plate with nameplate, without spacer or inner flap
275 240
265
230
83 8378
15
40–7071–100
16,5R 840
16,5
50
275
459
Letter plates
7c370
83 42
344,5
275
83 42
249,5
3829AluminiumStainless steel
0001 without nameplate0002 with nameplate
Opening size/cutout size in the door 325 x 40 mm
3826AluminiumStainless steel
2001 without nameplate2002 with nameplate
Opening size/cutout size in thedoor 230 x 40 mm
460
Letter plates
Letter plate system 3835 00 isavailable as:
- Letter plate set with blackspacer and inner flap fordoor thickness 40 - 70 mmor door thickness 71 - 100mm
- Single as letter plate.
3835 00AluminiumStainless steel
Opening size 230 x 40 mmCutout in the door 240 x 50 mm
Fixing of letter plate and innerplate must be made separately.
3835 0061 (40 – 70 mm)3835 0071 (71 – 100 mm)Letter plate setwithout nameplate,with spacer and inner flap
3835 0001Letter plate without nameplate,without spacer or inner flap
3835 0062 (40 – 70 mm)3835 0072 (71 – 100 mm)Letter plate setwith nameplate, spacer andinner flap
3835 0002Letter plate with nameplate, without spacer and inner flap
270 240
265
230
85 8578
15
40–7071–100
10 50R 8
40
18,5
270
461
Letter hood Flap
7c
82
44
320 5812 Aluminium
For aperture size280 x 65 mm
78
275 3845 Aluminium
For aperture size255 x 40 mm
3811 Stainless steelBronze
Mill out size W 245 x H 70 x D 30 mm
3810 ....Stainless steelBronze
Mill out size W 245 x H 70 x D 30 mm
155
130
90
7
155
130
90
7
155
130
90
7
462
3812 ....Stainless steelBronze
Mill out size W 245 x H 70 x D 30 mm
Engravings cf. page 263 Noteson fixing methods cf. Page 454
Intercom and bell-push plates
290
265
90
90
7
7
Versions 3810/3812: Interchangeable plastic nameplates0011 single0012 double 0111 single, wallmounting0112 double, wallmounting
Interchangeable screw-on na-meplates (68 x 20 mm) inStainless steel and bronze forcustom name engraving*0021 single0022 double 0121 single, wallmounting0122 double, wallmounting
Without nameplates for cus-tom name engraving* 0031 single0032 double 0131 single, wallmounting0132 double, wallmounting
3865 AluminiumStainless steel
Mill out size W 100 x H 60 x D 30 mm
3864 ....AluminiumStainless steel
Mill out size W 100 x H 60 x D 30 mm
463
140
83 42
114,5
140
83 42
114,5
140
83 42
114,5
3866 ....AluminiumStainless steel
Mill out size W 235 x H 60 x D 30 mm
Instruction:
Bell pushes may only beconnected to a protective lowvoltage (max 42 V). Given thehigh no-load voltage involved,we recommend connecting thelight socket (lamp operationmax. 24 V/40 mA) to the safetytransformer (8 V).
Intercom and bell-push plates
275
83 42
249,5
83 42
7c
Versions 3864/3866 :Interchangeable plastic nameplates0011 single0012 double
55
55
464
3863 Aluminium
3863 Stainless steelBronze
Bell pushes
Instruction:Bell pushes may only beconnected to a protective lowvoltage (max 42 V).
465
Numerals
FSB’s programme of numeralsand letters draws on a designthat Otl Aicher recommendedto our company as a headlinetypeface. For Otl Aicher, goodlegibility from a distance wasall important.Our numerals and letters aremade of 4 mm-thick stainlesssteel, material code 1.4301.All characters feature twostandardised fixing pointscomprising 4 mm threadedsockets. These are fitted withbolts which in turn are secu-red in 8 mm rawlplugs.
Each character is supplied witha fixing template that also de-termines the distance betweencharacters. Custom spacingcan be achieved by reducingthe width of templates.
4005 ..Stainless steelBronze
Item nos:4005 ..
127 108
4
02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 00
1514131211 16
01
7c
Harmony, composition
and colour scale.
It was Le Corbusier’s intentionto create a binding palette ofcolours that subordinated itselfto the rules of architecture anddid not vio late them – other -wise he foresaw the danger ofthe coloured wall degenerating into a decorative carpet. Whitesurfaces continue to be key:they are the prerequisite forthe luminescent power of the colour shades deployed,which in turn cause the white wash to appear more brilliant. It was a question ofspecifying colours that are“eminently architectural” innature. But how were the colours to interrelate? Le Corbusier searched for colourmoods whose composition didnot derive from any objectiveanalysis of relations between
colours. What was decisive wastheir impact on the beholderand on the architecture. Hewent in search of har monicequations and colour balances– differentiating between warmand cold shades as well asbetween varying levels of radi-ant intensity depending on thegiving lighting situation. More-over, “his” colours were expec-ted to act to offset missingmaterial values in the space bymeans of light moods. Le Corbusier’s efforts to draw upnormative principles did notconstitute some abstract sy-stem but were, instead, gearedtowards human usage – muchlike the “Modulor”, a usage-oriented means of determiningdimensions and proportions.
467
Ergo lever handle,barrier-free fittings, XXL-lever handlesErgo door handle
Model 1119
FSB XXL lever handles
Barrier-free hardware
8a468
469
470
471
468
Ergo lever handle
Ergo lever handle 7655 solvesalmost all ergonomic problemsassociated with heavily useddoors. Theses are the principalbenefits of the FSB 7655 Ergolever handle:
– the triangular alignment of the handle accords with the user’s direction of movementat any given time.
– this angular form accommo-dates the sequence of move-ments involved in operating the door.
– its fullness and sectional sty-ling echo the hollowing ofthe human hand as it closes to grip.
– its two-way alignment offers a firm hold should elbows beneeded for its operation.
7655 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
200
9885
9
469
8a
Model 1119
FSB 1119 draws on the in-sights that FSB gained in co-operation with the FraunhoferSociety in the course of scientific analyses on the design of a lever handle forlarge-leaf doors in hospitals.Whereas the greatest attentionwas paid to ergonomic para -meters when spawning the Ergo lever handle, in the caseof FSB 1119 formal aestheticshave taken precedence. Itscreator is FSB’s in-house designer Hartmut Weise, whowas also responsible for theErgoSystem.
1119 Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel
149
62 54
470
FSB XXL lever handles
These are the three designsthat have established themsel-ves in the marketplace overthe years. For reasons of stabi-lity, FSB only supplies its XXLlever handles with a 9 mmspindle.
We recommend DIN heavy-duty (Class 5) locks, cf. page531 ff.
The XXL door levers FSB pro-duces are a particularly popu-lar choice for use on hospitalward doors. Architects are al-ways coming to us demandingextra-long door handles.
182
62 55
9
20
7690 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the FSB 1070 model
167
58
9
163
7558
9
7652 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the FSB 1107 model
7617 9 mm Δ
Stainless steel
XXL variant of the FSB 1023 model
471
8a
Barrier-free hardware
42404241
Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel
Centres 72 (WC 78 mm) concealed fixing on both sides
Width of standard backplate 45 mmWidth of renovation backplate 55 mm(to cover over old boreholes)
With the requirements for barrier freedom in mind, FSBhas also given fresh thought totraditional hardware solutions.What distinguishes barrier-free door furniture is that, aswell as the door handle being more easily reached by wheel-chair users, it is also easier toinsert the key due to its beingsituated – more accessibly and visibly – above the handle.Barrier-free hardware can befitted to existing doors andlocks without the need for anymodification work. The renova-tion backplate (width 55 mm)conceals boreholes left by theold fittings, moreover.
Integrated into the hardwarebeneath the coverplate is arugged mechanism that allowsthe lever handle to be posi-tioned beneath the profilecylinder.
45
245200
72
56
256200
72
824
9
Renovation version 4241
Standard version 4240
Combinable with all FSB leverhandle models.
Suitable for locks acc. to DIN 18 251
M5 stainless steel screws supplied as a function of doorthickness.
Other lock centres can becatered to on request.
Order details:
- DIN handing- Lock follower dimensions - Lock centres- Lever handle model
Keyholes and Bathroom/WC version
BB PZ WC R
ErgoSystem®for barrier-free livingOverview
Explanations
Showers and baths
Washstands and bathroom accessories
WC
8b474
476
478
494
502
473
Overview
474
Showers and baths
Products for washstands,bathroom accessories
WC
Grabrail Page 482 Angled railss Page 482
Fixed support rails Pages 494f. Drop-down support rail Page 495 Floor/wall-mount. supp. rail Page 496
Hooks Page 500 Hooks Page 500 Wall buffer Page 501
Drop-down and Pages 502f.
fixed support railsArmrest Page 506Backrest Page 504
Handrail configuration Pages 478ff.
Tray Page 478 Walking aid holder Page 487 Bath towel rail Page 493
475
8b
Shower stool Page 485 Shower tip-up seat Page 486 Bath seat Page 486
Shower curtain rail Page 488 Splash guard holder Page 490 Slide rails Page 492
Towel holder Page 497 Utensils tray Page 499Wall mirror Page 499
Supporting leg Page 505 WC actuator Page 507 Toilet roll holder Pages 508f.
Toothmug holder, soap dish Page 500
Toilet brush set Page 509
Hanging seat Page 484
Shower head holder Pages 491f.
Tilting mirror Page 498
ErgoSystem®for barrier-free living
476
Spanning many generations
FSB has been a source ofhandle culture for over 120years now. It was graphic designer-cum-philosopher Otl Aicher who, in the early1980s, urged us to considerwhat operating a handle actually involves, and thiseventually led to us formulatingour “four-point guide to goodgrip”. Since then it has beenthe norm at FSB to considerergonomic parameters whendesigning products.
Barrier-free handle culture
FSB’s expertise in the sphereof door pulls has now beenapplied to designing barrier-free products for sanitary appli cations. The new diagonal-oval ErgoSystem draws rigorously on the laws of ergonomics. The new grabhandle system offers the elderly and infirm in particularan ideal means of self-help byproviding physical support inthe sanitary and general domestic spheres and has,therefore, a strong social component. The system is anaid to activity, imparting a sense of safety and hence enhancing the quality of life.An expert’s report by the German Society for GeriatricEngineering expressly confirmsthe high functional value ofFSB’s ErgoSystem.
Natural grip
If you press the tips of yourthumb and forefinger together,you may be surprised to disco-ver you have created an ovalhollow in between. FSB’s ergo-nomic new handle conceptputs this simple observation togood effect. An oval form pro-vides the ideal cross-sectionfor a handle because it is sonatural. This holds especiallytrue if the oval section is thentilted through 45 degrees-diagonal angling that accordswell with the movementthrough space our hands describe when taking hold ofan object. The equation
diagonal + oval = optimum grip
is what makes FSB’s latest ErgoSystem design so unique:this combination makes it easier to get a firm grip, some-thing that is particularly crucialfor the elderly or infirm.
477
8b
The products covered in theErgoSystem section likewiseundergo stringent quality con-trol at our works. They have al-so been submitted to the Rhi-neland Technical InspectionAgency and the German Socie-ty for Geriatric Engineering tobe examined and validatedagainst quality and safety re-quirements.
All products have been accor-ded the following quality kite-marks:
We can forward the relevantcertificates upon request.
The enclosing action
A basic distinction can be madebetween enclosing and takinghold of an object. With the latter action, only parts of thefingers come into contact withthe object, hence force is onlyintermittently applied by one onthe other. With the enclosingaction, by contrast, the wholeof the hand comes into play,allowing the full force availableto be harnessed. This is themost spontaneous kind of grip,one we all instinctively adoptwhen we are forced to keep ourbalance or support our selves.An oval cross-section accordsparticularly well with the ana -tomical dictates of the humanhand. Our hand encloses theelliptical section snugly. Pres-sure is applied evenly by allparts of the fingers and the bestuse is made of all the joints inthe hand, including the wrist.This means that far less forceneeds to be exerted than witha circular cross-section to prevent the handle slipping outof our grasp. The oval formprovides the best possible means of support whilst keeping physical effort low.
Sturdiness in the diagonal
The second variable for ergo-nomic design concerns the diagonal movement throughspace described by the arm asit seeks to orient and supportitself when taking hold of anobject. The action is set in motion by the shoulder joint,carried out by the hand via theoutstretched or slightly angledarm, and rounded off with anenclosing action. A sturdy triangle is thus created thatmakes for optimum trans -mission of forces from the body to the hand via the arm.We have accordingly opted foran oval cross-section for thegrab and support handles, setting them at an angle of 45 degrees.
The design concept
Form and function are as onein our ErgoSystem products.Their angled oval grip sectionsdeliver a high level of ergonomicgripping comfort and do notrequire dimpling of any type toaid the transmission of forces.It is likewise possible to foregoall forms of anti-slip surfacetexturing. Rugged fixing rosesmake a very re assuring im-pression on the user. Thestainless steel used is incom-parably sturdy and corrosion-resistant. It remains virtuallyfree of marks and scratcheseven if continuously subjectedto the roughest forms of treat-ment. The distinctive formalvocabulary of the elliptical gripsections combines with the design of the connector ele-ments to engender a sense ofairy elegance.
The striking design features ofthis functional handle systemare carried over in their entiretyinto the complementary acces-so ries, thus ensuring end-to-end design schemes for sho-wers, baths, washstands andtoilets. Here, too, our insights into the gripping action underpinned develop-ment efforts and gave rise tosome very user-responsive so-lutions: the toothbrush beakerholder, for instance, is tiltedoutwards, whilst the toiletbrush is at an angle conduciveto speedy removal and revertsto that position when returnedto its container. This reducesto a minimum the number ofhand and arm movements required. The quality of the ErgoSystem is the sum of itsfunctional support solutionsand its restrained, end-to-enddesign.
Showers and baths
478
The handing of angled railsand handrail configurationsrelates to the view into thecorner of the space: angledrails indicated as being “lefthand” are for fitting to the lefthand wall from thisperspective and vice versa.
479
8b
8213 0101 r.h. 8213 0102 l.h. 8213 0201 r.h. 8213 0202 l.h.
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8213 Stainless steel
Handrail configuration
L1 = 675 mm L2 = 675 mm L1 = 675 mm L2 = 675 mm L1 = 825 mm L2 = 675 mm L1 = 675 mm L2 = 825 mm
Shown here: l.h.
L2
93
225
93
L1
225
320 320
70
135°
Showers and baths
480
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8210 0201 r.h. 8210 0202 l.h. 8210 0301 r.h. 8210 0302 l.h.
8211 0101 r.h. 8211 0102 l.h. 8211 0201 r.h. 8211 0202 l.h. 8211 0301 r.h. 8211 0302 l.h.
8210 Stainless steel
“L” shaped grabrail
H = 1048 mm L = 450 mm H = 1048 mm L = 450 mm H = 1198 mm L = 600 mm H = 1198 mm L = 600 mm
Shown here: l.h.
L
70148
93
H
8211 Stainless steel
Handrail configuration
L1 = 750 mm L2 = 528 mm L1 = 528 mm L2 = 750 mm L1 = 975 mm L2 = 528 mm L1 = 528 mm L2 = 975 mm L1 = 750 mm L2 = 750 mm L1 = 750 mm L2 = 750 mm
Shown here: l.h.L2
70
L1
93
225
The handing of angled railsand handrail configurationsrelates to the view into thecorner of the space: angledrails indicated as being “lefthand” are for fitting to the lefthand wall from thisperspective and vice versa.
Showers and baths
481
8b
96
155
35
8212 0100 8212 0200 8212 0301 8212 0302
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8212 Stainless steel
Handrail configuration
L1 = 750 mm L2 = 750 mm L1 = 975 mm L2 = 975 mm L1 = 750 mm L2 = 1125 mm L1 = 1125 mm L2 = 750 mm
L2
70
93
225
L1
225
8260 0039 Plastic
Soapdish for attaching to grabrail and handrail configurations
Showers and baths
482
8202 5120 8202 7720
L1 = 300 mmL1 = 450 mm
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8201 Stainless steel
Grabrail
8201 3000 | L = 300 mm8201 4500 | L = 450 mm8201 6000 | L = 600 mm8201 9000 | L = 900 mm
L
70
93
8202Stainless steel
Angled grabrail
L2 = 512 mm L3 = 210 mmL2 = 772 mm L3 = 320 mm
135°
L2
L1
93
L3
70
483
8b
8203 3000 8203 6001 r.h.8203 6002 l.h.
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8203 Stainless steel
“L” shaped grabrail
L = 300 mm H = 300 mm L = 300 mm H = 600 mm L = 300 mm H = 600 mm
Shown here: l.h.
L
70
93
H
The handing of angled railsand handrail configurationsrelates to the view into thecorner of the space: angledrails indicated as being “lefthand” are for fitting to the lefthand wall from thisperspective and vice versa.
Showers and baths
Showers and baths
484
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8250Stainless steel (Frame)
Seat section PUR
Hanging seat with spring-assisted tip-up mechanismand gripping bulk at the top of backrest
400
600
460
240
Showers and baths
485
8b
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8241 Stainless steel (Frame)
Seat section PUR
Shower and bath stoolrotatable seat section
420 –520
400
280
145
708242
Stainless steel
Retention stirrup for shower and bath stool
8241 1000Stainless steel (Frame)
Seat section PUR
Shower and bath stoolrotatable Seat section with retention stirrup
70
250
250 8242 0001Stainless steel
Retention stirrup forshower and bath stoolfor fitting in corners
Showers and baths
486
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8244 Stainless steel (Frame)
Seat section PUR
Tip-up shower seatrotatable seat section
400 510
170 160
8240 Stainless steel (Frame)
Seat section PUR
Hanging bath seat
700 – 900
420
345
8b
Showers and baths
487
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
100
188
44
8260 0033Stainless steel
Walking aid holder for universal positioning and use in the home
Showers and baths
488
8238 1000 8238 1200 8238 1500
Important note: the distancebetween the shower curtainrail and the ceiling must be at least 400 mm. The distancebetween rail centre and curtainis 20 mm and that bet weenthe bottom of the curtain andthe floor ought to be 30 mm,cf. example shown.
L1
500
8238 Stainless steel
Shower curtain rail with curtainrings and ceiling connectorthat can be shortened
L1 = 1000 mm L2 = 1000 mmL1 = 1200 mm L2 = 1200 mmL1 = 1500 mm L2 = 1500 mm
8235 1200 8235 1500 8235 1800
8235Stainless steel
Shower curtain rail with curtainrings and ceiling connectorthat can be shortened
Anti-suicide variant with re-usable locking mechanismon the ceiling connector
L1 = 1200 mm L2 = 1200 mmL1 = 1500 mm L2 = 1500 mmL1 = 1800 mm L2 = 1800 mm
20
30
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
L1
L2
Showers and baths
489
8b
8237 1200 .... 8237 1800 ....
8237 Textile
Shower curtain with attach-ment eyelets, variants on page 490
Shower curtain rails runninground a corner require twocurtains
L = 1200 mm H = 2000 mm L = 1800 mm H = 2000 mm
8234 09008234 12008234 15008234 1800
8234Stainless steel
Shower curtain rail with curtainrings for alcoves, can be shortened on site
L = 900 mmL = 1200 mmL = 1500 mmL = 1800 mm
Customised solutions on request.
70
L
20
30
Important note: the distancebetween the shower curtainrail and the ceiling must be at least 400 mm. The distancebetween rail centre and curtainis 20 mm and that bet weenthe bottom of the curtain andthe floor ought to be 30 mm,cf. example shown.
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
490
Showers and baths
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8249Stainless steel
Splash guard holder for shower, hooks onto FSB grabsand handrail combinations
8200 magicwhite 8800 manhattan9000 white
8236 0850 ....
8236 0850Textile
Splash guard with fasteningloops, for use on FSB drop-down support rails 850 mm in length
L = 900 mm H = 720 mm
835
128
42
22
491
8b
Showers and baths
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
The new shower head holdermakes for convenient shower-ing: it combines an ergono -mically fashioned bow handlethat is safe and easy to oper-ate without any turning actioninvolved and features a main-tenance-free, continuously adjustable height and tiltmechanism.
The shower head holder canbe effortlessly adjusted withone hand – leaving the otherfree at all times and giving theuser the opportunity to, for instance, hold on to a grabhandle.
135
77
492
Showers and baths
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8239Stainless steel
Slide rail with shower headholder for fitting to grabs andhandrail configurations
8239 1048 | L = 1048 mm8239 1198 | L = 1198 mm
8260 0050 Stainless steel
Slide rail with shower headholder for fitting to wall
Length = 900 mm
70
Ø 22
L
91
70
900
90
493
8b
Showers and baths
8260 0021 Stainless steel
Twin bath towel rail
8260 0011 Stainless steel
Bath towel rail
600
Ø 22
70
90
600
Ø 22
70
160
FSB Metric® bathroom accessoires cf. page 517ff.
494
Washstands and bathroom accessories
8220 6001 r.h. 8220 6002 l.h. 8220 7001 r.h. 8220 7002 l.h.
L = 600 mm L = 600 mm L = 700 mm L = 700 mm
Shown here: l.h.
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8220 Stainless steel
Fixed support rail
200
L85
Washstands and bathroom accessories
495
8b
8224 6011 r.h.8224 6012 l.h.8224 7011 r.h.8224 7012 l.h.
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8221 Stainless steel
Fixed support rail
8221 6000 | L = 600 mm 8221 7000 | L = 700 mm
Suitable for l.h. and r.h. applications.
195 140
L85
195 140
L85
8224 Stainless steel
Drop-down support rail withspring loading, ease of actionadjustable as required
L = 600 mm L = 600 mm L = 700 mm L = 700 mm
Shown here: l.h.
All hardware bearing either the“ righthand” or “ lefthand”symbol needs to be orderedand fitted to suit the relevanthanding. The prevailing view inthis instance is that towardsthe washstand/WC: the “right-hand” model is for fitting tothe right of the washstand/WCand vice versa.
496
Washstands and bathroom accessories
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8225 6001 r.h. 8225 6002 l.h. 8225 7001 r.h. 8225 7002 l.h.
8225 Stainless steel
Floor/Wall-mounted support rail
L = 600 mmL = 600 mmL = 700 mmL = 700 mm
Shown here: l.h.
850
L
85
All hardware bearing either the“ righthand” or “ lefthand”symbol needs to be orderedand fitted to suit the relevanthanding. The prevailing view inthis instance is that towardsthe washstand/WC: the “right-hand” model is for fitting tothe right of the washstand/WCand vice versa.
Washstands and bathroom accessories
497
8b
FSB Metric® bathroom accessoires cf. page 517ff.
8260 0012 Stainless steel
Towel holderrigid
412,5
70
Ø 22
8260 0010 Stainless steel
Twin towel holder with swivel capability
421
70
Ø 12
498
Washstands and bathroom accessories
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8260 0053 Stainless steel
Tilting mirror with angle of tiltadjustable from 0° to 12°,easy-action and customisableoperation
600
800
75
499
8b
Washstands and bathroom accessories
600
450
74 44
150
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8260 0015 Plastic
Utensils tray with slight inclination towards the walland non-slip surface for thesafe deposit of items
600
44 8260 0051 Wall mirror1000 x 600 x 6 mm with 4 mirror holders
500
Washstands and bathroom accessories
8260 0041 Stainless steel
Synth. mat.
Toothmug holder with Synth. mat. tooth mug
130 124
4436
117
85 112
44
8260 0040 Stainless steel
Synth. mat.
Soap holder with Synth. mat. soap dish
FSB Metric® bathroom accessoires cf. page 517ff.
501
8b
Washstands and bathroom accessories
44
86
80
40
32
40
47
44
8260 0001 Stainless steel
Wall hook
8260 0002 Stainless steel
Coat hook
87
44
8260 0006 Stainless steel
Coat hook
44
132
8260 0003 Stainless steel
Wall buffer
44
32
8260 1005 Stainless steel
Wall hook,anti-suicide variant with re-usable tilt fastening
8260 1007 Stainless steel
Double wall hook,anti-suicide variant with re-usable tilt fastening
8260 0005 Stainless steel
Wall hook
8260 0007 Stainless steel
Wall hook double
502
WC
L = 600 mmL = 600 mmL = 700 mmL = 700 mmL = 850 mmL = 850 mm
Shown here: l.h.
Wall bracket adaptor enablingfixed and drop-down supportrails to be retrofitted as re-quired
Order code 8227
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8224 Stainless steel
Drop-down support rail withspring loading, ease of actionadjustable as required
160 140
L160 8224 6001 r.h. 8224 6002 l.h. 8224 7001 r.h. 8224 7002 l.h. 8224 8501 r.h. 8224 8502 l.h.
All hardware bearing either the“ righthand” or “ lefthand”symbol needs to be orderedand fitted to suit the relevanthanding. The prevailing view inthis instance is that towardsthe washstand/WC: the “right-hand” model is for fitting tothe right of the washstand/WCand vice versa.
WC
503
8b
Assembly note Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8222 Stainless steel
Fixed support rail
8222 7000 | L = 700 mm 8222 8500 | L = 850 mm
Suitable for l.h. and r.h. applications.
160 140
L160
700150
8224 Stainless steel
Drop-down support rail for lateral assembly so as to reduce utility shaft widths for WC bowls projecting max. 550 mm
8224 7021 r.h. 8224 7022 l.h.
Shown here: l.h.
160 140
75
930
160
504
WC
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8247 Stainless steel
PUR
Backrest for retrofitting todrop-down support rails as required
Shown here:1 backrest 82472 drop-down support rails 8224
570
135
505
8b
WC
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8228Stainless steel
Leg for FSB drop-down support rails to increase supportable load by approx.50 kg and reduce load exerted on wall
8228 0001 r.h.8228 0002 l.h.
35
66
L
23
8260 0033Stainless steel
Walking aid holder for universal positioning and use in the home
100
188
44
506
WC
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
132
118
33
38330
67
8245 Stainless steel
Plastic
Toilet roll holder for fitting tosupport rails and grab handles
8246 PUR
Armrest for fitting to supportrails and grab handles
4059 ....Stainless steel
Information sign
4059 0004 This way4059 0103 Wheelchair user4059 0101 Man4059 0100 Woman
All new information signscf. page 232f.
100
100
507
8b
WC
65
123
57
69
8248 Stainless steel
Synth. mat.
Push-button bracket for fittingto support rails and grabsSupplied without push buttons
Shown here:Mepa Sanicontrol 860
Brackets for further makes canbe supplied on request
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
60
85
46
50
160 140
850
700
160
8248 0002Stainless steel
Plastic
Radio-controlled actuator for flushing the WC
8224 8503 Stainless steel
Drop-down support rail withfunction buttons
righthand:8224 8503 blue (1) / yellow (1)8224 8505 blue (1)8224 8507 yellow (1)lefthand:8224 8504 blue (1) / yellow (1)8224 8506 blue (1)8224 8508 yellow (1)
508
WC
Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem
8260 0030 Stainless steel
Toilet roll holder with roll retainer
155
129
70
90
121
44
8260 0031 Stainless steel
Spare toilet roll holderfor one toilet roll
509
8b
WC
223
22
70
FSB Metric® bathroom accessoires cf. page 517ff.
8260 0032 Stainless steel
Spare toilet roll holderfor two toilet rolls
8260 0042 Stainless steel
Plastic
Toilet brush set
363
100
144
245
Assembly and fastening methods
510
Important note
Should your walls necessitatea different form of fixing (light-weight designs, cavity bricks,secondary wall systems etc.),please follow the instructionsof the wall-plug or wall-systemmanufacturers.
SX 8 plug6 x 50 cross recessedcountersunk screw
RoseStainless steelcovering profile
70
Accessories comprising 6 X 50 stainless steel cross-recessed countersunk screwsand SX 8 plastic wall plugsare supplied for fixing thehandrail and grab system tosolid masonry walls.
SX 10 plug8 x 60 cross-recessedscrew to DIN 571
RoseStainless steelcovering profile
85
Accessories comprising 8 X 60 stainless steel hexa -gonal screws conforming toDIN 571 and SX 10 plasticplugs are supplied for fixingsupport rails and grab handlesto solid masonry walls.
Plug-in assembly
Handrail, corner and end sections are fitted with con-nector lugs having, on oneside, a tapped borehole intowhich an M6 set screw hasbeen inserted and, on the other, a countersink.
Sections are joined together bypushing these connector lugsinto a snug-fit retention slot on the bracket and securelyfastening them with a tool-size3 socket key via a borehole onthe underside.
Fixing
The fixing roses for the hand -rail and grab system have sixboreholes, making for very secure screw fixing.
Once assembly has been completed, stainless steel covering profiles are attachedto the fixing roses with the aidof plastic clips to conceal thescrew fixing.
The means of fixing is con-cealed by clipping on thestainless steel covering profile.This type of fixing is specifi-cally applicable for a rose of70 mm Ø.
The means of fixing is con-cealed by clipping on thestainless steel covering profile.This type of fixing is specifi-cally applicable for a rose of85 mm Ø and plinth tiles.
511
8b
Recommended fastening methods Nature of wall
· Concrete (> B15)
· Plasterboard· Chipboard· Hardboard backed with
bonded laminated timberboard
· Solid V2 lightweight concrete block
· Solid clay brick· HLz4 vertical coring brick· G2 expanded concrete
(pumice stone)· Cored sand-lime brick
· Vertical coring brick· Cored sand-lime brick· Cavity block
· Concrete· Natural stone· Solid sand-lime brick· Solid construction materials· Solid bricks
Grab handles and handrail configurations
Fischer SX 8 x 40 wall plugs
6 x 50 cross-recessedcountersunk screw
Fischer SX 8 x 40 wall plugs
Support rails and tip-up seat
Fischer SX 10 x 50 wall plugs
8 x 60 hexagonal screw acc. to DIN 571
Fischer SX 10 LR x 80 wall plugs
Fischer with screw anchor collar
FISH 16 x 75 M injection screw anchor collar and FISE 11 x 75 M8 injection internal thread anchor
Fischer with no screw anchor collar
FISE 11 x 75 M8 injection internal thread anchor
The screw material supplied by FSB can beused in conjunction with the wall-plug typesshown here.
512
Planing adviceWC
OKF
850
480
700 850
700
OKF
It is necessary when planningbathrooms and WCs in barrier-free buildings to conform tothe following standards:
Fixing height including seat
WC depth (distance of frontedge from wall)
Negotiable area at sides
Negotiable area in front of WC
Distance of WC from side wall
Drop-down rails· Distance between rails· Integrated flushing
mechanism· Integrated toilet roll holder· Backrest
DIN 18 025/1
48 cm
70 cm
95 cm to the left or right
150 cm deep150 cm wide
30 cm
as requiredas requiredas required
as requiredas required
DIN 18 025/2
as required
as required
as required
120 cm deep120 cm wide
as required
as requiredas requiredas required
as requiredas required
DIN 18 024/2
48 cm
70 cm
95 cm to the left or right
150 cm deep150 cm wide
95 cm
on both sides at a height of 85 cm70 cmon the left and right
on the left and right55 cm back from the front edge of the WC
DIN 18 025 Part 1 applies to the planning, execution andfitting-out of new rented andcooperative accommodationand corresponding residentialfacilities suitable for wheel-chair users.
DIN 18 025 Part 2 applies to the planning, execution andfitting-out of new, barrier-freerented and cooperative acc -ommodation and correspond -ing residential facilities.
DIN 18 024 Part 2 relates to the planning, execution andfitting-out of public-accessbuildings or parts thereof aswell of places of work andtheir outdoor facilities, i.e. ofall structural facilities exceptthose of a purely residentialnature. This standard does notapply to schools, nurseryschools or hospitals – theseare governed by the buildingregulations in force in a givenfederal state.
513
8b
Planing adviceWashstands
OKF
750
OKF
850800
670
300
Fixing height, top edge ofwashstand
Negotiable area in front of washstand
Free space at side ofwashstand
Room to negotiate beneath
Seating room beneath
Contactless single-lever fittings with anti-scald feature
Soap dispenser
Flush or recess-mountedstench trap
Mirror usable in either seated or standing position
DIN 18 025/1
as required
150 cm deep 150 cm wide
20 cm (preferably 30 cm)
Knee space 30 cm
Depth at a height of 67 cm
mandatory
as required
mandatory
as required
DIN 18 025/2
as required
120 cm deep120 cm wide
20 cm (preferably 30 cm)
Knee space 30 cm
Depth at a height of 67 cm
as required
as required
mandatory
as required
DIN 18 024/2
80 cm
150 cm deep150 cm wide
20 cm (preferably 30 cm)
Knee space 30 cm
Depth at a height of 67 cm
mandatory
Dispensing point at side at a height of 85-100 cm
mandatory
Fixing height: bottom edge of tilting mirror 130 cm or else floor-to-ceiling mirror
514
Planing adviceShower
OKF
850
480
OKF
It is necessary when planningbathrooms and WCs in barrier-free buildings to conform tothe following standards:
Flush with floor (no steps to be negotiated)
Retro-installation of a bath
Tip-up seat
Grab handle
Fittings
DIN 18 025/1
150 cm deep150 cm wide
to be capable of having a lifter run underneath
Fixing height 48 cm
as required
as required
DIN 18 025/2
120 cm deep129 cm wide
must be possible
as required
as required
as required
DIN 18 024/2
150 cm deep150 cm wide
not prescribed for the public domain
Fixing height 48 cm
Fixing height 85 cm
Fixing height 85 cm at side,within reach of a person sitting down
DIN 18 025 Part 1 applies to the planning, execution andfitting-out of new rented andcooperative accommodationand corresponding residentialfacilities suitable for wheel-chair users.
DIN 18 025 Part 2 applies to the planning, execution andfitting-out of new, barrier-freerented and cooperative acc -ommodation and correspond -ing residential facilities.
DIN 18 024 Part 2 relates to the planning, execution andfitting-out of public-accessbuildings or parts thereof aswell of places of work andtheir outdoor facilities, i.e. ofall structural facilities exceptthose of a purely residentialnature. This standard does notapply to schools, nurseryschools or hospitals – theseare governed by the buildingregulations in force in a givenfederal state.
METRIC®Bathroom Accessoires 8c
517
518
The bathroom is increasinglybecoming a place for tran -quillity and relaxation. As aresult, notions of how suchspaces are designed arehaving to be reconsidered too.The concept of “atmosphere”has begun to play an evermore important part alongsidepurely functional require-ments.
Factors such as “natural -ness”, “simplicity” and “feelinggood” are setting new standardsboth in the domes tic sphereand in hotels and public areas.Growing significance attachesin the process to the selectionand combina tion of naturalmaterials, finishes and colours.
FSB is echoing this trend inthe design of its METRICbathroom accessory series.
METRIC’s looks are conscious-ly understated, being definedby geometric forms and pre -mium materials. The stylisticcontrast between round rosesand rectangular-sectionsupports is a thematic threadthat runs through the entireseries. The combination of thetwo simultaneously under -scores the crisp structuring ofthe system’s constituent parts.Its astutely balanced propor -tions have a soothing effectand blend harmoniously with a variety of design concepts.
Ergonomic criteria havebeen taken into accountwherever they are an aid tofluent sequences of move-ments. The holder for thetoothbrush glass, for instance,tilts towards the user in amanner that facilitates the actof removing the glass.
METRIC is supplied in satinstainless steel. As well asbeing aesthetically pleasing,stainless steel exudes anauthenticity that combinesparticularly well with naturalmaterials such as wood andgranite and makes it a firmcontender for inclusion inquality bathroom schemes.
This dependable material hasa justifiable reputation forbeing serviceable, corrosion-resistant, easy to look afterand durable. The quality withwhich FSB works stainlesssteel is the upshot of manydecades of experience gainedfrom producing well-designed,superlatively engineered hard-ware for doors and windows.
We have now applied thisproficiency in design andmanufacture to the METRICbathroom accessory series.
Fixing
The base rose (wall mounting)contains two parallel slots foroptimum positioning and isscrewed to the wall using thefixing material supplied.
The cover rose is then pressedhome and the pattern alignedas required.Final visual adjustment of thefunctional components is per-formed by firmly tightening thehexagon socket screw againstthe tensioning bolt.
METRIC® in detail
519
8c
Overview
Bath towel rail Page 520 Bath towel rail Page 521
Toilet roll holder Page 524 Spare toilet roll holder Page 524 Spare toilet roll holder Page 525
Coat hook Page 527 Coat hook Page 527 Wall buffer Page 527
Shower stool Page 528 Free-standing stool Page 529
Towel holder Page 521
Utensils tray Page 522 Toothmug holder Page 523 Soap dish Page 523 Shower rail Page 526
Toilet brush set Page 525
520
METRIC® Bathroom Accessoires
8270 0021 Stainless steel
Bath towel rail double rail
46,5
600
Ø 22
157
Specification details:www.fsb.de/metric
521
8c
METRIC® Bathroom Accessoires
8270 0011 Stainless steel
Bath towel rail
8270 0010 Stainless steel
Towel rail double rail, swivel action
46,5
88
600
Ø 22
419
73
Ø 12
Specification details:www.fsb.de/metric
522
METRIC® Bathroom Accessoires
8270 0015 Stainless steel
Glass
Utensils tray in frosted glass
8270 0016 Stainless steel
Glass
Utensils tray in plain glass
46,5
600
158
46,5
600
158
Specification details:www.fsb.de/metric
523
8c
METRIC® Bathroom Accessoires
8270 0041 Stainless steel
Glass
Glass holder with toothbrush glass
8270 0040 Stainless steel
Synth. mat.
Soap holder with Synth. mat. soap dish
117
85 113
46,5
130 124
46,5
Specification details:www.fsb.de/metric
524
METRIC® Bathroom Accessoires
8270 0030 Stainless steel
Toilet roll holder with roll retainer
144
129
88
46,5
Specification details:www.fsb.de/metric
8270 0031 Stainless steel
Spare toilet roll holderfor one toilet roll
121
46,5
525
8c
METRIC® Bathroom Accessoires
8270 0032 Stainless steel
Spare toilet roll holderfor two toilet rolls
8270 0042 Stainless steel
Toilet brush set
210,5 195
22
46,5
88,5
366
100
146
250
Specification details:www.fsb.de/metric
526
METRIC® Bathroom Accessoires
8270 0050 Stainless steel
Shower rail with shower-head bracket for wall fixing
900
46,5
88,5
Specification details:www.fsb.de/metric
527
8c
METRIC® Bathroom Accessoires
8270 0001 Stainless steel
Coat hook
46,5
5115
25
8270 0002 Stainless steel
Coat hook
46,5
8915
25
8270 0003 Stainless steel
Wall buffer
132
46,5
Specification details:www.fsb.de/metric
528
METRIC® Bathroom Accessoires
8241 Stainless steel (Frame)
Seat section PUR
Shower and bath stoolrotatable Seat section with retention stirrup
The height-adjustable bathstool with rotating seat isdesigned with comfort inmind. Propped up against theedge of the bath, it makesgetting into the bath easier.Further bathroom functionssuch as body care or gettingdressed/undressed are likewi-se facilitated.
400
420 –520
Specification details:www.fsb.de/metric
529
8c
METRIC® Bathroom Accessoires
8243 Stainless steel (Frame)
Seat section PUR
Free-standing stool with rotating seat
The free-standing stool has arotating seat and is very con-venient in the bathroom andfor getting dressed/undressed.
480
400
Specification details:www.fsb.de/metric
The Salubra wallpaper
collection by Le Corbusier.
To get to grips with the pro-blem of colour fluctuations,Le Corbusier used commoncolour pigments when mixinghis colours. By a felicitous co-incidence, he was contractedby wallpaper manufacturersSalubra to develop a new col-lection in the early 1930s.Wallpapers are reproducibleand free of colour fluctuationsand thus accorded excellentlywith what he was after. LeCorbusier’s colour grammar,the “Polychromie architectu-rale”, was already highly evol-ved by this stage and testedin practice. The first Salubracollection comprised 43 uni-tone shades and a number ofdiaper and dot patterns. Hechose pastel shades derivedfrom the 12 base colours for
the most part, amongst themochre and earth colours, ultra-marine, “English green”, oran-ge, blue, vermilion and crim-son plus white and four sha-des of grey. The collection wasstriking for the way it seemedto be put together like a musi-cal scale. A slide device insample books enabled contra-sting colour combinations formain walls and smaller surfa-ces to be bracketed. The co-lours were also arranged bymoods designating the desiredspatial effect, moreover,. LeCorbusier did not have recour-se to wallpapers that oftenhimself – nevertheless, theywere an artistic inspiration tohim and found expression inhis late work in the form ofcollages
Mortice locks
531
9aOverview
Mortice locks acc. to DIN 18 251-1 Class 5
Mortice locks acc. to DIN 18 251-1 Class 3
Mortice locks for framed doorsacc. to DIN 18 251-2 Class 3
Strike plates
Euro profile cylinders
533
534
536
538
539
540
532
Mortice locksby FSBSatisfactory doesn’t satisfy us
Competent product solutionsought to be a matter of coursefor a highly evolved society, asshould equally reliable func-tioning over a product’s full lifecycle. Doors accompany ourlives for a great many yearsafter all. That’s reason enoughto scrutinise the material, de -sign, engineering but also,crucially, the durability of adoor in its entirety. Durabilityequates with cost-effectiveness,meaning that dearer can becheaper in the long run. That’sbecause, as well as procure-ment costs, it is also necessaryto bear in mind all outgoingsover a product’s anticipatedlife cycle – repairs, servicingand any replacement included.That holds particularly true fordoors subject to constantheavy-duty operation –open/shut, open/shut,open/shut – for many decades.
It’s accordingly a question ofthe stability of the door in itsentirety. And that ultimatelydepends on the performanceproperties of all the individualcomponents, those being:
– lock– hardware– cylinder– hinges– frame– door leaf
A system’s overall performance,however, is as strong as itsweakest link, as they say. It isnot enough, therefore, to con -form to standards that solelyrelate to individual components.
Locks by FSB: Quality “Madein Germany”
In its capacity as an interna-tional project brand and inkeeping with the approach ithas to quality in any case, FSBis therefore adding Class 3 and5 mortise locks and Class 3panel locks to its productrange with publication of thepresentManual, specifically with a viewto providing its internationalmarket partners co-ordinatedentire solution from a singlesource.
Quality requirements laiddown by EN 12 209
European standard EN 12 209governs the requirements andtest methods for locks. The DIN18 251-1 and 18 250 stan-dards, which are made upwithin EN 12 209, divide qual-ity requirements into five use-related Classes as adumbratedbelow:
Class 1:Locks for lightweight doors
Class 2:Locks for internal doors
Class 3:Cylinder locks for flat-entranceand heavy-duty doors,cf. pages 536f.
Class 4:Cylinder locks for heavily-useddoors (+ anti-burglary devices)
Class 5:Cylinder locks for very heavily-used doors (+ anti-burglarydevices), cf. pages 534f.
In practical planning terms thelock class selected reflects thedoor’s anticipated level of use.Where there is any uncertaintyregarding the level of use ofdoors in building projects, FSBrecommends erring on theside of safety by opting forFSB Class 5 heavy-duty locks.
Our cooperation partner SSF,which has been making locksfor over a century, has devel-oped a new series of locks thatare suitable for heavily-useddoors in every respect. Settingthem apart are superlativeworkmanship, manufacturingaccuracy and their modularconfiguration. The provisionsof DIN 18 51-1 for a “Class 5”rating are met and, indeed,exceeded. For detailed infor-mation on this lock please turnto pages 534f.
Mortice locks for framed doors
In the case of hardware forframed doors in particular,though, reliable functioning isdependent not only on thelever handle and its bearingsbut also on the fixing system.FSB has thus optionally adapt-ed the fixing system for itsframed door hardware to FSB02 Series/Class 3 framed doorlocks with through fixing points.A special fixing set enablesFSB framed door hardware tobe prepared to order at theworks. As well as ensuring asecure fit, this form of throughfixing also makes for signifi-cantly shorter assembly timesfor framed door hardware.
The requisite panel locks areto be found on page 538, theattendant fixing set on page551.
The package is completed bystrike plates and Euro profilecylinders by German manufac-turer Winkhaus.
533
9a
Overview
8813 0006Page 534
8814 0001 |02Page 539
8812 2001 |02Page 540
8813 0002Page 537
8813 0003Page 537
8813 0001Page 536
8813 0004Page 537
8812 2201 |02Page 540
8813 0007Page 538
8812 2101 |02Page 541
New products 09 |10
534
Mortice locksacc. to DIN 18 251-1 Class 5Features:
1. Latchbolt steel nickel pla-ted with sound dampingfunction
2. Gripping steel follower
3. Follower with steel bear ing
4. Hardened steel deadboltwith conical design
5. Protective sleeve at allthrough fixing points
6. High quality sprung follo-wer for durability and pre-venting handle sagging
7. Auxiliary anti thrust bolt,supplied on request
8. Latchbolt reversiblewithout opening lockcase,deadbolt design symme-tric, lachtbolt and deadboltin the center
9. Fully enclosed lock case,zinc plated and lacquered
10. Lubrication device
11. Corrosion safety class 4,acc. to German DIN stan-dard 1670 (240 hrs. saltspray test)
12. Srew guide for cylinderfixing
13. Backsets from 50 mm upto 100 mm
14. Tested and certified for fireand smoke stop doors acc.to German DIN standard18 250 with 9 mm Δ follo-wer, 10 mm Δ follower al-so supplied on request
15. Stainless steel forend,material no. 4301
15
10
8
1
7
4
12
13
9
5
3
11
14
2
6
535
9a
8813 0006 Mortice lock acc. to GermanDIN 18 251-1, Class 5
Reversible latchEuro profile cylinder cut out(PZ) 72 mmLatchbolt can be retracted bycylinder
Latchbolt reversible withoutopening lockcaseLatchbolt and deadbolt cen-tered on forendDeadbolt double-throw: 20 mmSpindle: 8 mm ΔSpacing: 72 mmBackset: 55 mmForend width: 24 mm , Stain-less steel, rounded
35
98
165209
235
72
34
37
35
9,5
55
33
24
3
15,5
Mortice locksacc. to DIN 18 251-1 Class 5
78
Versions supplied on request:
– Backsets 50, 60, 65, 80 and100 mm
– Follower with 9 or 10 mm Δ– Square forend – Forend width 20 mm– Forend in different materials
(brass) and finishes– WC/bathroom version (cf.
illustration beside)
Equipment:
– All versions with throughfixing point for FSB roses1731/1735 + 1707/1708
– Supplied with 2 pcs. screwsPhillips drive 4.5 x 25 mm
536
Mortice locksacc. to DIN 18 251-1 Class 3
8813 0001Mortice lock acc. to GermanDIN 18 251-1, Class 3
Latchbolt can be retracted bycylinderEuro profile cylinder cut out(PZ), spacing 72 mm
Latchbolt reversible withoutopening lockcaseLatchbolt and deadbolt cen-tered on forendDeadbolt double-throw: 20 mmSpindle: 8 mm ΔSpacing: 72 mmBackset: 55 mmForend width: 24 mm, Stain-less steel, rounded
35
98
165209
235
72
34
36,8
35,2
9,6
55
33,5
24
3
15,5
Versions supplied on request:
– Backsets 50, 60, 65, 80 and100 mm
– Follower with 9 or 10 mm Δ– Square forend– Forend width 20 mm– Forend in different materials
(brass) and finishes
Features:
– Gripping steel follower withnylon bearing
– High quality sprung followerfor durability and preventinghandle sagging
– Latchbolt steel nickel plated– Conical steel dead bolt– Fully enclosed lock case,
zinc plated– Lubrication device
– Chip covering sleeve at follo-wer through fixing points
– All versions with throughfixing point for FSB roses1731/1735 + 1707/1708
– Supplied with 2 pcs. screwsPhillips drive 4.5 x 25 mm
537
Mortice locksacc. to DIN 18 251-1 Class 3
9a
8813 0002Mortice lock acc. to GermanDIN 18 251-1, Class 3
Bathroom/WC function
Latchbolt reversible withoutopening lockcaseLatchbolt and deadbolt cen-tered on forendDeadbolt double-throw: 20 mmGripping follower: 8 mm Spacing: 78 mmIndic. furniture follower: 8 mm
35
98
165
78
34
36,8
35,2
9,6
55
33,5
3
35
98
165
34
9,6
55
33,5
3
134,8
98
165
72
35,2
55
33,5
3
35
8813 0003Mortice lock acc. to GermanDIN 18 251-1, Class 3
Latch function
Latchbolt reversible withoutopening lockcaseLatchbolt centered on forendGripping follower 8 mm
8813 0004Mortice lock acc. to GermanDIN 18 251-1, Class 3
Deadbolt function, double-throw 20 mm
Deadbolt in the center
538
8813 0007 Mortice lock for framed doorsacc. to German DIN 18 251-1,Class 3
Euro profile cylinder cut out(PZ), spacing 92 mm
Latchbolt reversible withoutopening lockcaseLatchbolt and deadbolt cen-tered on forendDeadbolt single-throw: 21 mmFollower: 8 mmBackset: 35 mmForend width: 24 mm, Stain-less steel, square
Versions supplied on request:
– Backsets 25, 30, 40, 45,and 50 mm
– Forend widths 16, 20, 22and 25 mm
– Forend in different finishes– Follower with 10 mm Δ– Latchbolt and deadlock with
projection 5 mm (backsetsequal or smaller than 45 mm)
93
92
46
5043
187 22124548
35
19
21
15
35
3
16,5
11,5
29
30
31
9
24
Mortice locks for framed doorsacc. to DIN 18 251-2 Class 3
Features:
– Latchbolt with sound dam-ping function
– Latchbolt and deadboltnickel plated
– Gripping steel follower– Lock case closed on top and
on bottom– Chip covering sleeve at follo-
wer through fixing points
539
Strike plates
9a
8814 0001l.h.
8814 0002r.h.
Stainless steel
Thickness 2 mm
Supplied with 3 pcs. screwsPhillips drive 3.5 x 20 mm
Different finishes available onrequest
52 60
52
170152
28
15
24
15
13
1
5
Illustration : l.h.
540
Euro profilecylinders
8812 200130.5 / 30.5 mm
8812 200235.5 / 35.5 mm
Euro profile double-cylinderType 01
Areas of application:– Inside and outside– Standard doors
Properties:– Reinforced key guide via
special cylinder cores– Sintered steel cylinder cam
33
61 17
1030,535,5
R15
30,535,5
5-pin system
40R15
5-pin system
17
1030,535,5
33
8812 220130.5 mm
8812 220235.5 mm
Euro profile half-cylinderType 02
Areas of application:– Mortice locks– Garage door locks– Key switch
Properties:– Easily adjustable cylinder
cam– Reinforced key guide via
special– Sintered steel cylinder cam
Note:
Not suitable for use in anti-panic multiple locking devices.
– Supplied with 3 pcs. metalkeys
– Labeled with “Winkhaus”and “FSB” each one side
61
30,535,5
R15
40
30,535,5
Ø30
5-pin system
17
10
33
541
Euro profilecylinder
9a
8812 210130.5 / 30.5 mm
8812 210235.5 / 35.5 mm
Euro profile thumbturncylinderType 04
Areas of application:– Indoors– Front doors
Properties:– Outside: locking cylinder,
inside: thumbturn– Reinforced key guide via
special cylinder cores– Sintered steel cylinder cam
Note:
Not suitable for use in anti-panic multiple locking devices.
Functionally, keys can be tur-ned empty up to 355°.
– Supplied with 3 pcs. metalkeys
– Labeled with “Winkhaus”and “FSB” each one side
543
SpindlesScrewsOverview
FSB Stabil-spindle
FSB Stabil-half-spindle
Accessories Stabil-spindle
FSB Special spindle
Adaptor sleeve
Fixing accessoires
544
545
546
548
549
550
551
9b
544
Overview
0103 | 0163Page 546
0102 | 0162 Page 548
0402, 0406 Page 548
0425 Page 550
0440 Page 553
0441Page 553
0125 Page 549
0172, 0173 Page 550
0183, 0188 Page 550
0309Page 552
0410 Page 553
0115, 0116Page 546
0107, 0177 Page 547
0442 50 Page 548
0313 Page 552
0316 Page 552
0319, 0320 Page 553
0325 Page 553
0303Page 552
0315 Page 552
0526 10Page 551
0526Page 551
0450Page 551
New products 09 |10
545
Features
1. Solid square-section construction
2. Fastening for anchor clamp3. Anchor clamp with pre-
stress springing4. Grub screw with piercing
punch
The FSB stock range servesthe following door thicknesses:
– 36 to 45 mm with the 8 mm FSB Stabil-spindle
– 66 to 75 mm with the 10 mm FSB Stabil-spindle
To this stock range all lengthsof accessory parts are adapted.Hardware can be pre cision customised for other door orspindle thicknesses, with ac-cessories to match.
The FSB Stabil-spindle carrieson from where its predecessors– the FSB Screw and the FSBAnkerspindle – left off. New isa spring loaded tolerance com-pensator pierced by the grubscrew when fastened.
Assembly instructions: Pass the spindle with the malelever or male knob handlethrough the lock follower. Thefemale lever or female knobhandle is fitted to the spindleand the two parts pushed to-gether securely.
The grub screw in the neck ofthe female lever or femaleknob handle is tightened andthe handles are checked seve-ral times to ensure perfectoperation. The grub screwshould now be further firmlytightened until it pierces thespindle clamping clip. Visiblesign for correctly mounted fur-niture: The head of the screwis flush with the handle’s neck.
Check the fit by turning,pushing and pulling the handle a number of times.
FSB Stabil-spindle
14
2
3
Surface of the lever handle
9b
X
X
546
*stepped, 8 mm lever handle hole / 10 mm follower
FSB Stabil-half-spindle
Dimension X
0115 0710 7 × 60 mm, 20 – 24 mm0115 0714 7 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm
0115 0810 8 × 60 mm, 20 – 24 mm0115 0812 8 × 65 mm, 25 – 29 mm0115 0814 8 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm0115 0816 8 × 75 mm, 35 – 39 mm0115 0818 8 × 80 mm, 40 – 44 mm
0115 0910 9 × 60 mm, 20 – 24 mm0115 0912 9 × 65 mm, 25 – 29 mm0115 0914 9 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm0115 0916 9 × 75 mm, 35 – 39 mm0115 0918 9 × 80 mm, 40 – 44 mm
0115 1010 10 × 60 mm, 20 – 24 mm0115 1012 10 × 65 mm, 25 – 29 mm0115 1014 10 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm0115 1016 10 × 75 mm, 35 – 39 mm0115 1018 10 × 80 mm, 40 – 44 mm
0116 1012 8/10 × 65 mm, 25 – 29 mm*0116 1014 8/10 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm*0116 1016 8/10 × 75 mm, 35 – 39 mm*0116 1018 8/10 × 80 mm, 40 – 44 mm*
Dimension X
0163 0708 7 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm0163 0716 7 × 75 mm, 35 – 43 mm
0103 0808 8 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm0103 0812 8 × 65 mm, 25 – 34 mm0103 0816 8 × 75 mm, 35 – 44 mm
0103 0908 9 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm0103 0912 9 × 65 mm, 25 – 34 mm0103 0916 9 × 75 mm, 35 – 44 mm
0103 1008 10 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm0103 1012 10 × 65 mm, 25 – 34 mm0103 1016 10 × 75 mm, 35 – 44 mm
0103FSB Stabil-half-spindlefor through fixing
01150116FSB Stabil-half-spindlefor doors drilled on one side
547
0177 0820 8 × 85 mm, 36 – 45 mm0177 0824 8 × 95 mm, 46 – 55 mm0177 0828 8 × 105 mm, 56 – 65 mm0177 0832 8 × 115 mm, 66 – 75 mm0177 0836 8 × 125 mm, 76 – 85 mm0177 0840 8 × 135 mm, 86 – 95 mm0177 0844 8 × 145 mm, 96 – 105 mm
0177 0920 9 × 85 mm, 36 – 45 mm0177 0924 9 × 95 mm, 46 – 55 mm0177 0928 9 × 105 mm, 56 – 65 mm0177 0932 9 × 115 mm, 66 – 75 mm0177 0936 9 × 125 mm, 76 – 85 mm0177 0940 9 × 135 mm, 86 – 95 mm0177 0944 9 × 145 mm, 96 – 105 mm
0177 1020 10 × 85 mm, 36 – 45 mm0177 1024 10 × 95 mm, 46 – 55 mm0177 1028 10 × 105 mm, 56 – 65 mm0177 1032 10 × 115 mm, 66 – 75 mm0177 1036 10 × 125 mm, 76 – 85 mm0177 1040 10 × 135 mm, 86 – 95 mm0177 1044 10 × 145 mm, 96 – 105 mm
0107 1020 8/10 × 85 mm, 36 – 45 mm*0107 1024 8/10 × 95 mm, 46 – 55 mm*0107 1028 8/10 × 105 mm, 56 – 65 mm*0107 1032 8/10 × 115 mm, 66 – 75 mm*0107 1036 8/10 × 125 mm, 76 – 85 mm*0107 1040 8/10 × 135 mm, 86 – 95 mm*0107 1044 8/10 × 145 mm, 96 – 105 mm*
For Knob backplates in Aluminium and AluGrey
0177 0718 7 × 80 mm, 32 – 39 mm0177 0720 7 × 85 mm, 37 – 44 mm0177 0722 7 × 90 mm, 42 – 49 mm0177 0724 7 × 95 mm, 47 – 54 mm0177 0726 7 × 100 mm, 52 – 59 mm0177 0728 7 × 105 mm, 57 – 64 mm0177 0730 7 × 110 mm, 62 – 69 mm
For Knob backplates in Bronze and Stainless steel
0177 0718 7 × 80 mm, 27 – 34 mm0177 0720 7 × 85 mm, 32 – 39 mm0177 0722 7 × 90 mm, 37 – 44 mm0177 0724 7 × 95 mm, 42 – 49 mm0177 0726 7 × 100 mm, 47 – 54 mm0177 0728 7 × 105 mm, 52 – 59 mm0177 0730 7 × 110 mm, 57 – 64 mm
For door knobs (version 06)
0177 0718 7 × 80 mm, 31 – 38 mm0177 0720 7 × 85 mm, 36 – 43 mm0177 0722 7 × 90 mm, 41 – 48 mm0177 0724 7 × 95 mm, 46 – 53 mm0177 0726 7 × 100 mm, 51 – 58 mm0177 0728 7 × 105 mm, 56 – 63 mm0177 0730 7 × 110 mm, 61 – 68 mm
The door thickness given forthe FSB Stabil-half-spindlewith plug assumes a backplateor rose thickness of 7 mm.
FSB Stabil-half-spindle
9b
01770107FSB Stabil-half-spindlewith plug (M12 thread) for screw mounting in knobneck, lever operable
* stepped, 8 mm lever handlehole / 10 mm follower
for door thickness
0162 0725 7 × 100 mm, 35 – 43 mm0162 0726 7 × 100 mm, 43 – 50 mm0162 0731 7 × 112 mm, 50 – 57 mm0162 0739 7 × 132 mm, 71 – 78 mm0102 0826 8 × 100 mm, 36 – 55 mm0102 0834 8 × 120 mm, 56 – 75 mm0102 0842 8 × 140 mm, 76 – 95 mm0102 0926 9 × 100 mm, 36 – 55 mm0102 0934 9 × 120 mm, 56 – 75 mm0102 0942 9 × 140 mm, 76 – 95 mm0102 1026 10 × 100 mm, 36 – 55 mm0102 1034 10 × 120 mm, 56 – 75 mm0102 1042 10 × 140 mm, 76 – 95 mm0404 threaded bolt M6 × 12 mm with pin
548
0402Grub screw with piercing punch
0402 0601 M6 × 8 mm0402 0602 M6 × 9 mm0402 0603 M6 × 10,5 mm0402 0604 M6 × 11,5 mm
Where it is intended to form a set out of two female handleparts, the first step involvesconstructing a male handleusing the FSB Stabil-spindleand the special threaded boltwith pin that goes with it.
To produce this spindle-and-handle unit, the grub screwmust engage fully in the spindle-boreholes leaving the screwhead flush with the surface ofthe handle. Thereafter assemblyis as for the FSB Stabil-spindlein standard use.
The door thickness given forthe FSB special Stabil-spindle assumes a backplate or rosethickness of 7 mm.
25
20
Female part of lever withthreaded bolt 404
Female part of lever with grub screw 0402
AccessoriesStabil-spindle
0406Anchor clamp spring
0406 1807 18 mm (Δ 7 mm)0406 2508 25 mm (Δ 8 mm)0406 2008 20 mm (Δ 9 mm)
0442 50FSB Stabil-blind-spindle
8 × 75 mm, for door thickness 36 – 45 mm
0162 | 0102FSB Special-stabil-spindleas a provisional device for leverhandle sets comprising two female handles
for door thickness
549
Outside Inside
Doorthickness
Shankscrew
XA
XI
LA LI
A I
0125
Fixing instructions
1. From the outside insert spindle section A into the lock follower.
2. From the inside insertspindle section I into thelock follower and screw thetwo spindle sections to -gether by means of theshank screw on the coup-ling washer.
3. Place the turnably fixedlever handles together withthe backplates or roses onthe spindles.
4. It should be ensured that there is no play between theplates or roses and the doors. The slightest slack-ness can lead to the con-nection in the lock followerbeing ruptured due to the forces exerted in operatingthe door.
5. Finally, firmly tighten thecup points on the two leverhandles against the spindle.Heads of screws must be flush with the surface of the handle.
FSB Special spindle
Lever handle spindle for splitfollower, item no. 0125
An equally proven FSB specialspindle of 9 mm square sec-tion, item no. 0125, is availa-ble for locks with split follower. It suits door thicknesses from34 mm to 101 mm.
When ordering, please specify:– Door thickness– Dimensions XA and XI– Item no. of FSB furniture
When deploying the FSBspindle for locks with a splitfollower, it is important not on-ly to heed building regulationsbut also to bear in mind thatpanic fittings (lock, cylinder,spindle, handles etc.) are in-tended solely for use in anemergency and should neverbe fitted to doors in constantoperation. FSB would drawyour attention to the recom-mendations and observationsof the lock industry in this re-spect.
9b
Solid Δ-spindles 8 mm
0172 0810 8 × 60 mm0172 0814 8 × 70 mm0172 0818 8 × 80 mm0172 0822 8 × 90 mm0172 0826 8 × 100 mm0172 0830 8 × 110 mm0172 0834 8 × 120 mm0172 0838 8 × 130 mm0172 0842 8 × 140 mm0172 0846 8 × 150 mm0172 0850 8 × 160 mm
= =
35 35
550
Solid Δ-spindles 9 mm
0173 0910 9 × 60 mm0173 0918 9 × 80 mm0173 0926 9 × 100 mm0173 0934 9 × 120 mm0173 0938 9 × 130 mm0173 0942 9 × 140 mm0173 0946 9 × 150 mm0173 0950 9 × 160 mm
0425Adaptor sleevefor lever handles, spindlesand lock followers
0425 0708 7 on 8 mm0425 0809 8 on 9 mm0425 0810 8 on 10 mm0425 0910 9 on 10 mm0425 0885 8 on 8,5 mm
Adopter sleeve
Stepped spindles,both sides
0183 0926 0183 0934
0184 1026 0184 1030 0184 10340184 10380184 1042
8/9/88/9/8
8/10/88/10/88/10/88/10/88/10/8
××
×××××
100 mm120 mm
100 mm110 mm120 mm130 mm140 mm
Stepped spindles,one side
0188 09100188 09160188 0934
0189 10100189 1016 0189 10180189 10260189 1030
9/89/89/8
10/810/810/810/8 10/8
×××
×××××
60 mm75 mm
120 mm
60 mm75 mm80 mm
100 mm110 mm
Solid Δ-spindles 7 mm
0171 0708 7 × 55 mm0171 0710 7 × 60 mm0171 0716 7 × 75 mm0171 0718 7 × 80 mm0171 0726 7 × 100 mm0171 0730 7 × 110 mm
551
0526 10Fixing accessoires for frameddoor furniture with throughfixing option, in combination with FSB mortice locks 02 se -ries acc. to DIN, cf. page 531f.
9b
Fixing accessoires
45 – 49 mm50 – 54 mm55 – 59 mm60 – 64 mm65 – 69 mm70 – 74 mm75 – 79 mm80 – 84 mm85 – 89 mm90 – 94 mm95 – 99 mm
100 – 104 mm
50 mm55 mm60 mm65 mm70 mm75 mm80 mm85 mm90 mm95 mm
100 mm105 mm
0526 10450526 10500526 10550526 10600526 10650526 10700526 10750526 10800526 10850526 10900526 10950526 1000
Door Thickness
Boltlength
Item nos.
0526Fixing accessoires for frameddoor furniture
Screws M5 x 25 mm withrivet nuts
0450Cup point
0450 9020 6001 M6 × 7 mm
552
Fixing accessoires
0313 Steel stud
0313 0670 M6 × 70 mm0313 0680 M6 × 80 mm
0313 0880 M8 × 80 mm
0316 Steel stud for timber fixing
0316 0640 M6Total length: 40 mm, Length of thread: 10 mm
0316 0840 M8Total length: 40 mm, Length of thread: 15 mm
0315Cross recessed tapping screwwith countersunk head
2,9 × 16 mm3,9 × 16 mm4,2 × 19 mm
0308 0555 M5 × 55 / for door thickness 47 – 56 mm0308 0565 M5 × 65 / for door thickness 57 – 66 mm0308 0575 M5 × 75 / for door thickness 67 – 76 mm0308 0585 M5 × 85 / for door thickness 77 – 86 mm0308 0595 M5 × 95 / for door thickness 87 – 96 mm0308 0501 M5 × 105 / for door thickness 97 – 106 mm
0308Cross recessed raised countersunk oval head boltfor door knobs with throughfixing (Item no. 23.. 06) anddoor thickness ≥ 47 mm
0309Bolts with M4 threaded sleeve nut 0309
Size
M4 × 35M4 × 40M4 × 45M4 × 50M4 × 55M4 × 60
Boltlength
35 mm40 mm45 mm50 mm55 mm60 mm
Adjustablebetween
37 – 45 mm42 – 50 mm47 – 55 mm52 – 60 mm57 – 65 mm62 – 70 mm
for door thickness
25 – 33 mm30 – 38 mm35 – 43 mm40 – 48 mm45 – 53 mm50 – 58 mm
0303Cross recessed raised countersunk oval head bolt
0303 0515M5 × 15 mm
0303 0535M5 × 35 mm
Adjustable between
Bolt length
553
9b
0440Lever handle distance roseto increase the distance between door and lever handle
Aluminium Stainless steel*
0440 20 20 mm*0440 25 25 mm0440 30 30 mm
0441Blind rose to blank out the lever handlehole on backplates
Aluminium
0410 00FSB socket spanner – for half spindles for doors
drilled from one side– for half-spindles with plugs
Fixing accessoires
0320 Dome nuts
Aluminium Stainless steel
0320 0800 M8
Stainless steel and bronze0320 0800 6211 M8
0319 Dome nuts
Aluminium 0319 0600 M60319 0800 M8
Stainless steel0319 0800 M8
0325 Dome nuts with extension 12 mm
Aluminium
0325 0600 M60325 0800 M8
03200319
555
Kicking platesVentilation platesVentilation grillsPerforated platesTechnical Information
Kicking plates
Finger plates
Measurement detailsof perforation
Perforated Plates
Ventilation plates
Ventilation covers
Ventilation plates withfixing webs
Air inlet and outlet grills
556
557
558
559
560
563
564
565
566
9c
Kicking plates and finger plates
Doors are not always openedgently or with clean fingers. To prevent doors being soiledor mutilated, FSB supplies fin-ger plates for the area adja-cent to the lever handle andkicking plates for where feettend to make contact.
Kicking and finger plates areavailable in a wide variety ofmaterials (aluminium, stainlesssteel, brass) and thicknesses.
With or without screwholes
For assembly purposes, FSBkicking and finger plates aresupplied as standard with ho-les for 3 mm countersunkscrews. On express request,they may be supplied withoutscrewholes, however. Plates 1mm thick (FSB 5222 forexample) can be made anddelivered with self-adhesive fo-il instead of screwholes. Fittingsuch items requires experienceand care on the part of theuser. Most importantly, thesurface of the door needs tobe absolutely even and clean.
Perforations
Finger plates are generally ma-chined to accept roses andbackplates. FSB supplies fin-ger plates as standard withpiercings for the lever handlerose and for a standard euro-profile cylinder.
Return edges
Kicking plates and finger pla-tes can feature a return edge. To ensure a good fit, detaileddrawings need to be enclosedwith orders that take accountof all the structural tolerances involved. Should no suchdrawings or models beforthcoming, FSB will alwaystreat size cited for straightfor-ward return edges as internalsize, notably in the case of re-bated doors.
Shapes
Finger plates and kicking pla-tes can come in many concei-vable shapes, a few examplesare shown here.
Basically, it’s a question ofavailing oneself of the classicforms, i.e. square, circle, rect-ange and triangle. To this ex-tent FSB appeals to theimagination of designers andwill gladly provide quotes onreceipt of dimensioned dra-wings.Data transferred in .dxf- or.dwg format can directly beprocessed by FSB.
Risk of injury
Items such as kicking plates,ventilation plates, ventilationgrills, ventilation covers andperforated plates are made ofthin, sharp-edged material.When fitting them, it is impor-tant to make sure they lie flushagainst the surface to whichthey are to be attached. Suchitems should be handled withextreme care when being un-packed, fitted, checked for po-sitioning and, indeed, throughout their service life.Carelessness in this respectcan easily lead to fingers get-ting injured, especially in thecourse of cleaning routines.
556
Technical Information
557
5222 1 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze
5223 1.5 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
5224 2 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
Kicking plates not availablewith lacquered finish.
Kicking plates
9c
558
Finger plates
5300 without return
5310 with return
Perforations
Finger plates can be piercedto accommodate roses or bak-kplates. The simplest way ofproviding accurate specifica-tions here is to cite the rosesor back plates used togetherwith their product codes. Thefollowing options are possible:
5320 without return
5330 with return
Option 1
Lever handle rose above (e.g. 1731), keyhole perforation below (e.g. europrofile cylinder).
Option 2
Lever handle rose above, escutcheon below (e.g. 1731,1735).
5340 without return
5350 with return
Option 3
Backplate with visible fixing (e.g. model 1402).
Option 4
Backplate for concealed fixing (e.g. 1450).
5360 without return
5370 with return
Further options
FSB can also produce otherforms of finger plates to cus-tomer specifications through“CNC” or laser procedures.Please send dimensioneddrawings. We will submit ourown drawings and a quote byreturn.
L
length
mmpce nor.h.l. h.
B
width
mm 2
a
backset
mm
b
spacing
mm
c
keyholespacingmm 1 3 4 BB PZ
keyholes e. g.perforations with product codes for rosesor backplates used
d
return
mm
L
b
c
a
ad
B
L
b
c
a
ad
B
L
b
c
a
ad
B
L
b
c
a
ad
B
Aluminium Stainless steel
all Illustration r. h.
559
t
t w c
c
Perforation w t c
7 14 7
t w c
t c
Perforation w t c
Ø 6 10 4
wt1
t2
c
l
u Perforation w l t1 t2 u c
20 x 4 4 20 8 26 13.0 440 x 7 7 40 13 48 24.0 6
55
25
48
12
B
L
X
X
Perforated Plates
Perforated plates are suppliedwith edges at least 15 mmwide. If broader edging isdesired, the size you specifyshould be regarded as mini-mum values, since they mayin fact be greater due to thedictates of the perforationgrid.
9c
20 x 4 mm slotted perforation
Relative free airflow area34.2 %
40 x 7 mm slotted perforation
Relative free airflow area40.4 %
With conchately louvredventilation slotsSlot length 48 mm
Ventilation section1.2 cm2/slot
560
5551 1 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
5552 1.5 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
5558 1 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
5559 1.5 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
5581 1.5 mm
Aluminium
Perforated Plates
561
6 mm round perforation
Relative free airflow area26.6 %
7 mm square perforation
Relative free airflow area23.3 %
5501 1 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
5502 1.5 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
5524 1 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
5525 1.5 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
Perforated Plates
9c
Size 360 x 135 mmSlot length 50 mm
Ventilation area 144 cm2
Cutout size in the door330 x 115 mm
Size 360 x 135 mmSlot length 50 mm
Ventilation area 134.4 cm2
Cutout size in the door330 x 115 mm
Size 55 mm Ø
Ventilation area2.88 cm2
Cutout size in the doorØ 37 mm
562
5801 Aluminium 1.5 mmStainless steel 1 mm
5802 Aluminium 1.5 mmStainless steel 1 mm
5853 Aluminium Stainless steel
Perforated Plates
563
5833 1 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
Ventilation plates with 7 mm Δ-Perforation
Ventilation slide
No.
5833 245833 31
5833 375833 385833 395833 40
5833 41
5833 465833 475833 485833 515833 61
Size
200 × 60 mm250 × 75 mm
250 × 80 mm300 × 80 mm400 × 80 mm500 × 80 mm
400 × 90 mm
300 × 100 mm400 × 100 mm500 × 100 mm500 × 90 mm600 × 90 mm
Cutout sizein the door
165 × 35 mm220 × 50 mm
220 × 50 mm275 × 50 mm375 × 50 mm470 × 50 mm
375 × 65 mm
275 × 80 mm375 × 80 mm470 × 80 mm470 × 65 mm570 × 65 mm
Ventilationarea
17.64 cm2
31.30 cm2
31.30 cm2
39.20 cm2
52.90 cm2
66.90 cm2
63.70 cm2
55.86 cm2
79.38 cm2
94.08 cm2
83.30 cm2
100.45 cm2Suitable as counterplates to 5821
5835 1 mm
Aluminium Stainless steel
Ventilation plates with concha-tely louvred ventilation slotsSlot length 48 mm
No.
5835 245835 315835 41
Size
200 × 60 mm250 × 75 mm400 × 90 mm
Cutout sizein the door
165 × 45 mm220 × 60 mm385 × 60 mm
Ventilationarea
10.80 cm2
14.40 cm2
28.80 cm2
5821 4 mm
Aluminium
Ventilation plates with 7 mm Δ-PerforationAvailable length up to 600 mm
No.
5821 245821 315821 415821 515821 61
Size
200 × 60 mm250 × 75 mm400 × 90 mm500 × 90 mm600 × 90 mm
Cutout sizein the door
175 × 35 mm235 × 50 mm385 × 65 mm475 × 65 mm565 × 65 mm
Ventilationarea
16.60 cm2
29.40 cm2
62.70 cm2
77.42 cm2
89.67 cm2
Suitable as counterplates to 5821
9c
38–40
89
425
564
5807Aluminium 1.5 mmStainless steel 1 mm
HORA-ventilation coverfor bathroom with gas heating
Ventilation section 150 cm2,corresponding to the Germanbuilding regulations.
Size 450 x115 mmDoor cutout 425 x 89 mm
5833 0038Aluminium
Ventilation gridSize 300 x 80 mmDoor cutout 280 x 55 mm
Ventilation section39.2 cm2
5812 Aluminium
Ventilation hoodSize 320 x 80 mmDoor cutout 280 x 65 mm
Ventilation section46.55 cm2
Items such as kicking plates,ventilation plates, ventilationgrills, ventilation covers andperforated plates are made ofthin, sharp-edged material.When fitting them, it is impor-tant to make sure they lie flushagainst the surface to whichthey are to be attached. Suchitems should be handled with
extreme care when being un-packed, fitted, checked for positioning and, indeed, throughout their service life.Carelessness in this respectcan easily lead to fingers get-ting injured, especially in thecourse of cleaning routines.
Ventilation covers
565
22 22
80 65
1,5
15 Length L
22 22
100 85
1,5
15 Length L
86 72
1,5
18
14,5 14,5
Length L
14
5840 Aluminium
Width 80 mmPerforation 20 x 3 mm
5841 Aluminium
Width 100 mmPerforation 20 x 3 mm
5844 Aluminium
Width 86 mmPerforation 90 x 5 mm
Edge spacing on 5840, 5841and 5844 is 14 mm
Ventilation areas:
5840 208.8 cm2/linear metre5841 278.4 cm2/linear metre5844 400.0 cm2/linear metre
Ventilation web plates
The ventilation web plates5840 and 5841 are availablein stock lenghts 200, 300,400, 480, 500, 600, 800,1000 and 2500 mm.
The ventilation web plates FSB 5844 are available instandard lengths of 400 and500 mm.
A tailor-made constructionaccording to your require-ments is possible. Specialconstruction and special finishon request.
9c
566
5588 Aluminium
Fixing procedure A I + A II
5589 Aluminium
Fixing procedure A III + A VI
FSB air inlet and outlet grills in aluminium are deployed asdecorative fittings in ceilings,walls, heating covers, furnitureand so on. They cannot be walked or driven on.
Ordering procedure as well assizes and models described onthe following pages.
11
21
Length L
Wid
th B
L1
17
17
H1
21
H
25
Length L
Air inletand outlet grills
H Clear installation heightH1 Total length
L Clear installation heightL1 Total length
FSB can produce any dimen-sions within the range 4000 x250 mm. To avoid any unnec-essary delay, please submitexact measurements, ideallyon a copy of the order chartshown here.The number of lat-tice bars and support webs re-quired can be roughlyassessed using the appropriatetables.
Necessary order details:
In exceptional circumstanceswhere the max. width of 250 mm needs to be excee-ded, please supply us with anout-line of the situation statingall dimensions. One solution isto combine several lattice barswith one support web. FSB willwillingly offer a quote for suchwork.
Number of holding webs:
300 - 400 mm 2 pieces500 - 800 mm 3 pieces900 -1200 mm 4 pieces
1300 -1600 mm 5 pieces1700 -2000 mm 6 pieces2100 -2500 mm 7 pieces
For intermediate sizes or largerwidths than 250 mm, pleaseask us.
Fixing modes:
A Iwithout fixing holes to be pla-ced into the groove
A IIsupport webs provided withcountersunk screw holes4.25 mm Ø
A IIIZ-frame without fixing holes(grill is placed without being fi-xed)
A IVZ-frame with countersunkscrew holes 4.25 mm Ø, grillis fixed in the Z-frame
A VZ-frame with spring elements,grill is placed without being fi-xed (for horizontal installation)
A VIZ-frame with spring elements,grill is fixed in the Z-frame.
5588 5589
Aluminium
567
Air inletand outlet grills
B = 704
B = 855
B = 1006
B = 1157
B = 1308
B = 1459
B = 16010
B = 17511
B = 19012
B = 20513
B = 22014
B = 23515
B = 25016
Quantity Item no. Colour Dim. L Dim. H Dim. L1 Dim. H1 A I A II A III A IV A V A VI
4
A I
A II
A III
A IV
A V + A VI
3
10–16
9c
Stock sizes:
The FSB-aluminium air inletand outlet grills are construc-ted in a way that all parts canbe kept in stock by retailers orfabricators and put together asrequired with a minimum offuss.
Aluminium profile for lattice bars:Stock length: 4,000 mmItem no.: 5888 50Packing unit 25 pieces
Aluminium support web15 x 250 mmItem no.: 5888 60Packing unit 25 pieces
Aluminium profile for Z-frameStock length: 4000 mmItem no.: 5889 60Packing unit 25 pieces
Corner connection for Z-framesItem no.: 5889 65Packing unit 250 pieces
Clamp element, spring steelItem no.: 5889 66Packing unit 250 pieces
5888 5889
Aluminium
568
Air inletand outlet grills
Order quantity per packing unit:
Number of inlets FSB 5888 50
Number of aluminiumsupport webs
Number ofZ-Frames
Number of corner connections
Number of springelements
Fixing aidsCorrect fixing is essential ifFSB lever handle furniture isto function flawlessly.
It is FSB policy to enclose pa-per positioning templates withall orders. Should these havebeen omitted, we would askyou to inform us immediatelyand we will rectify the matter.Product codes are given inthe footers of the pages thatfollow.
FSB supplies trade installerswith metal templates, the product codes for which are quoted towards the top of theright-hand column in the pa-ges that follow.
A fair amount of force is in-volved in the operation of le-ver handle furniture. Thisholds particularly true for fit-tings on heavily used doors.Long-term trouble-free usecan only be guaranteed if suf-ficient care is taken whenmarking out and boring holesand fixing the furniture.
FSB has looked very carefullyinto the complaints receivedover recent years. In the pro-cess, it has discovered thatthe source of the problem isvery frequently faulty fixing.Here are a few typical exam-ples:
- Lugs on backplates and ro-ses simply pinched off. Non-slip attachment impossibleas a result.
- Fittings ordered for wrongdoor thickness. Connectingspindle was either too long -lever handle began to move- or too short - spindlemounted too close to itsend, leading to breakage.
- The grub screw punch wasnot tightened with sufficientcare and hence the clam-ping plate was not pierced.The lever handle was slackon its spindle, which meantit could be wrenched looseif tuggedwith any force.
- Holes bored without usingtemplate. Centres markedout in haphazard manner,producing oversize holes andhence poorly anchored back-plates and roses moved onthe door.
- FSB furniture has beencombined with spindles,screws, backplates and ro-ses of competitors.
FSB is at pains to stress thatit can only accept liability forits products - just as all com-petitors - if they have beencorrectly fixed.
We would additionally wish to draw attention to growingpublic sensitivity regardingthe issue of liability. Impro-perly fitted door and windowfurniture can have dire conse-quences in this respect. FSBputs its faith in the practicalexperience and skill of itsown clientele and of their cu-stomers. Our mutual end cu-stomers have a right to expectproperly fitted hardware thatworks.
571
9d
572
Ø 6
BB
PZ
22
55110
24 0453 Fixing template for FSBstandard short backplate, locating lugs and visible fixing
.... 0000: BB/PZ/Bathroom 55 – 110 mm
.... 0016: BB/PZ 70 mm, 7 mm ΔBathroom 70 mm, 6/7 mm Δ
Fixing template for FSB short backplates with visible fixing
Fixing template for FSB roses
573
Ø 9
BB
PZ
Ø 9
BB
PZ
38
72
38
78
38
92
38
70 Ø 9
CH
PZ
*
BDCC
Item no. 0455 0000
BB and PZ 72 mm
Item no. 0455 5608
Bathroom 78 mm
Item no. 0455 0012
BB and PZ 92 mm
0455 ....Fixing template for FSB rosesdesigned for concealed fixing:
– FSB roses and escutcheons
– FSB security roses
9d
Item no. 0455 0016
BB and PZ 70 mm (7 Δ mm),Bathroom 70 mm (6/7 Δ mm),through fixing
Item no. 0455 1016
* With additional bushing forspecial borehole acc. to access control system “EZK”
574
Fixing aidsfor panic furniture
0457 ....Fixing template for FSB emergency exit furniture,concealed fixing, acc.
to EN 11257970 01107970 0200
7980 ..107980 ..00
Insert FSB special-purposespindle 0125 into lock and fit cylinder. Position boreholetemplate over spindle andcylinder and drill through bush-ings.
The crossbar length is arrived at by taking the width of thedoor and deducting the back-set twice and a further 67 mm.Once bars have been cut tosize, fit plastic end pieces forthe stainless steel version.
Assembling panic furniture andintegrating it with fittings on theother side is very straightfor-ward. Full instructions are en-closed with each set.
Check the action of the furni-ture once the stop setting hasbeen determined and covershave been fitted.
19
21,5
72
112
46
Ø 10,5
Ø 6,5
575
9d1. Select borehole layout re-quired using paper sheetsprovided.
2. Push borehole layout sheetfrom above into the guide ofmetal template.
3. Firmly secure layout sheetwith knurled screw.
4. Select pilot pins to suit lock-follower (7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, 10 mm) and keywaytype (lever lock, PZ, dead-bolt follower) and screw them into the metal templatefrom the back until theybecome visible in the bore-hole layout.
5. Attach the prepared univer-sal template to each side of the door in turn and drill through the available layout holes.
6. Remove template and fit FSB furniture as shown in fixing instructions.
UniversalTemplate
0460 All FSB fittings have their own fixing templates for use as needed, but FSB has addi-tionally developed a universaltemplate that encompasses virtually every borehole con-figuration available. This all-purpose kit is a must for all professional fabricators.
Universal template accordingto German DIN standard. ForDIN mortice locks please referto page 531ff.
Instructions for use:
1 2 3 4 5 Constituent parts:
1 Metal template2 Borehole layout sheets3 Pilot pins4 Knurled screw5 Drill bits
576
Metal fixing template
0461 The latest addition to the FSBrange of drilling aids is a door-pull borehole template thatallows boreholes for pull han-dles to be produced with greatprecision. The FSB door-pull boreholetemplate accommodates avariety of axial dimensions aswell as custom backsets. Itfeatures hardened drillingbushings and graduated sidestops and is made of high-quality aluminium. The feltpadding prevents door surfacesbeing damaged.
Fixing centres 150 mm, 200 mm, 210 mm,250 mm, 300 mm, 350 mmand 450 mm.
450
350
300
250
210
200
150
0
577
9d
Routing jig for FSB flush roses
0462 Routing jig 0462 is used asfollows: push the centring de-vice into the boreholes on thetimber routing jig and placethe assembly against the door.Slot the guide pins on the cen-tring device into the followerand the cylinder or other keyhole and align the routing jigparallel with the door leaf.Then secure the routing jig tothe door with C-clamps at theposition thus arrived at. Nowremove the centring deviceand rout out
– to a depth of 7 mm in thecase of flush furniture fordoor thicknesses of 45 mmupwards (FSB 7201/7601)
– and to a depth of 3 mm inthe case of flush roses fordoor thicknesses between38-44 mm (FSB 1736/1737)
Use a top router with a cutter20 mm in diameter and a ring30 mm in diameter for this.Then repeat the process onthe other side.
For additional informationplease refer to www.fsb.de/flush
Fixing templates for FSB short backplates with concealed fixing
578
Ø 10,5BBPZ
21,5
5578
112
Ø 10,5BBPZ
21,5
7092
128,5
0469 Fixing template for FSB backplates 1452 03 and 1453 03with concealed fixing
BB/PZ/Bathroom 70 – 92 mm, 8 mm Δ
0477 ....Fixing template for FSB backplates 1450 03 and 1451 03 with concealed fixing
.... 0000: BB/PZ/Bathroom55 – 78 mm, 8 mm Δ
.... 0016: BB/PZ 70 mm 7 mm ΔBathroom 70 mm,6/7 mm Δ
Fixing templates for FSB long or square backplates with concealed fixing
579
Ø 10,5
21,5
7292
134,5
75,5
BB/CH
PZ
BDCC
*
0476 ....Fixing template for
– FSB long backplates withconcealed fixing
– FSB security furniture for framed-door-locks “Securitas”FSB 7330 and 7531 FSB 7530 and 7531
– FSB long backplate sets forframed doors FSB 7816 and7820
.... 0000: BB/PZ/Bathroom 72 – 92 mm,8/9/10 mm Δ
.... 0016: BB/PZ 70 mm, 7 mm ΔBathroom 70 mm,6/7 mm Δ
0478 Fixing template for FSB squarebackplates with concealedfixing, item nos. 1483 03 and1488 03 (8 mm Δ)
* Borehole not required for fittings with spacing 70 mmacc. to French standard.
21,5
7278
112
120
Ø 10,5
Ø 10,5
BB
PZ
9d
580
0481 Fixing template for FSB ovalroses with rivet nuts for usingFSB fixing accessories 0526
PZ 72 mm, 8 mm Δ
0482 Fixing template for FSB ovalroses with rivet nuts for usingFSB fixing accessories 0526
PZ 92 mm, 8/9 mm Δ
Fixing template for FSB oval roses with rivet nuts
BBPZ
Ø 7,072
50
50
BBPZ
92
50
50
Ø 7,0
Fixing template forDesign + Security
581
0487 ....Fixing template for FSB security furniture long backplate version
.... 0000: BB and PZ 72 – 92 mm,8/10 mm Δ
.... 0016: PZ 70 mm, 7 mm Δ
0488 Fixing template for FSB security furniture short backplate version
BB and PZ 72 mm, 8 mm Δ
Ø 12,5
PZ
21,5
7292
134,5
75,5
PZ
21,5
72
Ø 12,5
112
9d
New tones
at FSB.
Those familiar with the FSBbrand will not have failed tonotice when reading our littletreatise that Le Corbusier’scolour grammar and concep-tion of architecture are verymuch after our own heart.The evolution of our door fit-tings draws on an aspirationthat was also central to thedefinition of the “Polychromiearchitecturale”, namely oururge to lend our products aform that takes adequate ac-count of architecture, spaceand humanity. Good designobtains when harmoniouslybalanced formal and aestheticqualities are married to func-tionality, longevity and user-driven design. Thus, there is,in our view, more than onegood reason for deriving inspi-
ration from the great masterwhen adding colourful coloursto our corporate identity. Andit is to be hoped that we arenot posthumously treading onhis toes by harnessing him toour cause in the joyful realisa-tion that his Polychromie hasopened our eyes to colourswondrously suited to our ownform and content. But neverfear: we’re not about to startmarketing some unprincipledpotpourri. Our grey will conti-nue to be the main protago-nist – flanked by colour whe-rever there is a case for thisand it suits our cause.
Specifications
Handing details
Product liability
Sales aids
German Standards (DIN)
Gerneral terms of sales
Guide to FSB
Sales Organisation
FSB-Edition
583
Explanations 10a584
586
588
590
592
593
594
596
600
584
Sample specificationsStandard lever handle furniture
AGL® heavy-duty furniture
FSB lever handle furniture
Lever handle furniture for framed doors
Recommendation
FSB lever handle furnitureAluminium . . . . anodisedwith 8 mm FSB Stabil spindlefor doors 40 mm thick
Bearings provided by leverhandle roses with lugs and sliding bearings in glass-fibre-reinforced black plastic
FSB lever handle furnitureAGL Stainless Steel . . . . with8 mm FSB Stabil spindle fordoors 40 mm thick
Handles permanently supportedin precision-fit, maintenance-free compensating bearings onFSB backplates 185 x 45 mm
FSB lever handle furniturefor smoke and fire doorsto DIN 18 273
Aluminium . . . . anodisedwith 9mm FSB Stabil spindlefor doors 40 mm thick
Handles permanently attachedto FSB backplates 185 x 45 mm
FSB lever handle furniture for framed doors inaluminium . . . . anodisedwith 8 mm FSB solid spindlefor doors 40 mm thick
Handles permanently attachedto oval backplates 245 x 35 mm
to ensure an FSB product isabsolutely right for a given dooror window you should heed allthe specific “traits” accordedthat product.Indicated on these two pagesare examples of how to ensurethat the FSB products chosenare the most suitable for Ger-man customers.
In describing our products atsuch length, we have sought tostress their distinctive “person-alities”, i.e. the factors that setthem apart from their marketrivals.Whether you are a briefingarchitect, a consultant joiner, a builders hardware whole- saleror an “enlightened” enduser,
Escutcheons with . . . . keyways
FSB moulded-to-the-hand design 1020Designed by Johannes PotenteLever handle rose FSB 1131Escutcheon FSB 1735
with reinforcement lugs, concealed fixing on both sidesFixing centres 72 mm . . . .
FSB design 7223 04Based on a design by Max Billreworked by Johannes Potente
supplied with reinforcementlugs, concealed fixing on both sidesFixing centres 72 mm
FSB design 7646 04original FSB works design
with reinforcement lugs, sliding bearings in black pla-stic, concealed fixing on bothsides Fixing centres 72 mm
FSB design 7816original FSB works design
585
10a
Security furniture
Pull handle (door pull)
Window handle
Door stop
FSB security furnitureSecurity Class 2-ZAaluminium . . . . anodisedFSB multilayer constructiontechniquewith cylinder guard for projec-tions of 8 - 16 mmFSB Stabil spindle securedin neck of knobFixing distance 72 mm EPC
FSB pull handle in tubular materiale.g. brass polished waxedLength of handle 350 mmHandle diameter 30 mmwith support roses for greaterstability on the face of the doorBack-to-back fixing 1
FSB window handle cast aluminium andgrey/black thermoplasticRAL-certified click-stop mechanismenduringly smooth actionaudibly clicks into positionall-over basket-arch rose
FSB floor-fitted door stopstainless steel . . . .diameter 70 mmcomplete with fastenings
FSB design 7384 5510Knob and lever handleDesigned by Hartmut Weise
FSB design 6662 38
Concealed fixingwith reinforcement lugs,diameter 10 mm
FSB design 3778produced by Christoph Ingenhoven
FSB design 3884 00original FSB works design
HandingdetailsLever handle furniture fordoors DIN l.h., inward opening
Male handle points right,female handle points left
Lever furniture with dead knobfor doors DIN l.h., inwardopening
Female handle points left
Bathroom/WC furniture for doors DIN l.h., inward opening
Male handle points right, with WC perforation,female handle points left, with thumbturn
DIN left hand inward opening
DIN right hand inward opening
Lever handle furniture for doors DIN r.h., inward opening
Male handle points left, female handle points right
Lever furniture with dead knob for doors DIN r.h., inwardopening
Female handle points right
Bathroom/WC furniture fordoors DIN r.h., inward opening
Male handle points left,with WC perforation,female handle points right,with thumbturn
DIN right hand outward opening
DIN left hand outward opening
586
Explanation:
The German specificationsDIN right hand respective DIN left hand refer to thepositioning of the things on the opening face of the door.
inside
outside
inside
outsideinside
outside
inside
outside
1
3
2
4
65
Lever handle furniture fordoors DIN l.h., inward opening
Male handle points right, female handle points left
Lever furniture with dead knobfor doors DIN l.h., inwardopening
Female handle points left
Bathroom/WC furniture for doors DIN l.h., inward opening
Male handle points right, with WC perforation,female handle points left, with thumbturn.
DIN left hand inward opening
DIN right handinward opening
Lever handle furniture for doors DIN r.h., inward opening
Male handle points left,female handle points right
Lever furniture with dead knob for doors DIN r.h., inwardopening
Female handle points right
Bathroom/WC furniture fordoors DIN r.h., inward opening
Male handle points left, with WC perforation,female handle points right,with thumbturn.
DIN right hand outward opening
DIN left hand outward opening
587
Doors are either right or lefthand, relative to which waythey open. When orderinglever furniture with dead knobor if you require the spindleelement to be located on theoutside, you should specify leftor right hand.
inside
outside
inside
outsideinside
outside
inside
outside
1
3
2
4
65
10a
About productliabilityUnder the Product LiabilityAct, FSB is liable for damagecaused by faulty products, theprecondition being that, in theselection, installation and useof the goods, all the applicableregulations set down in theFSB manual shall have beencomplied with.
We would additionally like topoint out that what the law de-fines as product liability andwhat the end user actually ex-pects of a product can be tworadically different things. Doorand window handles, after all,are in the first instance “tools”for opening and closing doorsand windows. However beauti-ful they might be, such toolsstill remain subject to the lawsof wear and tear. Thoughprime materials are used, pro-duction is organised to ISO9001, and the company hassuccessfully undergone an EU“eco-audit” (1996) and beencertificated to ISO 14001(1997), the laws of physics willinevitably manifest themselvesto the end user in the form ofwear and tear.
The main definitions and regu-lations are recapitulated in thefollowing.
1.0 Product definitions
1.1 Lever handles and accessories
Lever handles and their acces-sories are implements withwhich to open and close doors.They do this in concert with thedoor frame, the door’s hinges,the door leaf, the lock, and thecylinder, and all these compo-nents need to be properlysynchronized. It’s no use tryingto use a lever handle to open adoor if the door is locked, forinstance, the only exception tothis being the special mecha-nisms featured on panic doors.
1.2 Tubular handles
The same applies to tubularhandles. The door frame, doorhinges, door leaf and otherclosing devices such as doorclosers need to be compatiblewith one another.
1.3 Window handles and accessories
Again, window handles are butone element of the window.The method of closure willgenerally determine whichtype of handle is appropriate.
2.0 Improper use
Lever handles, pull handlesand window handles and slid-ing ventilators are subjectcomparatively frequently to im-proper use, and this can leadsooner or later to damage forwhich the manufacturer canno longer be held responsible.Typical examples:
- Lever handles are used assupports, especially when ondoors at the base of steepstairs.
- Doors are used as a sort ofroundabout by children, thehandles serving as the mainsource of support.
- In the absence of door stops,lever handles and pull hand-les bang against the wall.
- Lever handles and pull hand-les are used to hang heavy objects on.
3.0 Product Performance
Notions of product performanceare only codified in norms to avery limited degree. For themost part, they are the up-shotof many years of experienceand are by now common prop-erty in the builders hardwaretrade. FSB keeps faith withthese general informal stan-dards. The norms listed belowapply for special performancerequirements.
- DIN 18 255 This norm sets general standards for door furniture and accessories.
- DIN 18 273This norm sets out limitsspecifically for firecheck andsmoke stop doors.
- DIN 18 257This norm lays down mini-mum requirements for se curity furniture.
FSB products are constantlyevolving, and production issubject to continuous qualitycontrol. We reserve the right tomake technical modifications.
588
4.0 Product maintenance
Most FSB products are “imple-ments” for the opening andclosing of doors and windows.Sooner or later, depending onwhat they are made of andwhere they are fitted, they willinevitably begin to show signsof wear. The properties of thevarious materials can be sum-marized as follows:
4.1 Aluminium
Aluminium has performedadmirably in everyday use formany decades. The metal isprotected by a tough anodisedcoating. Surface scratch marksin no way impair the operatingefficiency of the furniture butsimply denote the passing oftime.
4.2 AluGrey
AluGrey is new to the FSB pro -gramme and boasts a greatersurface hardness and resis -tance to wear than standardaluminium. On account of theabove-mentioned properties,noticeable signs of use areslow to materialise undernormal circumstances but,even so, cannot be ruled outcompletely in the long term,though the functioning of thehardware remains unaffectedwhatever the case.
4.3 Stainless steel
Stainless steel is commonlyregarded as being indes -tructible. In fact, even stainlesssteel can develop scratchesand traces of rust. This latter is the phenomenon known as'flash rust', which can be re-moved with the aid of standardcleansing agents.
4.4 Brass
Much has already been said inthe FSB manual regarding theproperties of brass. Whereasaluminium is more or less apure metal, brass is an alloywith tendencies towards corro-sion. We would therefore liketo emphasize once again herethat only regularly cleanedbrass components withoutlacquer retain their initial allure.Once the coating of the lac-quered version has beenbreached, unsightly corrosionsets in, and this can only bereversed in our factory after alaborious stripping operation.
4.5 Aluminium + colour
Coloured FSB lever handlesare generally given a flexiblecolour membrane approx. 250microns thick that is longlivedgiven correct use. Contact withsharp objects may lead tosome denting.
4.6 Upkeep
All FSB products are largelymaintenance-free. Once fitted,however, FSB neverthelessrecommends checking at reg-ular intervals that they areproperly positioned and thatscrew fastenings are secure.Water and a soft cloth onlyshould be used to keep FSBhardware clean.
5.0 Requisite informationand instructions
Relevant information and in-structions can be gleanedfrom the following material:
For stockists, architects andconsultants:catalogues with all the neces-sary detailed descriptions.
For installers:besides catalogues - fitting in-structions and templates and,where necessary, technical drawings.
For end users:fitting instructions, templates,and instructions for use and -in specific instances - care, allincluded with products.
To ensure the correct func-tioning of door and windowfurniture,
architects and designers areurged to bear in mind whereand under what conditions thefurniture is going to be in useand to select accordingly. Anyqueries should be addressedto the trade wholesalers, theFSB External Service, or FSBitself.
the sales trade is urged torigorously double check thespecifications provided by ar-chitects, designers and clientsso as to ensure the compatibil-ity of these specifications withthose of the furniture selected.
installers are urged to makesure they receive from thesales trade all the products in-formation and fitting and main -t enance instructions neededfor them to be able to fit thefurniture correctly and pass onany relevant information to thecustomer.
589
10a
Sales aids
590
You may be wondering why itis we have so much to say onthe subject of sales aids. Well,the fact is that we in no wayregard this as a peripheralissue. Builder’s hardware, afterall, is not replaced that fre-quently and is expected toperform day in, day out for agreat many years. Opting forthe wrong product – wrong interms of quality, design or,indeed, profit margin – can takea long time to put right. Whichis why it is important to supportthe decision-making processfrom an early stage so as to beable, at the decisive moment,to guide the customer’s aspira-tions towards the right product.The enlightened purchaserand customer expects to findsensible displays, readilyassimilable catalogue materialand cogent sales arguments atthe “point of sale”. FSB hasalways endeavoured to oblige.
1. Displays and specimenboards
We at FSB do not go alongwith turning display areas intosupermarket-type affairs andconfronting the end-user witha hotchpotch of hardware. Forthis reason, we have developedan all-in display set-up whichis so variable that adapting itto a given spatial configurationis no trouble.
As a means of keeping key el-ements of the FSB programmewell apart from competitors’offerings even in the mostcramped of spaces, we haveadditionally come up with athree-sided rotating merchan-diser. This allows upwards of35 FSB products to be excel-lently exhibited on half a squaremetre of floor space at most.There is also a special rotatingmerchandiser for FSB’s widerange of main entrance doorfittings.
Our specimen boards sportour corporate shade of grey.Metal of all colours stand outwell against this background.Fittings are combined withspecial lock mechanisms sothe customer can get a feel ofhow they work in practice.Specimen boards come in bothstandard and custom sizes.
For architects, however, speci-men boards are often notenough. Instead, they want tosee how the fitting acts in con-junction with lock and cylinderon a small door element. Wesupply specimen blocks forjust this purpose.
We have also developed abespoke specimen case for allthose who like (or have) totravel with the FSB programme.It can be bought or, in individualinstances, hired. FSB’s FieldService will explain the moda -lities.
591
3. Sales arguments
All retailers know (and dread)the ritual customer questionthat goes “And what wouldyou recommend?” The tempta-tion is to respond with plati-tudes such as “Beauty is inthe eye of the beholder” or byattempting to explain what iscurrently in fashion or sellingparticularly well. But are thesegood or at least adequate salesarguments?
We don’t think so. And, in thelight of this, we have publisheda whole series of books - theFSB Edition - that delve intovirtually every aspect of “handleculture”. Anyone wishing toextend his or her repertoire ofsales arguments is urged toconsult them. Apart from any-thing else, they set forth thebest sales argument of all, the“Four Rules of Grip” identifiedby FSB, which allow the end-user to adopt a hands-onapproach to deciding whichhandle to buy:
Thumb rest
Forefinger furrow
Support for the ball ofthe thumb
Gripping volume
10a
2. Manuals and Prospectuses
As you may have noticed, formany years now FSB has beenputting a lot of effort into itsmanuals and prospectuses (acase in point being what youare reading now). And, to ourgreat joy, the trade and publicboth definitely appear to haveappreciated our efforts. Thishas inspired us to further ex-pand our range of written salesaids and informational material.
German Standards (DIN)Without laying any claim to ex-haustiveness, set out beloware a selection of German In-dustrial (DIN) Standards with abearing on doors and windows:
DIN 107Building construction; identifi-cation of right and left side
DIN 4102 - Supplement 1Fire behaviour of building ma-terials and components; tablesof contents
DIN 4102-5Fire Behaviour of Building Ma-terials and Building Compo-nents; Fire Barriers, Barriers inLift Wells and Glazings Resist-ant against Fire; Definitions,Requirements and Tests
DIN 4102-13Fire behaviour of building ma-terials and elements; fire re-sistant glazing; concepts, re-quirements and testing
DIN 4102-18Fire behaviour of building ma-terials and components; firebarriers, verification of auto-matic closure (continuous per-formance test)
DIN 1080-1Terms, Symbols and UnitsUsed in Civil Engineering;Principles
DIN 18 055Windows; air permeability ofjoints, water tightness and me-chanical strain; requirementsand testing
DIN 18 082-1Fire barriers; steel doors T 30-1; Construction type A
DIN 18 095-1Smoke control doors; conceptsand requirements
DIN 18 095-2Smoke control doors; typetesting for durability and leak-age
DIN 18 100Doors; wall openings for di-mensions in accordance withDIN 4172
DIN 18 101Doors; doors for residentialbuildings; sizes of door leaves,position of hinges and lock, in-terdependence of dimensions
DIN 18 111-1Door frames; steel doorframes; standard door framesfor rebated doors
DIN 18 250Locks; mortice locks for firebarriers; single latch bolt lock
DIN 18 251Locks; mortice locks for doors
DIN 18 252Locking cylinders for doorlocks; terminology
DIN 18 254Profile cylinders with pin tum-blers for door locks; dimen-sions, materials, requirements,testing, labelling and marking
DIN 18 255Building hardware; door han-dles, door plates and door ros-es; concepts and definitions,dimensions, requirements
DIN 18 257Building hardware; securitydoor plates, concepts and definitions, dimensions, requirements, testing and labelling
DIN 18 268Building hardware; hinges fordoors; reference-lines forhinges
DIN 18 273Building hardware; lever han-dle units for fire doors andsmoke control doors; conceptsand definitions, dimensions,requirements and testing
DIN 18 357Contract procedure for build-ing works; Part C: Generaltechnical specifications forbuilding works; mounting ofwindow and door fittings
DIN 18 361Construction contract proce-dures (VOB) - Part C: Generaltechnical specifications in construction contracts (ATV);Glazing
DIN 32 617Letter-boxes; requirements,testing and arrangement
DIN 58 125School buildings, structural re-quirements for the preventionof accidents
DIN 68 706, Part 1Plywood-doors; concepts, priority sizes, constructioncharacteristics for interiordoors
DIN EN 179Building hardware - Emergencyexit devices operated by alever handle or push pad –Requirements and test methods
DIN EN 1125Building hardware - Panic exitdevices operated by a horizon-tal bar - Requirements andtest methods
DIN EN 1303Building hardware - Cylindersfor locks - Requirements andtest methods
DIN V ENV 1627Windows, doors, barriers - Anti-burglar devices - Require-ments and classification
DIN V ENV 1628Windows, doors, barriers - Anti-burglar devices - Testmethods for establishing re-sistance under static loads
DIN V ENV 1629Windows, doors, barriers - Anti-burglar devices - Testmethods for establishing re-sistance under dynamic loads
DIN V ENV 1630Windows, doors, barriers - Anti-burglar devices - Testmethods for establishing re-sistance to manual attempts atintrusion
DIN EN 1670Corrosion behaviour - Require-ments and test methods
DIN EN 1906Building hardware, lever han-dles and doorknobs - Require-ments and test methods
DIN EN 12 209Mechanically operated locksand striking plates - Require-ments and test methods
DIN EN 13 724Residential letter boxes - re-quirements, inspection, instal-lation
592
General terms of sale1. GeneralThe following Terms of Salerepresent the exclusive basis forall quotations and contracts; anydeviating terms of the Customer,unless explicitly acknowledgedin writing, shall be deemedinvalid.
2. QuotationsAll quotations remain subject toconfirmation unless explicitlystipulated as binding or fixed. Acontract of sale shall be consti-tuted only upon our writtenconfirmation of order.
3. Delivery and Passage ofRiskShipment shall be made at the risk and expense of theCustomer. The risk passes tothe Customer when goods are de livered to the shipping or for warding agent.
4. Delivery Dates The delivery dates quotedindicate the foreseeable deliverydates with which we shallendeavour to comply.
5. Prices Unless other agreements re garding pricing have beenmade, the prices applicable onthe date of delivery shall apply.All prices shall be subject tovalue-added tax, VAT, and arequoted ex warehouse Brakel,excluding packaging. Packingshall be charged at cost. Toolsfor which prorated paymentshave been received shall remainour property.
6. Payment, Offset and With-holding, Return Shipment
Our invoices shall be payable 14days after date of invoice at 2%discount or 30 days after date ofinvoice net. Invoice sums lessthan EUR 50.00 shall be payablenet immediately. In the event ofoverdue payment, we shall beentitled to charge interest at theover-draught rate applicable atthat time, and at least 3% above the basic interest rate in accordance with the BGB
(Civil Code) § 247. If, after anorder has been placed, we be-come aware of circumstanceswhich give us good cause todoubt the creditworthiness ofthe Customer, we shall be en -titled to deliver this order subjectto cash in advance only and tomake the delivery of other orderssubject to their prior payment.The Customer shall be entitledto only offset counterclaimswhich have been legally estab-lished or are otherwise un -disputed and may exercise awithholding right only in respectto such claims that are basedon the same contract. TheCustomer shall be entitled toreturn goods only subject toexpress prior agreement. Suchreturn shipments are subject toa deduction of at least 30% of the value of the goods tocompensate for expenses.
7. Retention of Title The products delivered (reservedgoods) shall remain our propertyuntil payment in full of thepurchase price and all existingand future claims arising fromthe business relations with theCustomer. This shall also applyin cases in which individual orall claims have been consoli-dated into one single invoiceand balanced and approved.The Customer shall be entitledto sell the reserved goods in thedue course of business providedhe meets his contractual obliga-tions. Otherwise we shall be en -titled to require the surrender ofthe reserved goods; in this case,the Customer has no right ofpossession. We shall then beentitled, without prejudice to-wards the Customer’s obligationof payment, to sell the re -possessed goods and to creditthe Customer with any surplus.At the time of purchase of thereserved goods, the Customershall at that point in time assignto us all claims arising from theresale which accrue to himagainst his customers. Subjectto revocation, the Customer
shall be authorised to collect theassigned claims; upon our de-mand, however, he shall notifyus without delay and in full ofthe amount of these claims andthe names of his customers. If,in the event of a delivery by themanufacturer, a bill debt is con-stituted, the retention of titleshall expire only after the billhas been redeemed. Should theredeemable value of existingsecurities surpass the securedclaims by more than 10%, weshall be obliged, if so demandedby the Customer, to releasesecurities of our own choice. We shall be entitled to repudiatea contract if an application toopen bankruptcy proceedingshas been made with respect tothe Customer’s assets.
8. Published Details Unless explicitly described asbinding, all details and illustra-tions contained in our brochuresand catalogues shall merelyrepresent approximate valuescommon in the industry. Theonus shall rest on the Customerto undertake his own examina-tion as to whether the goods aresuitable for the intended pur-pose.
9. WarrantyIn the event of complaints re -garding recognisable defects,wrong deliveries or substantialdifferences in quantity, notifica-tion must be made to us withoutdelay and in writing at the latestwithin ten days of delivery of thegoods. If the Customer does notmake notification of any defectswithin this period, the goodsshall be deemed to have beenapproved free of defects. Relevant for the purposes of de-termining whether the conditionof the merchandise is in com -pliance with the contract is thepoint in time at which riskpasses to the Customer as perArticle 3. Concealed defectsmust be notified in writingwithout delay upon their discov-ery. We must be given the
opportunity to verify any defectnotified. We shall grant a war-ranty for freedom from defectsas defined by the state of the artfor a period of two years fromthe date of delivery. Excludedfrom warranty are damagesresulting from wear and tear, im-proper handling, faulty assemblyor any servicing. The sameapplies for defects that onlynegligibly reduce the value orfunctionality of the merchandise.In the event of a justified andtimely complaint, we shall, atour discretion, undertake eitherimprovement or replacement ofthe goods; all further claims, inparticular claims for consequen-tial damage, shall be excluded.In the event that such improve-ment or replacement fails, theCustomer shall retains the rightto demand a reduction of thepurchase price or rescission ofthe contract.
10. Place of Performance and Court of Jurisdiction
Place of performance, place ofpayment and court of jurisdic-tion, including that for legalactions on bills of exchange orchecks, shall be, as far as ad-missible, Brakel. This contractshall be governed exclusively byGerman law. The United NationsConvention of 11.04.1980 onContracts for the InternationalSale of Goods (CISG - “ViennaSales Convention”) shall notapply.
11. Closing ProvisionThe legal invalidity of individualprovisions shall not otherwiseaffect the enforceability of theseGeneral Terms and Conditionsof Sale.
593
10a
The latest edition of our General Terms & Conditions of Sale at www.fsb.de/gtos
How to reach FSB
594
Paderborn/Lippstadt
Frankfurt
Kassel
Brakel
Hannover
Düsseldorf
Brakel is situated in the south-easternmost corner of theGerman federal state of North-Rhine Westphalia. Geographi-cally speaking, it is where theEgge mountains merge withthe Weserberg hills.
Paderborn is connected withBerlin, London, Munich, Parisand Stuttgart, etc. The distanceof the ICE-railway stationKassel-Wilhelmshöhe is about55 minutes by car to Brakel.
The distances to the most im-portant German airports in kmare:Düsseldorf about 200 km,Frankfurt about 220 km,Hannover about 120 km.
595
10a
Hannover
Rinteln
Hameln
HöxterBrakelPaderborn
Warburg
KasselA 44
A 7A
7
A 2
A 2
Bielefeld
A 33
A 49
A 39
B 1B
217
B 1
B 1
B 64
B 64
B 2
52 B 8
3
Industrie-
straße
Nieheimer Straße
Paderborn
Warburg
Driburger Straße
Warburger
Stra
ße
Höxter
Rinteln
B 252
B 64
L 863
Höxter
B 252
Am
Bahndamm
Werk I Verwaltung
Werk II
When going by car from thenorth, you’ll come to Brakel via motorway, Hannover-Dortmund, exit point Rinteln,picking up then the route fromRinteln-Barntrup-Blomberg to Brakel. The distance from Rinteln toBrakel is about 90 km.
When coming from the south,leave the motorway Kassel-Dortmund at the exit pointWarburg/Brakel driving thenfrom Warburg over Peckels-heim, Siddessen and Rhederabout 35 km to Brakel.
FSB has two production sitesin Brakel.
Central administration islocated together with the alu-minium foundry and develop-ment units at NieheimerStraße 38.
Facilities II and III are housedalong with the logistics centreat Industriestraße 12 on theBrakel industrial estate.
Field Service for Hardware, ErgoSystem, EZK:
1 Klaus-Dieter Heib Klaus-Groth-Straße 8h25524 ItzehoePhone +49 4821 93795
94239 Fax +49 4821 94248 www.kd-heib.de [email protected]
FSB Project ConsultantBernward Niestegge Friedrich-Ebert-Straße 2 27374 Visselhövede Phone +49 4262 957558 Fax +49 4262 957559 [email protected]
2 FSB Project ConsultantThorsten SchmidtOberlether Straße 226203 WardenburgPhone +49 4407 716415Fax +49 4407 [email protected]
3 Frank Maibohm Demminer Landstraße 6 17389 Anklam Phone +49 3971 210636 Fax +49 3971 210642 [email protected]
4Ludger Hammelbeck Eichenweg 34 59556 Lippstadt Phone +49 2941 9680080Fax +49 2941 9680089 www.beschlagkonzepte.de [email protected]
4 + 8FSB Architectual ConsultantFranz-Josef Hund Rudolf-Harbig-Straße 7 48301 Nottuln Phone +49 2502 222577 Fax +49 2502 222578 [email protected]
596
31
2
48
9
13
15 16
14
12
76
11
10
5
Rostock
Schwerin
HusumKiel
Lübeck
Hamburg
Lüneburg
Soltau
Bremerhaven
Bremen
Emden
Meppen Cloppenburg
Osnabrück
Bielefeld
PaderbornDortmund
Bochum
Siegen
Essen
Düsseldorf
AachenKöln
Bonn
Koblenz
Trier
Ludwigshafen
Kaiserslautern
SaarbrückenHeidelberg
KarlsruheStuttgart
Ulm
SigmaringenFreiburg
Straubing
Passau
Augsburg
München
Rosenheim
WürzburgBamberg Bayreuth
Nürnberg
Regensburg
Leipzig
Dresden
Chemnitz
Brandenburg
Berlin
Cottbus
Frankfurt
Stendal
Magdeburg
Dessau
Halle
Gera
Nord-hausen
Erfurt
Suhl
Kassel
Fulda
Gießen
Wiesbaden
Frankfurt
Hannover
Braunschweig
Goslar
Göttingen
Neubrandenburg
Sales Organisation Germany
5 FSB Project ConsultantJoachim Wegener In den Gänseköpfen 1831188 HollePhone +49 5062 963274Fax +49 5062 [email protected]
6 FSB Project ConsultantJens-Uwe FuchsAlbert-Schweitzer-Straße 539126 MagdeburgPhone +49 391 2545672Fax +49 391 [email protected]
7 Bernhard MöhringBehlertstraße 27 A14469 PotsdamPhone +49 331 74036-0 Fax +49 331 [email protected]
8FSB Project ConsultantOlaf Kahlen Überhöfer Feld 8 51503 Rösrath Phone +49 2205 9198414 Fax +49 2205 9198415 [email protected]
9 FSB Project ConsultantRolf GeppertAuf dem Hähnchen 753578 WindhagenPhone +49 2645 972487Fax +49 2645 [email protected]
10 + 11Karlheinz Peters GmbHRonald GerstnerMartinstraße 27 63533 Mainhausen Phone +49 6182 9375-0 Fax +49 6182 9375-75www.kh-peters.de [email protected]
Adalbert Eulenstein Gräfenthaler Straße 4 07330 Probstzella Phone +49 36735 70790 Fax +49 36735 70790 [email protected]
12FSB Project ConsultantJörg Ruhland Ernst-Thälmann-Straße 62 04420 Markranstädt Phone +49 34205 418250 Fax +49 34205 418251 [email protected]
13 Arnold ReinstädtlerInh. Alexander ReinstädtlerKirchendell 3966787 Wadgassen-Differten Phone +49 6834 9601-0 Fax +49 6834 9601-18 www.reinstaedtler.de [email protected]
14FSB Project ConsultantMatthias Rickert Am Kasernenplatz 4b 96487 Dörfles - Esbach Phone +49 9561 2343020 Fax +49 9561 2343022 [email protected]
15F+W Kooperations GmbHZeppelinstraße 1073760 Ostfildern-KemnatPhone +49 711 459976-0Fax +49 711 [email protected]
16Fuchs + Heckmeier GmbHWallbergstraße 3 82024 Taufkirchen Phone +49 89 89066-188 Fax +49 89 89066-288 www.fuchs-heckmeier.de [email protected]
Technical assistance:
1, 2, 3, 5Holger MannigelNeue Straße 419258 BahlenPortable +49 151 17448482Fax +49 5272 [email protected]
2, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 13Antonius HertingOrthagen 859581 WarsteinPortable +49 160 4768446Fax +49 5272 [email protected]
5, 6, 7, 11, 12Uwe DrasdoAm Birnengarten 72 A39116 MagdeburgPortable +49 151 17448534Fax +49 5272 [email protected]
13, 15, 16Lars WeberLiegnitzerstr. 672213 Altensteig-WalddorfPortable +49 175 2611204Fax +49 5272 [email protected]
14, 16Georg MarkSiegritz 1592681 ErbendorfPortable +49 171 5663574Fax +49 5272 [email protected]
15, 16Herbert PrübnerMittelriedstraße 1289312 GünzburgPortable +49 160 96382300Fax +49 8221 [email protected]
597
General contact
ErgoSystemJürgen KlenkeKey Account ManagerNieheimer Straße 3833034 BrakelPhone +49 5272 608-296Fax +49 5272 [email protected]
Frank DiederichsSales departementNieheimer Straße 3833034 BrakelPhone +49 5272 608-281Fax +49 5272 [email protected]
Angelika TubbesingSales departementNieheimer Straße 3833034 BrakelPhone +49 5272 608-254Fax +49 5272 [email protected]
EZKMatthias MildnerElectronical divisionKey Account ManagerLeipziger Ring 281 63110 RodgauPhone +49 6106 26798-89Fax +49 6106 [email protected]
Ralf FrischemeierSales departementNieheimer Straße 3833034 BrakelPhone +49 5272 608-213Fax +49 5272 [email protected]
Architectual ConsultantWolfgang ReulNieheimer Straße 3833034 BrakelPhone +49 5272 608-127Fax +49 5272 [email protected]
10a
AustriaGuth GesmbHPulvermühlstr. 3A-4040 Linz / DonauPhone +43 732 254119Fax +43 732 [email protected]
AustraliaHalliday & Baillie Pty. Ltd.The Stables, 1 Ridge StreetSurry Hills, NSW 2010AU-SydneyPhone +61 2 96993330Fax +61 2 [email protected]
BahrainElames B.S.C. (c) P.O. Box 26095BH-ManamaPhone +973 17 701166Fax +973 17 [email protected]
BelgiumDidier Baert Brugsestraat 151B-8020 Oostkamp Phone +32 50 822082Fax +32 50 [email protected]
ChinaFSB Asia Ltd. Shanghai Rep. Office CN-Shanghai Phone +86 21 6217 8840Fax +86 21 6217 [email protected]
Czech RepublicEFB, spol. s.r.o.Kordacova 1844CZ-Kladno 272 04Phone +420 312 687684Fax +420 312 [email protected]
EstoniaAS ValnesPärnu mnt 139E/4EE-11317 Tallinn Phone +372 6565 485Fax +372 6565 [email protected]
FinlandInno-Tuote OYTähdenlennontie 9FI-02240 EspooPhone +358 9 8870380Fax +358 9 [email protected]
FranceF+W France SARL6, Rue de la Maison RougeBâtiment DF-77185 Lognes Phone +33 1 60951623Fax +33 1 [email protected]
GreeceSaliveros S.A.92 - 94 Antigonis Str.GR-10442 Athen Phone +30 210 5150001Fax +30 210 [email protected]
Hong KongBarwin Metal Co. Ltd.Unit 2, 10th FloorEastern Harbour Centre28 Hoi Chak Street, North PointHK-Hong KongPhone +852 25626899Fax +852 [email protected]
IcelandVelar OG Verkfaeri EHFSkutuvogur 1 CPostbox 865IS-104 ReykjavikPhone +354 550 8500Fax +354 550 [email protected]
IranFarapan Industry Co. No. 22 Nili St. Sazman Ab Ave. Abali Road IR-TeheranPhone +98 21 77000288Fax +98 21 [email protected]
IrelandPerrem Design HardwareImp&Exp Agencies (IRL) Ltd.Unit 48, Park West EnterpriseBusiness & Industrial ParkNangor RoadIE-Dublin 12Phone +353 1 6232390Fax +353 1 [email protected]
ItalyRenato DimpflmeierVia C.G. Bertero 37I-00156 RomaPhone +39 06 86890841Fax +39 06 [email protected]
Italy/South Tyrol Guth GesmbHPulvermühlstr. 3A-4040 Linz / DonauPhone +43 732 254119Fax +43 732 [email protected]
JapanYamagiwa Corporation1-5-10, SotokandaChiyoda-kuJP-Tokyo, 101-0021Phone +81 35692-5233Fax +81 [email protected]
LatviaSB & Partneri SIARencenu iela 21LV-1073 Riga Phone +371 7113070Fax +371 [email protected]
598
Sales Organisation International
599
LithuaniaUAB “Alfasta”Draugystes 17LT-3031 KaunasPhone +370 37 764446Fax +370 37 [email protected]
Luxembourg Arnold ReinstädtlerInh. Alexander ReinstädtlerKirchendell 39D-66787 Wadgassen-DiffertenPhone +49 6834 9601-0Fax +49 6834 [email protected]
MalaysiaGreifen Marketing (M) SDN BHDS1-00-18, Pangsapuri SutramasPesiaran Puchong Jaya SelatanPuchong JayaMY-47100 Selangor DEPhone +603 8076 4890Fax +603 8076 [email protected]
NetherlandsF+W Nederland B.V.Landauer 29NL-3897 ABZeewoldePhone +31 36 5225688Fax +31 36 [email protected]
New ZealandHalliday & Baillie Ltd.P.O. Box 99 579NZ-Newmarket, AucklandPhone +64 9 3581172Fax +64 9 [email protected]
North America FSB Inc.1 Bishop LaneUS-Madison CT 06443Phone +1 203 4044 700Fax +1 203 4044 [email protected]
Poland Slawomir Bednarczykul. Radiowa 1/18PL-01-485 WarszawaPhone +48 22 8618757Fax +48 22 [email protected]
QatarTadmur Contracting and trading EstP.O. Box 6984QA-DohaPhone +974 46 65501Fax +974 46 [email protected]
Russia Roman AntaschkewitschDirizhabelnaja ul, 13, a/ja 111RU-141700 Dolgoprudnij, MOPhone +7 916 2333477Fax +7 498 [email protected]
SingaporeYong Hup Hardware (Pte) Ltd115 King George’s Avenue,#01-01SG-Singapore 208561Phone +65 62960111Fax +65 [email protected]
South AfricaGlobal Building Elements (Pty) LtdPO Box 3953ZA-Honeydew, 2040Phone +27 11 9572114Fax +27 11 [email protected]
South-Eastern Europe(AL, BA, BG, CS, HR, HU,MD, MK, RO, SI, SK)Enikö Bucs Regional Sales Manager Oberfeldstraße 24A-5082 GrödigPhone +43 6246 72226-151Fax +43 6246 [email protected]
South KoreaNam Hwa Trading Co. Ltd.551-2, Sinsa-DongGangnam-GuKR-SeoulPhone +82 2 5116085Fax +82 2 [email protected]
SpainNew Lock Systems S.A.Calle Freixa, 37 BajosE-08021 BarcelonaPhone +34 93 4144041Fax +34 93 [email protected]
SwedenBoxbeslag Designer Fittings ABP.O. Box 500S-551 17 Jönköping Phone +46 36 361601Fax +46 36 [email protected]
Switzerland Martin Küpfer Rifeldweg 12CH-4322 MumpfPhone +41 79 2428941Fax +41 62 [email protected]
ThailandJ.N.V. International Supplies Co.230 Thosapol Land 2 Bldg. 12th Fl.Ratchadapisek RoadHuaykwang TH-Bangkok 10310Phone +662 692 84702Fax +662 692 [email protected]
TurkeyEn Ithalat Ihracat MumessillikSemsettin Gunaltay cad No. 12 - 13 TR-Kazasker-IstanbulPhone +90 216 4784796Fax +90 216 [email protected]
United Arab EmiratesMetallic Equipment Co. Head OfficeP.O. Box 548 AE-Abu Dhabi Phone + 971 2 6344765Fax + 971 2 [email protected]
United KingdomAllgood plc297 Euston RoadGB-London NW1 3AQPhone +44 20 73879951Fax +44 20 [email protected]
10a
FSB-Edition
600
The following titles have so farappeared in the FSB Edition:
Greifen und GriffeOtl Aicher, Robert KuhnKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1987
TürklinkenWorkshop in BrakelTexte: Otl Aicher, Jürgen W.Braun, Siegfried GronertFotos: Timm RautertKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1987
Johannes Potente, BrakelDesign der 50er JahreTexte: Otl Aicher, Jürgen W.Braun, Siegfried Gronert,Robert Kuhn, Dieter Rams,Rudolf SchönwandtKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1989
Zugänge – AusgängeGedichte von Peter Maiwaldsowie Textbeiträge vonJürgen W. Braun und Marcel Reich-RanickiKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1989
Zugänge – AusgängeFotos von Timm Rautert sowieTextbeiträge von Otl Aicher,Jürgen Becker, Wolfgang PehntKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1990
Türdrücker der ModerneEine Designgeschichte von Siegfried GronertKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1991
Annentag in BrakelEin deutsches VolksfestFotos: Rudi Meisel, Timm Rautert, Michael WolfReportage: Bernd MüllenderWeitere Beiträge: EugenDrewermann, HerbertEngemann, Peter MaiwaldKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1992
ÜbergriffAuftragstellung: Jürgen W. BraunRealisation: Studenten der HfG Karlsruheunter Leitung von Gunter RambowTexte: Peter Sloterdijk, HeinrichKlotz, Jürgen W. BraunKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1993
Das Türklinken-ChaosThe Doorhandle DisasterLe chaos de la poignée de porteErzählung und Bilder vonKlaus ImbeckKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1994
Visuelle KommunikationBausteine, RealisationenTexte: Otl Aicher, SeppLandsbek, Jürgen W. BraunKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1995
Hand und GriffAusstellung Wien 1951Walter Zeischegg,Carl AuböckEin Buch über Griffpionierevon Andrea ScholtzKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1995
GestenEin Buchprojekt von Fotografie-Studenten der Hochschule fürGrafik und Buchkunst Leipzigunter der Leitung von Timm RautertKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1996
Vom Mythos desFunktionalismusBernhard E. Bürdek, ReinhardKiehl, Florian P. Fischer,Jürgen W. BraunZeichnungen: ReinfriedeBettrich, Pfronten, Hans Hollein, WienKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1997
Das virtuelle HausDokumentation eines Workshops mit:Peter Eisenmann, JacquesHerzog, Toyo Ito, DanielLibeskind, Jean Nouvel u. a.Köln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1998
Links – RechtsEin Buch über Händigkeitvon Andrea ScholtzKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1999
Le Corbusiers Hände Les Mains de Le Corbusier Essaysammlung von André Wogenscky Köln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 2000
Die Sprache der HändeEin Lese- und Blätterbuch mitden besten Beiträgen aus derFSB-Edition, zusammenge stelltund kommentiert von Jürgen W. Braun, herausge geben von FSB Verlag Hermann SchmidtMainz, 2006ISBN 3-87439-695-9
601
Literature FSBOther books from “the publish-ers sidelining in handles”:
Wege zur Architektur 1AtmosphärenPeter ZumthorPrivatdruck, 2004
Wege zur Architektur 2Architektur und GedächtnisMario Botta, Brigitte Labs-EhlertPrivatdruck, 2005
Einfach! Architektur aus ÖsterreichWalter Chramosta, ManuelaHötzl, Bart Lootsma, AntjeMayer, Jan Tabor, Ute WoltronGraz: Verlag Haus der Architektur, 2006
Wege zur Architektur 3Rundbau in HombroichOliver Kruse,Brigitte Labs-EhlertPrivatdruck, 2006
Wege zur Architektur 4Struktur und KreativitätRobert Wilson, Jürgen W. BraunPrivatdruck, 2007
10a